Catalog

2017 - 2018 Catalog
Volume 3
1799 SE 17th Street artinstitutes.edu/fort-lauderdale

Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3000 (800) 275-7603
Publication Date: May 21, 2018

Note on Catalog Updates
At the time this catalog was produced, every effort was made to assure its accuracy. However, in keeping with the
commitment of The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale to its students, the school reserves the right to make changes in
faculty, curriculum, courses, schedules, requirements, tuition, fees, and policies and procedures. Please contact the
appropriate department for current information or any special requirements. The school also publishes additional
policies and procedures in the Student Handbook.
An online version of this catalog is updated regularly on The Art Institute web site at
www.artinstitutes.edu/fort-lauderdale
Published May 21, 2018
1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 2 of 167

Table of Contents
ABOUT THE CATALOG ....................................................................................................................................................4

LETTER FROM THE PRESIDENT.......................................................................................................................................5
INTRODUCTION TO THE ART INSTITUTE OF FORT LAUDERDALE ...................................................................................6
COLLEGE GOVERNANCE AND ADMINISTRATION.........................................................................................................11
GENERAL INFORMATION .............................................................................................................................................12
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS ....................................................................................................................21
FINANCIAL SERVICES ....................................................................................................................................................57
SCHOLARSHIPS .............................................................................................................................................................60
REFUND POLICY ...........................................................................................................................................................64
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS ...............................................................................................................................................74
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS .............................................................................................................................................102
POLICIES .....................................................................................................................................................................133
FACULTY LISTING .......................................................................................................................................................160
TUITION AND FEES .....................................................................................................................................................163
ACADEMIC CALENDAR ...............................................................................................................................................165

ABOUT THE CATALOG
We hope prospective students find the information in The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale (“The Art Institute”) 2017
- 2018 catalog helpful in making an informed college decision. As useful as this information may be, prospective
students are encouraged to visit the campus to explore our college community, see what the college has to offer,
and determine how it meets individual needs.
The Art Institute reserves the right to change the policies, rules, degree requirements, program and course offerings,
procedures, and tuition and fees contained within this catalog from time to time. Notice is not required for changes
to take effect; however, The Art Institute will make reasonable attempts to notify students promptly of any policy
changes through website or email postings, mail distributions or other methods deemed appropriate by the college
administration. The Art Institute also reserves the right to cancel program and/or individual courses due to
insufficient enrollment.
It is each student’s responsibility to adhere to and abide by the policies and procedures in this Catalog and the
Student Handbook. Students are encouraged to work closely with faculty, Program Chairs, program coordinators,
and academic advisors to seek guidance in making course selections and other academic decisions to ensure they
meet degree and graduation requirements. However, students are ultimately responsible for these decisions.

LETTER FROM THE PRESIDENT
Welcome to The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale.
We are committed to providing our students with an exciting and challenging journey of learning,
exploration, and potential for accomplishment. You will have the opportunity to see your talents
grow, your mind enriched, and your creative spirit soar. This is where you can learn to reach your
goals.
The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale is located in the heart of the city and is committed to
contributing to the needs of its diverse community while preserving its unique heritage. The
College will offer you opportunities to explore, participate, and contribute to its growth and
development, thus enriching your own life experience. The College encompasses a diverse
population representing all walks of life and cultures from over 60 countries, providing you with
a live medium in which you can expand your culture and knowledge.
Our staff are composed of qualified professionals dedicated to working with you by
emphasizing your academic success and our outstanding, credentialed faculty is qualified by
professional preparation and field-related experience. Our instructors adhere to a philosophy of
providing quality education and nurturing each student’s potential in a learner-centered
environment along with the technology to support our programs.
In like manner, we ask that you dedicate yourself to the College and your studies and assume
responsibility by involving yourself in all that we have to offer. You have a unique opportunity
to learn from experts in the field in a hands-on environment while cultivating professional
contacts and lifelong friendships.
For your benefit, a catalog and Student Handbook will be provided as a useful guide and
reference. It includes College policies, important dates, and answers to frequently asked
questions for each individual campus.
Most importantly, keep in mind that we are here to assist you, develop and cultivate your skills,
and offer you the techniques necessary to excel in your educational and career goals.
Regards,
Erika Fleming, M.S.
Institutional President for
Florida, North Carolina and Texas

INTRODUCTION TO THE ART INSTITUTE OF FORT LAUDERDALE
The History of The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale
49 YEARS OF CREATIVE EDUCATION

The Art Institute opened its doors in September 1968, offering diploma programs in Commercial Art, Interior Design,
and Fashion Illustration. The Art Institute received state approval for veteran’s training in September 1970 and was
accredited by the Accrediting Commission for Trade and Technical Schools of the Career College Association in April
1971.
In November 1973, Education Management Corporation acquired The Art Institute from its founder, Mark K.
Wheeler.
In addition to the Bachelor of Science degree programs, The Art Institute added the following Associate of Science
degree programs between 1973 and 1988: Photography, Fashion Marketing, Music and Video Business, Travel and
Tourism, and Fashion Design. The Art Institute started a new Associate of Science degree program in Broadcasting
in fall 1990. In fall 1991, The Art Institute began two new Associate of Science degree programs, Culinary Arts and
Industrial Design, and added a Bachelor of Science degree program in Interior Design. In 1995, the college was
approved to add Computer Animation, Video Production, and Multimedia and Web Design.
In September 1989, The Art Institute leased space at the 1650 SE 17th Street. This building, referred to as Harbor
Walk, currently houses The Art Institute’s Culinary Arts and Industrial Design departments, as well as the Chef’s
Palette restaurant.
The Art Institute began offering the following diploma programs in 1987: Applied Photography, Residential Design,
and Layout and Production Art. In 1992, Desktop Publishing was added. Layout and Production Art and Desktop
Publishing were merged to create Graphic and Desktop Design. In April 1996, Travel Industry was added to the
diploma offerings.
In 1996, the college took a large step in the reorganization of the programs and the extension of the bachelor’s
degree offerings. Four Bachelor of Science degrees were offered: Computer Animation, Graphic Design, Industrial
Design, and Interior Design.
In keeping with educational trends in higher education and realizing the necessity to offer convenient course-
scheduling opportunities to students with many obligations, The Art Institute embarked on an online-education
initiative in January 1999. Approval was granted in September 1999, and the first online course was added to the
schedule in Fall 1999 through a consortium agreement with The Art Institute of Pittsburgh-Online Division.
In 2001, The Art Institute initiated conversion of the course codes to codes approved by the Florida State Course
Numbering System and used by all public post-secondary institutions in Florida, so that transfer of credit from and
to other colleges within the state of Florida would be less complicated and more effective. Also in 2001, The Art
Institute was awarded the Distinguished Performance Award of Career College of the Year by the National Alliance
of Business (NAB). The Distinguished Performance Awards are presented to “businesses, organizations, and
individuals for their commitment to, and accomplishments in, improving student achievement and workforce
quality” (source: NAB 2001 Distinguished Performance Awards pamphlet).
Four new Bachelor of Science degree programs, Digital Media Production, Game Art & Design, Visual Effects &
Motion Graphics, and Yacht & Marine Design, were offered in 2002; a new Bachelor of Science degree in Fashion
Design was added in 2004. In 2005, two additional Bachelor of Science degree programs, Illustration and Fashion
Merchandising, were added. In 2007, a new Bachelor of Science degree program in Baking & Pastry was added.

In July 2006, the Council for Interior Design Accreditation granted accreditation to the Bachelor of Science Interior
Design program and in January 2008, the Accrediting Commission of the American Culinary Federation Foundation
accredited both the Bachelor of Science Culinary Management and Associate of Culinary Arts programs.
The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale was approved to begin offering four new Bachelor of Science degree programs
in January 2017: Instructional Technology & Design, Marketing & Entertainment Management, Professional Writing
for Creative Arts, and Software Development for Creative Technologies.
On October 17, 2017, The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale was acquired by Dream Center Education Holdings (DCEH),
a subsidiary of the Dream Center Foundation, a California 501(c)3 non-profit Foundation.
The purpose of The Art Institute, as initially developed when it opened its doors in 1968, was to prepare its graduates
to enter careers in their chosen fields. Although The Art Institute has expanded its program offerings through the
years, this basic purpose remains unchanged.
Why Fort Lauderdale?

The Venice of America
Just moments away from South Beach, the Keys, and the Everglades, The Art Institute is located in an area that’s
overflowing with things to do, places to go, and people to meet. The Art Institute is conveniently situated at the west
end of the 17th Street Causeway bridge which when crossed (on foot, bike, or car) reveals the downtown skyline
(dazzling at sunset), sparkling waterways with moored yachts and boats of all sizes and shapes, a spectacular
overlook of Port Everglades and its cruise ships ready to set sail, a view of the Atlantic Ocean (stunning at daybreak),
and then, the 22 miles of amazing beaches lined with outdoor cages, restaurants, and shops. The stimulating
atmosphere that surrounds the campus is motivating and inspiring to any artist or designer. The ideas for projects
are enticing. There are international boat, film, food, and art festivals, museums and galleries for all ages, concerts,
parks, dining, nightlife, sporting events, and natural wonders. Learn how to parasail, golf, and scuba dive. Wouldn’t
these activities inspire you with a new perspective? The best part… all these things can be enjoyed ALL YEAR LONG.
So if you are out for a bike ride in a park, roller-blading along the beachfront, sketching a palm tree, or dining on a
delightful tropical dish, think about Fort Lauderdale as a place to enhance your educational pursuits. Besides, the
sunrises are spectacular!
There is always something going on around campus such as snorkeling trips, job fairs, yoga lessons, internship fairs,
video festivals, international student festivals, city tours, comedy shows, trips to sporting events, and holiday parties,
to name a few. These activities are available to folks living in housing or for those who commute.
Guest lecturers offer exciting presentations along with alumni working at DreamWorks, Warner Brothers,
Telemundo, and Sony Imageworks. The Mark K. Wheeler Gallery, located in the main building, hosts several
exhibitions each year, including juried student art shows, faculty shows, and guest artist installations. Do you want
to get involved? There are many clubs and student chapters of professional organizations on campus, all related to
particular programs of study or your special interest such as the Green Club, Student Government, IDSA, ASID, the
Gay-Straight Alliance, International Club, Fashion Club, and the Illustration Club. Enter a contest for rewarding prizes
and notoriety. Our students have won national competitions, including QUARK, Humane Society’s Cool vs. Cruel fur-
free contest, and Adobe sponsored challenges.

Get Around
Get Involved
CAMPUS LIFE
Have you ever shown your work in a gallery? You will have an opportunity to showcase your art at a gallery show on
campus or take part in art installations around town. You can also participate in design projects to benefit the
community such as the Boys and Girls Clubs, Gold Coast Jazz Society, Big Brothers, Big Sisters, the City of Fort
Lauderdale, and the Opera Society. You can get your name out there and be recognized for your talents.
Conserve your gas… there are many convenient resources on campus:

• extensive library collection
• fully stocked bookstore
• convenient computer labs
• peer tutors
• a cafe
• Chef’s Palette restaurant
• equipment check out
Student Housing
If you are living in the housing facility, a convenient shuttle bus is at your service to take you to and from the campus.
It’s a family atmosphere with lots of scheduled events, including barbecues, talent shows, and more! When you need
a break from studying, work out in the gym or go for a swim in the pool.
Security
We understand how important safety and security is on campus. It is an extremely high priority. Since we have an
urban campus, it is important for our college community to remain close and informed. Therefore, we have security
services throughout the campus, as well as housing. Our staff is trained in emergency procedures and crisis
situations.
New Friends
That’s what you’ll make with fellow students, friends who will last a lifetime, sharing the same drive and passion in
the creative arts as you. Who knows? Some of them may even want to go in business with you and together, you
may make dreams become a reality.
Values
The value system of The Art Institute provides the foundation for our educational institution. From this system
emerges our collective vision and establishes the foundation for the college mission.
1. We believe in an educational environment that places the student at the center of our efforts.
2. We believe in measuring excellence in education by focusing on employment outcomes that enhance
the lives of students.
3. We believe that the education we provide is rooted in the expressed needs of the business community.
4. We believe in the commitment, dedication, and loyalty of the entire Art Institute community.
5. We believe in collaborative decision making.
6. We believe in supporting our employees’ and students’ efforts to balance professional and personal
lives.
7. We believe accreditation bestows credibility upon our institution.
Vision
The vision of The Art Institute is to be the leader in quality, career-focused higher education for creative industries.

Mission
The mission of The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale as an undergraduate institution of higher education is to provide
quality education by promoting a culture of learning with a commitment to excellence in curricula and teaching that
leads to the successful launch of student careers.
To live our mission effectively, we are dedicated to the achievement of the following goals:
1. Champion a culture of learning through continuous personal and professional development of students
and employees
2. Ensure market-driven, competency-based education and curricula through ongoing communication
with employers, advisory committees, graduates, and students.
3. Ensure successful and measurable outcomes.
4. Enhance institutional effectiveness and productivity by improving processes and operations, promoting
teamwork and effective communications, and maintaining appropriate accreditation.
5. Develop and maintain staff and faculty who are dedicated to student success and academic quality.
6. Financially protect the academic quality of the college through sound fiscal management.
Institutional Accrediting, Affiliation, and Licensing

The Art Institute is licensed by the Commission for Independent Education, Florida Department of Education.
Additional information regarding this institution may be obtained by contacting the Commission at 325 West Gaines
Street, Suite 1414, Tallahassee, FL 32399-0400, toll-free number (888) 224-6684.
THE ACCREDITING AGENCY (ACCREDITING COUNCIL FOR INDEPENDENT COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS) LISTED BELOW IS
NOT RECOGNIZED BY THE UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION AS AN APPROVED ACCREDITING AGENCY.
THEREFORE, IF YOU ENROLL IN THIS INSTITUTION, YOU MAY NOT BE ELIGIBLE FOR TITLE IV FEDERAL FINANCIAL
ASSISTANCE, STATE STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE, OR PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. IN ADDITION, CREDITS
EARNED AT THIS INSTITUTION MAY NOT BE ACCEPTED FOR TRANSFER TO ANOTHER INSTITUTION, AND MAY NOT
BE RECOGNIZED BY EMPLOYERS.
The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale is accredited by the Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools to
award bachelor's degrees, associate's degrees and diplomas. The Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and
Schools is recognized by the Council for Higher Education Accreditation. ACICS can be contacted at 750 First Street
NE, Suite 980, Washington, D.C. 20002. Telephone: 1-202-336-6780.
The Art Institute is approved for the training of veterans and eligible veterans’ dependents authorized under federal
law to enroll non-immigrant alien students.
This school is authorized under Federal law to enroll nonimmigrant alien students.

Programmatic Accreditation
Interior Design
The Interior Design program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree is accredited by the Council for Interior Design
Accreditation, www. accredit-id.org, 206 Grandville Avenue, Suite 350, Grand Rapids, MI 49503.
Culinary Arts
The Diploma in Baking & Pastry, Diploma in Culinary Arts, Associate of Science in Baking & Pastry, Associate of
Science in Culinary Arts and the Bachelor of Science in Culinary Management programs are accredited by The
Accrediting Commission of the American Culinary Federation Education Foundation.
Student Body
Students attend The Art Institute from nearly all 50 states and more than 30 countries. The student body consists of
men and women who have enrolled directly after completing high school, have transferred from other colleges and
universities, or have decided on a career change.
Contact Information
The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale 1799 SE 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3000 Telephone: 954.463.3000
Toll-Free: 800.275.7603 Fax: 954.728-8637 Internet: www.aifl.edu

COLLEGE GOVERNANCE AND ADMINISTRATION
Statement of Ownership
The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale is owned by DC Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale, LLC, which through
an intermediary company is a subsidiary of Dream Center Education Holdings, LLC. Dream Center
Education Holdings, LLC is located at 1400 Penn Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222.
Dream Center Education Holdings, LLC Board of Managers
Brent Richardson – Co-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Randall K. Barton, Esq. – Co-Chairman and Chief Development Officer
Rev. Matthew Barnett – Co-Founder of the Los Angeles Dream Center, founder of the Dream Network
Timothy P. Slottow – Retired President of the University of Phoenix and former CFO of the University of
Michigan.
Dr. Rufus Glasper, CPA – President and CEO of the League for Innovation in the Community College and
Chancellor Emeritus of Maricopa Community College.
Jack DeBartolo – Prominent architect in the Southwest and Senior Architect for The Pain Centers.
Executive Committee
Yudi Moses, M.B.A., Director of Financial Services
Samantha Gordon, M.S., Human Resources Manager
Erika Fleming M.S., Institutional President
John Osborn, Director of Student Services
Holly Prociv, Director of Career Services
Eric Watson, M.B.A., Dean of Academic Affairs
Jeff LaLiberte, M.S., Director of Campus Relations
Academic Program Chairs and Program Coordinators
MaryAnn Ardiff, Program Coordinator - General Education
Ed.D., Argosy University; J.D. University of Georgia
Jerome Gomez, Program Coordinator – Design

M.F.A. Miami International University of Art and Design
John Kane, Program Chair - Culinary Arts

M.S., C.C.A., C.E.C., C.C.E., C.H.E., Florida International University
Joshua Kanies, Program Chair – Media Arts M.F.A., San

Francisco Art Institute
Debbie Rose-Myers, M.F.A., Program Chair – Design

M.B.A., St. Bonaventure University
Registrar
Della Pack. Ed.D.
Morehead State University
Librarian
Marisha Kelly, MLS
M.S., Drexel University

GENERAL INFORMATION
Admissions Information
CRITERIA FOR ADMISSION

In order to matriculate at The Art Institute, a student must provide proof of graduation from high school that is
acceptable to The Art Institute in the form of one of the following:
a) an official high school transcript from a high school whose accreditation is recognized by the U.S.
Department of Education;
b) Passing General Equivalency Diploma (GED) test scores;
c) an official transcript from a postsecondary school whose accreditation is recognized by the U. S.
Department of Education —that demonstrates completion of an associate, bachelor’s, master’s, or higher
degree;
d) in lieu of the GED, an equivalent exam approved in the laws or regulation of a specific state (such as the
California High School Proficiency Exam— CHSPE).
e) All applicants must demonstrate proficiency in English. An I-20 cannot be released without proof of English
Proficiency.
Other admissions requirements follow. Please note that a certificate of attendance or completion, or a diploma
based on the passing of a series of tests other than the GED (with the exception of item d. above), is not acceptable.
Admissions Requirements
The Admissions Committee determines the suitability of applicant for the programs at The Art Institute and
ultimately makes a decision regarding acceptance or rejection. The Assistant Director of Admissions and/or the
Admissions Committee reserves the right to request additional records of accomplishments in core academic courses
and/or the results of any nationally based examinations such as the ACT or SAT prior to making this decision.
An application and enrollment agreement must be completed and signed by the applicant and parent or guardian
(if the applicant is a minor).
Prospective students are encouraged to visit The Art Institute, although a visit is not a condition for submitting the
application/enrollment agreement for acceptance. Arrangements for an interview and tour of The Art Institute may
be made by telephone (800-275-7603) or by letter addressed to the Director of Admissions, The Art Institute of Fort
Lauderdale, 1799 SE 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013.
Placement Test
Applicants to The Art Institute may be required to take a placement test.
The Art Institute High School Graduation Validation Policy

An applicant must be a high school graduate, possess a recognized high school equivalency (GED - General
Education Diploma) or have an associate's degree (of at least two full academic years) that fully transfers to a
bachelor's or higher degree from a recognized accredited institution. Students can meet the High School graduation
requirement by submitting an official academic transcript that shows at a minimum a completed two-year program
that is acceptable for full credit toward a bachelor's degree at the school from which the two-year degree was
earned.
Applicants to a graduate program may present a bachelor's degree as a form of proof of graduation from high
school. Accreditation requirements must adhere to DCEH's list of acceptable accreditation.
A student who is home-schooled must be able to present a high school credential evidencing that he or she
completed secondary education or complies with applicable State requirements for home-schooling in the State in
which the student resided during home-schooling.

The military document DD214 is NOT an acceptable means of proving high school/GED completion.
There are specific types of diplomas that are not acceptable at The Art Institute locations (See
Definitions):
• Certificate of Performance
• Certificate of Completion
• Certificate of Attendance
• Certificate of Achievement
• Modified Diploma
• Fast Track Online Degree
• Special Education Diploma.
A stand alone "Certificate of Completion" does not suffice for admission to The Art Institutes.
Should you receive a transcript with one of these types of diplomas, you must:
1. Immediately notify the ADA and S/DOA regarding this issue. The ADA/S/DOA will notify the applicant.
2. The application paperwork may NOT be submitted to Admissions Committee for review. Either the
applicant must receive a regular (Traditional) diploma or take the GED with passing test scores. If this is
not an option, the application will need to be academically rejected after notification.
Students who have conflicting documentation in their file regarding completion of a high school diploma must
have this situation resolved before the conclusion of the student's first quarter (No Later than COB Week 9 or
prior to final exams) with consultation of the Art Institute Chief Academic Officer or his/her designee as needed.
Admission Committee Literacy Review Essay Policy

A student must demonstrate literacy, defined as the ability to read and write at a level that allows him or her to be
successful in a college level course, with reasonable remediation allowed, in order to be accepted into The Art
Institutes. The admission essay will be assessed by a faculty/academic committee (ADCOM) and scored at one of
two levels: Meets standard or Does not meet standard. No student may be admitted to an Art Institute without an
essay that meet the standard. An essay may only be rewritten one time for each start, and any appeal decision by
the Dean or his or her designee is final. The evaluation of writing ability is useful in determining the applicant’s
compatibility with the program’s course of study and in determining the applicant’s ability to write and develop
ideas according to the rules of Standard English.
Essay Requirements
1. Applicants must write an essay of at least 250 words, answering the following prompts:
What are your career goals and how do you expect your education at The Art Institute of Fort
Lauderdale to help you attain them? In what ways will you participate and commit to your
education in order to be successful?
2. The documents/directions to be provided to the student are in Procedures for ADCOM Literacy Review
Student Handout.
3. All prospective students must be assessed for college readiness in literacy except applicants who have
attended another Art Institute and who have documentation of an accepted essay to that school in the
student file.
4. If an applicant was accepted by another Art Institute and did not attend, or if the applicant attended and
failed or withdrew from all classes, the student must apply through the normal admissions process.
5. All members of ADCOM and admissions staff will be trained on the essay and the rubric.

Scoring on the rubric is as follows:
1. Meets Standard: Student is considered literate and may be accepted as long as all other admission
requirements are met.
2. Does not meet standard: Student does not meet the literacy standard and may not be accepted even if all
other admission requirements are met.
3. Students will be notified of their essay results in writing by the admissions office.
Appeals Process (Rewrite)
1. The student may request to rewrite the essay only one time for each start and is advised to first meet with
the appropriate academic official (Dean of the Campus or his or her designee) to discuss his or her score.
That official may not be a member of the Admissions Committee (ADCOM.)
2. The applicant must submit the appeal (rewrite) essay to the Admissions representative (Enrollment
Processor/Admissions Office Manager) for processing prior to the start date.
3. The Essay rewrite must follow the same requirements and guidelines as indicated in section I.
4. Any decision on the results of the rewrite is to be considered final.
5. The applicant must meet ALL admissions requirements for full acceptance to the school.
DIGITAL BOOKSHELF AND DIGITAL TEXTBOOKS

The school is enhancing the learning experience by converting traditional textbooks to electronic media. A majority of
courses will have a Digital Textbook associated with the course. Courses that include a Digital Textbook will be noted in
the registration material. Students enrolling in a course that includes a Digital Textbook will incur an additional Digital
Textbook charge, in addition to the course tuition. Students that opt out of using digital textbooks for that course will
not incur the additional Digital Textbook charge. Students that do not opt out will not need to purchase textbooks for
courses using a Digital Textbook. Students that do opt out will be responsible for purchasing the required textbook.
The Digital Textbook Charge allows student access to the Electronic Library and HTML versions of the textbook(s), and
in some cases, other electronic media, which is integrated into the course.
If a student was charged for a Digital Textbook in a previous course and the student is required to use the same
Digital Textbook for another course, the student will not incur the Digital Textbook charge again since students have
access to the Digital Textbook for up to ten years. On average the price of the Digital Textbook charge is less than
the retail price of the textbook(s) for each course, with the added benefits of no shipping charges, immediate access
to the materials, and interactive features that accompany the Digital Bookshelf.
Hardware Specifications eCollege and VitalSource System and Hardware Specifications

The Art Institute uses eCollege and Vital Source to deliver its digital resources. As with any software, the faster the
processor, the more RAM, and the larger hard drive space you provide, the better the performance. Users wanting
to move their material to their hard drive may need additional space. It is also important that users understand the
process and benefits of maintaining their machines in top operating condition by keeping them current with the
latest operating system updates, correctly configuring virus control, and other beneficial habits.
Preferred Requirements Preferred Hardware Specifications

• 2.4 or higher quad-core Intel i5 or i7
• 8GB DDR3 memory
• 1TB hard drive or 256GB SSD hard drive
• Graphics card capable of 1280x800 screen resolution
• Sound Card & Speakers
• High speed WIFI / Internet access

Preferred Software Specifications
• Apple Mac OS X 10.7.5 or 10.8.2
• Safari 6.0.2 or Mozilla Firefox; OR
• Microsoft Windows 7 SP1 64bit
• Internet Explorer 9 or Mozilla Firefox
Minimum Requirements Minimum Hardware Specifications

• 2.4Ghz or higher dual Core Intel i5 processor
• 4GB DDR3
• 320GB hard drive
• Graphics card capable of 1280x800 screen resolution
• Sound Card & Speakers
• High speed WIFI / Internet access
Minimum Software Specifications

• Apple Mac OS X 10.6.8
• Safari 5.0 or Mozilla Firefox
OR
• Microsoft Windows 7 SP1
• Internet Explorer 8 or Mozilla Firefox
Recommended Plug-ins
• Java
• Adobe Reader
• Adobe Flash Player
• Adobe Air
• Microsoft Silverlight
Recommendation regarding “Netbooks”

Students often see “Netbooks” (small laptop computers primarily designed for web browsing and emailing) as an
affordable option when looking to purchase a computer for classwork. However, it is strongly recommended that
students do not purchase a Netbook.
Purchasing a low-price laptop or desktop computer that meets the system requirements outlined above is a much
better solution for classwork. While newer Netbooks may meet resolution and screen-size requirements for reading
your eBooks, much like some older laptops, some older Netbooks may not be able to graphically handle these sites.
This means that reading e-texts and participating in the classroom could become difficult. It may be challenging to
scroll through your readings and effectively and efficiently work through the material.
High school seniors who make application prior to graduation and who meet all other admission requirements will
be accepted, pending submission of a final transcript following graduation. Students who are not granted final
acceptance within 30 days after matriculation will be cancelled from enrollment. In the case of a fully documented
extenuating circumstance, the Dean of Academic Affairs may approve an extension to the 30-day limit that will not
extend beyond the student’s first quarter of study.
Home-schooled students entering The Art Institute must provide proof of graduation through a GED or a document
issued by the state or an institution accredited by a body recognized by the Federal Department of Education.

Each individual who seeks admission to The Art Institute is interviewed, either in person or by telephone, by an
Assistant Director of Admissions. The purpose of this interview is threefold:
1. to explore the prospective student’s background and interests as they relate to the program offerings at
The Art Institute
2. to assist prospective students in identifying the appropriate area of study consistent with their
backgrounds and interests
3. to provide information concerning curricular offerings and support services available at The Art Institute
ADDITIONAL CRITERIA
Additional entry requirements must be satisfied for all students seeking admission into the Illustration or Game Art
& Design programs. Entry requirements follow.
Program Entry Requirements

ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS FOR GAME ART & DESIGN
Overview:
The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale has an admission requirement that a student who is accepted into Game Art &
Design must have earned a high-school grade-point-average of at least 2.5 in order to enter the program. However,
for students who do not meet the 2.5 HSGPA requirement, an additional level of consideration is needed to address
whether they may, in fact, be qualified for entry into the Audio program. Note that the following procedures apply
only to those who do not meet the normal 2.5 HSGPA requirement.
Addition to Game Art & Design Requirement:

For GAD, the strong feeling among the chairs was that drawing ability was a key component needed by an
applicant, along with ability in math. For that reason, the following steps can be taken when the applicant does not
meet the HSGPA requirement:
1. Look more closely at the portfolio to ascertain drawing ability. The feeling among the chairs is that, while
the portfolio is a requirement, it is often not scrutinized carefully enough. A good portfolio could result in a
decision to admit a student whose high-school academic performance was substandard.
2. An assessment of the applicant’s math ability through:
a. A review of the student’s transcripts to see the quality of math courses taken, and the student’s
performance; or
b. A review of placement test results in the math area; or
c. A review of standardized test math scores, e.g. SAT or ACT
3. As needed, an interview with the applicant by the Program Chair or his/her designee(s) to ascertain the
applicant’s ability to be successful.
Note that this will be a holistic process using the results of the interview and math assessment so that the Program
Chair can make a final decision regarding the student’s suitability for the program.
ILLUSTRATION PROGRAM
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS (No longer accepting new enrollments)
All applicants and continuing students who wish to enter into the Illustration program at The Art Institute must meet
the following requirements prior to starting classes in addition to all other admission requirements set forth by The
Art Institute in The Art Institute catalog.
CGPA Requirement
Applicants requesting enrollment in the Bachelor of Science in Illustration degree program must present a high
school transcript that shows evidence of graduation with a CGPA of 2.5 or higher on a 4.0 scale. Alternatively,

applicants who do not meet the CGPA requirement may be accepted into the program as described in CGPA
Exception 1 or 2.
Portfolio Requirement
Additionally, all applicants must submit to the Illustration Entrance Portfolio Committee, a portfolio of 5-10
observational/ full figure life drawings in a variety of poses, with hands, feet and facial features that show an
understanding of the human body’s anatomy and skeletal structure, and 5-10 pages from the applicant’s sketchbook.
The drawings should show the body’s form in space, proportions and perspective.
If a portfolio submission is rejected, the student may appeal to the Chair of the Illustration Entrance Portfolio
Committee to resubmit new work. If the portfolio is rejected a second time the student may submit a written appeal
to schedule a meeting with the Chair of the Illustration program to determine a course of action.
CGPA Exception 1 - Successful College Performance

To have college performance accepted in lieu of high school performance, a minimum of two semesters or quarters
of successful college work with a minimum total of eight courses must be demonstrated. Applicants must present
official transcripts from all colleges attended. If the CGPA from all of The Art Institute transcripts are equivalent to a
2.5 CGPA on a 4.0 scale, the applicant will be permitted to enter the program.
CGPA Exception 2 - Changing Program of Study to Illustration at The Art Institute

Applicants who do not meet the CGPA requirements listed above may enroll at The Art Institute in another program
of study. Continuing students must successfully complete a minimum of two quarters with a minimum total of eight
courses at The Art Institute before they can request to change their program of study to Illustration. A continuing
student’s CGPA must be 2.5 or greater and they must have passed the courses listed previously in this section before
a change of program will be approved. The student must also be in good academic standing for a change of program
to be approved.
Additionally, continuing students must submit a portfolio of work as described above to the Illustration Entrance
Portfolio Committee
Culinary Standards
To participate in any program in The International Culinary Schools at The Art Institute, each student, with or without
reasonable accommodations, must be able to safely and effectively:
Attend and participate in both day and night shift (including first and fourth shifts) classes
• Communicate in person with co-workers, students and guests and process written and verbal
instructions
• Attend and participate in laboratory and production classes of up to 6 hours in length
• Regularly lift and transport food and other culinary product, equipment, small wares and utensils
weighing up to 40 pounds.
• Regularly lift and transport trays with hot and cold plated foods, small wares and other items, and serve
and clear tables where guests are seated.
• Pour and serve liquids and beverages, including hot liquids up to temperatures of 180-185 degrees
Fahrenheit (82.2 – 85 degrees Celsius)
• Use knives and other commercial cooking utensils
• Perform repetitive motion skills required in the kitchen and the food industry, such as whisking, dicing,
or piping
• Handle and cook different varieties of fish, seafood, beef, pork, chicken, lamb, venison, or other meats,
vegetables, and fruit products
• Handle and bake/cook using different flours – including all grains – as well as chocolate, fruits, and nuts
• Operate commercial cooking and food service equipment

• Stand or maneuver in professional or commercial kitchens, dining rooms and related facilities for up to
2 hours
• Sit on a kitchen stool or at a classroom desk for up to 50 minutes
• Visually assess, and evaluate the taste, appearance, texture and aroma of food and beverage products
• Use commercial cleaning and sanitizing equipment and materials
• Produce food products within the time parameters designated by a course objective within a class or
for a hands-on or baking practical
The foregoing technical standards are essential to the programs of instruction in The International Culinary School
at The Art Institute and also reflect industry requirements and standards.
INTERNATIONAL STUDENT ADMISSIONS POLICY

All international students must meet the same admissions standards as all other students when seeking to enroll in
The Art Institute of Ft. Lauderdale. Please refer to Admissions Requirements. Those international students applying
to SEVP-certified schools and requiring the school’s sponsorship for international student visa status (Form I-20)
must meet the additional requirements listed below. The school requires nonimmigrant students present in Visa
Waiver, B-1, and B-2 status to change visa to F-1 or other qualifying status prior to enrolling in programs of study
(other than a vocational or recreational courses). Students in F-2 or M-2 status may enroll on a part-time basis where
available. Please note that some programs may not be eligible for international students requiring Form I-20
sponsorship. Please ask to speak with the school’s International Admissions Representative for more detail.
Important International Student Disclosure – International students attending Art Institute locations under F-1 visas
(Form I-20) are required to maintain a “full course of study” during each academic term of their programs of study.
For undergraduate (non-degree, Diploma, Associates, and Bachelors-level programs) students, this is defined as a
minimum of 12 credits per academic term. Graduate programs will vary by program of study. Not more than 1 online
course or 3 online credits per academic term may be counted toward meeting the “full course of study” requirement.
Please note that not all Art Institute locations offer online courses. Speak with an admissions representative for
more information. Program and course offerings are subject to change and international students may be required
to take additional courses to meet the full course of study requirement. International students should work closely
with the International Student Advisor to ensure all requirements of their visa statuses are met.
THIS SCHOOL IS AUTHORIZED UNDER FEDERAL LAW TO ENROLL NONIMMIGRANT ALIEN STUDENTS.
ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS FOR STUDENTS REQUIRING FORM I-20 SPONSORSHIP
International students requiring The Art Institute of Ft. Lauderdale’s Form I-20 must submit the following items in
addition to the standard documents required for admission:
1. Original or official copies of all educational transcripts and diplomas (secondary and post-secondary if
applicable)
2. English language translation(s) of education transcripts and diplomas, if applicable
3. If used to meet admissions requirements above, official credential evaluation of post-secondary, non-U.S.
transcripts and diplomas required for admission. NOTE: evaluations must be prepared by a National
Association of Credential Evaluation Services (NACES) or Association of International Credential Evaluators
(AICE)-member organization
4. Proof of English Language Proficiency (see English Language Proficiency Policy)
5. Proof of financial responsibility to cover costs of tuition and fees and living expenses (and dependent costs
if applicable) for at least one academic year (official bank statements, Sponsor’s Statement of Support, if
required)
6. Photocopy of student’s “bio-info” page of passport to provide proof of birth date and citizenship

7. For all nonimmigrant applicants residing in the United States, provide a copy of passport visa page and Entry
Record or Form I-94 card
8. For all non-immigrant applicants currently in F, M, or J status, provide a copy of all Forms I-20 or Forms DS-
2019
9. Transfer Clearance Form for students currently in F, M, or J status at another institution
English Language Proficiency Policy

As the lectures, seminars, materials, and discourse which comprise programs of study at The Art Institute of Fort
Lauderdale are presented in English, the school requires that all students possess and demonstrate a minimum level
of English language proficiency required to substantially benefit from the programs offered.
A student is deemed proficient in the English language if he or she:
1. Holds a U.S. high school diploma or U.S. General Equivalency Diploma (GED) or international high school
diploma, e.g., U.S. military base, business/diplomat expat community, etc., in which instruction is delivered
primarily in English
2. Holds the equivalent (evidenced by credential evaluation) of a U.S. high school diploma from overseas
institution in which instruction is delivered primarily in English
3. Completes (with passing grades in all courses) a minimum of two (2) academic terms at a regionally or
nationally accredited U.S. post-secondary institution in which instruction is delivered primarily in English
4. Completes (with passing grades in all courses) English 101 and 102 at a regionally or nationally accredited
U.S. post-secondary institution in which instruction is delivered primarily in English
5. Presents acceptable English Language Proficiency test scores meeting the minimum required levels set forth
below.
Minimum Acceptable Proof of English Language Proficiency Standard

ELP TEST DIPLOMA AS/BS GRAD.
TOEFL PAPER 480 500 550
TOEFL i-BT 54-55 61 79-80
IELTS Level 5.5 Level 6.0 Level 6.5
American College Testing (ACT) English 17 19 21
EF International Language Schools C1 C1 C2
ELS Language Schools Level 108 Level 109 Level 112
iTEP 4.0 4.5 5.0
Pearson 42 44 53
Michigan English Language Assessment Battery
(MELAB or “Michigan Test”) 73 80 85
Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT)-English Section** 420 526 572
Students from Puerto Rico: Prueba Aptitud
Academica (PAA) English Proficiency Section 453* 526 572
TOEIC (Academic Test) 600 650 700
*The scale for the Prueba Aptitud Academica has changed and now closely reflects the SAT.
**As of April 2005, the SAT verbal test is replaced with the SAT critical reading test.
Undergraduate (diploma, associate and bachelor level) applicants may also satisfy the minimum standard of
English language proficiency by submitting official documentation of one of the following:
1. Successful completion of a minimum of two semesters or quarters of post-secondary course work at a

regionally accredited college or university or a college or university accredited by an approved national
accrediting body in which English is the language of instruction Successful completion is defined as
passing all courses for which the student was registered during the two semesters;

2. U.S. High School Diploma or GED administered in English;
3. Equivalent of a U.S. High School Diploma from a country in which English is the official language
(equivalency must be verified by a recognized evaluator of international credits);
4. Satisfactory completion of English 101 or 102 at an English speaking college or university within the U.S.,
achieving a grade of “C” or higher.
Please contact an International Student Admissions Representative for questions about acceptable alternative
measures of English Language Proficiency.
STUDENT RIGHT-TO-KNOW ACT

According to regulations published by the Department of Education based on the Student Right-to-Know Act, the
graduation/completion rates for first-time, full-time students who entered school and graduated/completed within
150% of the normal time to complete the program must be made available to current and prospective students. You
may obtain this information in the Admissions Office or in the Consumer Information section of the school’s website.
READMISSIONS PROCEDURES & RE-ESTABLISHMENT OF FINANCIAL AID

Any student who has left The Art Institute for any time period must go through the formal re-entry process. To begin
the process, the student must meet with the Assistant Director of Readmissions. The student’s record will be
reviewed for academic progress and financial obligations. If approval is obtained, the Assistant Director of
Readmissions may proceed with the reentry process.
Students who interrupt their education will be subject to any changes in tuition, curricula, and graduation
requirements that occurred during their leave.

ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Introduction
Academic Affairs serves the students, faculty, and community through the development and implementation of
post-secondary educational programs. This prepares students with the necessary skills for entry-level positions in a
variety of design-related and business-related careers. Academic Affairs achieves its mission through:
• the selection, development, and retention of qualified faculty
• the careful, continual planning and development of a curriculum that is responsive to the needs of students
and employers
• the promotion and support of an effective library that provides access to the needed materials and
information supporting educational programs at The Art Institute
The Academic Affairs Division includes the Dean of Academic Affairs, Academic Program Chairs, Registrar, Librarian,
Academic Advisor, and their respective staffs. The Academic Program Chairs report to the Dean of Academic Affairs.
Faculty members report through their respective Program Chair. Faculty and staff members have been carefully
selected to assure excellence in the educational process. In addition to having academic credentials in their discipline,
faculty members also have professional experience and backgrounds in the career-related areas they teach. Students
come to The Art Institute to prepare to seek entry-level employment in the careers of their choice. The major focus of
the educational process is devoted to the development of employable skills and professional work habits so that
graduates are prepared for the working world.
It is very important that students use every resource at their disposal and acquire the maximum benefit from every
course. The student should consult with the instructors, advisors, or program chairs whenever there is need for
additional instruction or support services.
The Academic Program Chairs are charged with the day-to-day administration of their student body through
academic advisement and curriculum management. They meet with faculty, both formally and informally,
throughout each quarter to ensure a strong and supportive learning environment. The program coordinators and
Academic Program Chairs meet regularly with the Dean of Academic Affairs. The meetings address administrative
and procedural issues, provide training and support, and cover strategic and operational initiatives.
Academic Advising
The Art Institute has academic advisors who work with students to assist them in the selection of their courses.
Advisors are available during days and evenings.
Students are assisted with registration, schedule adjustment processes, and other matriculation necessities. Their
Advisors also serve as liaisons facilitating student communication with business offices such as Financial Services,
the Registrar’s Office, Academic Program Chairs, and the Dean of Academic Affairs.
Students who experience academic difficulty are strongly encouraged to immediately consult with their instructor[s],
an academic advisor, and their Program Chair to develop an action plan for resolving their academic needs and
concerns.
Articulation Agreements
The Art Institute maintains articulation agreements to facilitate the transfer of credit.
Attendance Policy
COURSE ATTENDANCE (GROUND)
The Art Institutes maintain an institutional attendance policy to support the academic achievement of its students.
Students are expected to attend all scheduled class, laboratory, or examination periods each week. Students,
whether present or absent from class, are responsible for knowing all that is announced, discussed, and/or lectured

upon in class or laboratory, as well as mastering all assigned reading. In addition, students are responsible for
submitting on time all assignments and examinations as required in class. Although some absences are unavoidable
because of illness or emergency, due to the nature of the program, there are no excused absences.
Students will not be penalized for pregnancy or related conditions, including recovery from childbirth. Students who
are absent due to pregnancy or related conditions may receive an exception to the attendance policy and/or be
permitted to make up missed work for as long as the student’s absence is medically necessary. To avoid being
administratively withdrawn, students must contact their academic advisor or registrar about the need for a
pregnancy-related exception. As with other students seeking exceptions for medical-related reasons, students
seeking a pregnancy-related exception to the attendance policy must provide a doctor’s note indicating that the
absences were medically necessary. Failure to provide evidence of medical necessity for any absence may result in
the student being administratively withdrawn from school, and the student may not be allowed to make up any
missed assignments. Please note that a pregnancy exception to the attendance policy is only applicable to the current
course and cannot be carried over into any subsequent courses.
A student who is absent for three cumulative weeks (three classes for those that meet once a week or six classes for
those that meet twice a week) in an 11-week term * will be withdrawn from the course and will receive a Withdrawal
(W) grade during weeks 1 through 9 of an 11 week term and a Withdrawal/Fail (W/F) grade after week 9 of an 11
week term for that course (after week 4 of a 5.5 week Mid quarter ground term**) unless the student submits an
appeal to remain in class that is accepted by the instructor and Program Chair/dean. A student is allowed only one
appeal per class. In other words, if a student submits an appeal and it is approved, the next absence will initiate a
non-appealable withdrawal from the course. The Attendance Appeal Request Form may be found in the registrar
office.
Appeal Process – Withdrawn from Course (Ground)
Students who are administratively withdrawn from a single course for violating the attendance policy may submit a
one-time appeal per course per term to the Dean of Academic Affairs for reinstatement into their course(s) in the
active term. Students who appeal must do so in writing prior to the next class meeting for each course being
requested for reinstatement. The instructor must determine that the student still has the potential of successfully
completing the course(s) to earn a successful appeal. A copy of this appeal must be put into the student’s file.
CONSECUTIVE DAYS ABSENCE GRADING POLICY (GROUND)

Students who are not marked present in any of their scheduled classes for fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days
before the end of the ninth week of the 11 week term (week 4 of a 5.5 week Mid quarter ground term), will be
withdrawn from the Institute and will receive W’s (withdrawals, with no grade penalty), or if the withdrawal occurs
after the end of the ninth week of an 11 week term (after week 4 of a 5.5 week Mid quarter ground term) students
will be withdrawn from the Institute and will receive WF’s (Failures due to late withdrawal). Calendar days include
days that the student does not have any scheduled class. All calendar days that the school is not in session (e.g.,
school closings and holidays) do not count in the fourteen (14) calendar days as well during the active term. Students
who have been withdrawn due to violation of the consecutive absence policy, but are still in good academic standing,
if otherwise eligible, will be able to return the following term through the normal readmissions process. Students
who have been withdrawn and the withdrawal results in a violation of the satisfactory academic progress policy
(SAPP) must follow the procedure for appealing the academic dismissal.
APPEAL PROCESS – CONSECUTIVE DAYS ABSENT (GROUND)

Students who are administratively withdrawn from school for violating the consecutive days absence attendance
policy may submit an appeal to the Dean of Academic Affairs for reinstatement into their course(s) in the active term
based on mitigating circumstances. Students, who appeal, must do so in writing and must include documentation
of mitigating circumstances.
Mitigating circumstances may include one of the following reasons: on the day of the recorded absence. The
following is a comprehensive list of events that may indicate a mitigating circumstance:

1. Death of an immediate family member
2. Student illness requiring hospitalization (this includes mental health issues)
3. Illness of an immediate family member where the student is the primary caretaker
4. Illness of an immediate family member where the family member is the primary financial support
5. Abusive relationships
6. Divorce proceedings
7. Previously undocumented disability
8. Natural disaster
9. Family emergency
10. Financial hardship such as foreclosure or eviction
11. Documentation from a Professional Counselor
12. A doctor documented illness of the student for a significant period of time
13. Military deployment
14. Military Permanent Change of Station (PCS)
15. Special Circumstances
New students at on-ground campuses who attend the first week of a course and fail to attend the second week
of classes will be cancelled for the term start.
Continuing students at on-ground campuses who do not attend any of their classes through close of business
Wednesday of the second week of classes may be withdrawn from the Institute. They must contact the campus
registrar to indicate their intent to return. Additionally, the cumulative week policy (above) will still apply to any
classes not attended in week 1 and beyond.
Students who receive Veteran Affairs (VA) educational benefits must understand VA benefits, including tuition
and fees, the monthly housing allowance, book stipend, and Yellow Ribbon benefits are based in whole or in part
on the number of credit hours certified. The school is required to monitor and report enrollment status to the
VA. Accordingly, any violation of the school attendance policy will result in the adjustment or termination of VA
benefits. Adjustments in enrollment will likely affect payment of VA benefits, and reductions in enrollment may
result in a debt to the VA for any education benefits already received. The school will report enrollment as
follows:
o VA Students who officially withdraw, the actual last date of attendance (LDA) must be
determined and reported.
o VA students who are administratively withdrawn or stops attending without officially
withdrawing, the actual last date of attendance (LDA) must be determined and
reported.
o VA students who complete the term with all non-punitive “F” and/or non-punitive
grades, the school will determine and report the actual last date of attendance for each
course.
*Reports will be available in SIS for this information; please see Course Attendance Process.
**Students in Mid quarter ground courses that meet for 5.5 weeks who miss two cumulative weeks will be
withdrawn from the course and will receive a Withdrawal (W) grade before week 4 or Withdrawal/Fail (W/F) grade
after week 4.
**There may be additional conditions placed on veterans for pursuing their education. VA students should see their
VA School Certifying Official (VASCO).
ATTENDANCE VERIFICATION
Students may verify their attendance at any time during the term by speaking with their instructor. In addition, they
may go to the campus academic advisors. Students who need information regarding their attendance will need to
request it in person. Any discrepancies should be discussed with the individual instructors.

QUALIFYING MILITARY SERVICE, DISASTERS, NATIONAL EMERGENCIES
To assist individuals who are performing qualifying military service and individuals who are affected by disaster, war
or other military operation or national emergency, an attendance exception may be granted. A student is declared
as military deployed upon receipt of official activation orders documentation by the school. Similarly, appropriate
documentation for students residing in an area declared as a disaster area must be submitted to the school. The
school’s registrar office will record the student’s actual last date of attendance and then provide an attendance
exception. If the documentation shows that the student knew she/he was going to be deployed prior to the term or
course start date and still decided to start, the school will not provide this military attendance exception. For these
reasons, it is required that the school personnel request deployment paperwork/orders to verify deployment status
or to document evidence of a disaster area declaration prior to applying the attendance exception. The school must
record the student’s actual last date of attendance regardless of the exception granted.
ONLINE ATTENDANCE POLICY AND SUBSTANTIVE PARTICIPATION CRITERIA

Students taking online classes (including students taking PLUS courses) must submit at least one academically-
related posting in the learning management system each full attendance week. For online classes beginning on a
Monday, the full attendance week is defined as beginning on Monday at 12:00 a.m. Mountain Standard Time (MST)
to 11:59 p.m. MST the following Sunday. For online classes beginning on Thursday, the full attendance week is
defined as beginning on Thursday at 12:00 a.m. MST to 11:59 p.m. MST the following Wednesday.
1. For attendance purposes, an academically-related posting can include, but may not be limited to, posting a
drop box submission, posting to a threaded discussion forum, and taking a test/quiz. If a third-party system
such as MyLabs is required, usage of that system may also count for student attendance if also recorded
within an approved learning management system. For attendance purposes, simply logging into an online
class does not count toward attendance. It does not include orientation, reading the courses or programs
syllabus or activity prior to the start date of the course.
2. Examples of acceptable evidence of academic attendance and attendance at an academically-related activity
in a distance education program include:
a) Student submission of an academic assignment
b) Student submission of an exam
c) Documented student participation in an interactive tutorial or computer assisted
instruction.
d) A posting by the student showing the students participation in an online study group that
is assigned by the institution.
e) Posting by the student in a discussion forum showing the students participation in an
online discussion about academic matters, and
f) An email from the student or other documentation showing that the student initiated
contact with a faculty member to ask a faculty member about the subject studied in the
course.
Online students are required to meet the first week’s attendance in order to be confirmed as an active student.
Failure to do this could negatively impact a student’s financial aid.
During the last half week of a 5.5 week class, students taking online classes must submit at least one academically-
related posting in the classroom on at least one day. For online classes that end on a Wednesday, the half week is
defined as beginning on Monday at 12:00 a.m. Mountain Standard Time (MST) to 11:59 p.m. MST the following
Wednesday. For online classes that end on a Saturday, the half week is defined as beginning on Thursday at 12:00
a.m. Mountain Standard Time (MST) to 11:59 p.m. MST the following Saturday.
Students who fail to meet the attendance requirements for a week will be given an absence for that attendance
week. AiPOD students who fail to meet the attendance requirements for two consecutive attendance weeks
(cumulative for PLUS students) during a course will be administratively withdrawn from the course. If the student is
administratively withdrawn from all current courses, the student will be withdrawn from the institution.

If the student is administratively withdrawn due to attendance on or before the last day of week 4 in a 5.5 week
course (week 9 in an 11 week course), the student will receive a W grade for the course. If the student is
administratively withdrawn due to attendance after the last day of week 4 in a 5.5 week course (week 9 in an 11
week course), the student will receive a grade of WF for the course. The last date of attendance will be the last day
where the student met the attendance requirements.
In the specific case where a student has a current course grade of F but did not complete the final assignment of the
course and failed the course, the final course grade of F will be considered an unearned F as it pertains to Title IV
financial aid purposes.
Change of Program and Change of Level

A change of program at The Art Institute refers to a change in the area of study, not in the degree/diploma level. For
example, a change of program would include a change from the Associate of Science degree program in Culinary
Arts to the Associate of Science degree program in Photography.
A change in level refers to a change from one degree program to another degree program within the same field of
study; from a diploma program to a degree program within the same field of study; or from a degree program to a
diploma program within the same field of study.
For example, a level change would include a change from the Associate of Science degree program in Culinary Arts
to the diploma program in Culinary Arts.
A student who is on academic probation may not change programs or levels. If a change in either program or level
will immediately place a student into a probation or termination status, the change will not be allowed.
A student may request a change of program only once prior to graduating. It should be noted that a student’s length
of study, as well as their financial aid, may be affected by a change of program.
Courses taken in one program applicable to the second program are transferred with the grade earned. If students
have taken a course more than once, all grades relevant to that course apply to the second program. Grades earned
in the original program count towards the cumulative grade point average.
A student’s CGPA is based on all grades earned in any current and prior programs at The Art Institute except those
grades earned in transitional studies and language study courses and “W,” “P,” “V”, and “K” grades (which are based
on withdrawals, proficiency/life credit, requirements waived, and transfer credit).
Whether a student changes program or level, the student must sign a new enrollment agreement with their
academic advisor.
A student requesting a change in level from a diploma program to an Associate of Science or Bachelor of Science
degree program must meet all Art Institute requirements for admission into the degree program including
completion of any ACCUPLACER and/or LOEP or TOEFL test requirements. Such a student must take the ACCUPLACER
test immediately or be determined to be exempt (see Placement Testing, Transitional Studies and Language Studies)
before final approval of the transfer. Results of the ACCUPLACER test will determine whether the student shall enroll
in transitional studies courses. Students may not enroll in more than one program at a time.
A new student who wishes to pursue another degree after graduation must be processed as a new student through
the Admissions Department by completing a new application and enrollment agreement.
Class Sizes
The average class size is approximately 20 students. The maximum class size for lecture is approximately 60 and the
maximum laboratory setting is 35.

Class Sessions
Classes are in session six days a week, Monday through Saturday. Students are scheduled by The Art Institute to
meet their total weekly hour requirement through a combination of morning, afternoon, evening, and weekend
classes. The weekly hour requirement is scheduled to be completed in a minimum of three days and a maximum of
six days during each week. Individual times and days of attendance vary by department and quarter level and are
assigned and generally announced to students in advance of each quarterly start date.
The Art Institute reserves the right to change a student’s class session from time to time according to classroom,
studio, shop and/ or lab availability, and academic and student distribution circumstances. Occasionally,
instructional activities may occur at an off-campus location appropriate for the particular activity.
Late Start Policy

The Art Institute does not allow new students to start late. A late start is defined as someone who would enter on
or after the first day of the scheduled start, including the drop/add or schedule adjustment period.
In order to start at the next scheduled start, a student must be:

1. Completed and submitted an application by 5 p.m. one week before the start day (Monday – Main Start,
Friday – Mid-Session Start)
2. Accepted, as defined in the ADCOM policy, planned at a 4 or 5 financial status, registered, by the
Wednesday preceding the start date. (Main Start) and Monday for a mid-session start.
3. Must meet attendance and confirmation policies for the first week of class.
All placement tests must also be completed if the student is to be entered into a class that requires it; for instance,
English or online. If a student is transferring credits in lieu of a placement test, transcripts (either official or unofficial)
must be in the admission packet in order to place a student into the appropriate classes.
Orientation
Every incoming undergraduate student, both new and re-entering, who has not earned 24 prior credits at the post-
secondary level must complete the institution’s web-based orientation, consisting of 23 modules, before beginning
classes. Students also are strongly encouraged to attend the campus on-ground orientation program, designed to
introduce them to their learning community, campus facilities, resources, and personnel provided to support them
throughout their educational journey.
Students need only complete the new orientation requirements one time, regardless of whether they defer start
dates or withdraw and return. Students transferring from one campus to another, without a break in enrollment,
are not required to complete orientation. Students not continuously enrolled, prior to transferring, will be treated
as new students and must complete the new orientation requirements, unless they have 24 earned credits or have
already completed orientation requirements at their prior campus.
Course Code/Numbering System

Florida’s Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS)
A number of courses in this catalog are identified by prefixes and numbers that were assigned by Florida’s Statewide
Course Numbering System (SCNS). This numbering system is used by all public postsecondary institutions in Florida
and 28 participating non-public institutions. The major purpose of this system is to facilitate the transfer of courses
between participating institutions. Students and administrators can use the online Statewide Course Numbering
System to obtain course descriptions and specific information about course transfer between participating Florida
institutions. This information is at the SCNS website at http://scns.fldoe.org.
Each participating institution controls the title, credit, and content of its own courses and recommends the first digit
of the course number to indicate the level at which students normally take the course. Course prefixes and the last
three digits of the course numbers are assigned by members of faculty discipline committees appointed for that

purpose by the Florida Department of Education in Tallahassee. Individuals nominated to serve on these committees
are selected to maintain a representative balance as to type of institution and discipline field or specialization.
The course prefix and each digit in the course number have a meaning in the Statewide Course Numbering System
(SCNS). The list of course prefixes and numbers, along with their generic titles, is referred to as the “SCNS taxonomy.”
Descriptions of the content of courses are referred to as “statewide course profiles.”
EXAMPLE OF COURSE IDENTIFIER

Prefix ENG Level Code (first digit) 1 Century Digit (second digit) 1
English Composition Lower (Freshman) Level at this institution Freshman Composition
Decade Digit (third digit) 0 Unit Digit (fourth digit) 1 Lab Code
Skills Skills 1 this course
General Rule for Course Equivalencies

Equivalent courses at different institutions are identified by the same prefixes and same last three digits of the course
number and are guaranteed to be transferable between participating institutions that offer the course, with a few
exceptions.
For example, a freshman composition skills course is offered by 56 different postsecondary institutions. Each
institution uses “ENC101” to identify its freshman composition skills course. The level code is the first digit and
represents the year in which students normally take the course at a specific institution. In the SCNS taxonomy, “ENC”
means “English Composition,” the century digit “1” represents “Freshman Composition,” the decade digit “0”
represents “Freshman Composition Skills,” and the unit digit “1” represents “Freshman Composition Skills I.” In the
sciences and certain other areas, a “C” or “L” after the course number is known as a lab indicator. The “C” represents
a combined lecture and laboratory course that meets in the same place at the same time. The “L” represents a
laboratory course or the laboratory part of a course, having the same prefix and course number without a lab
indicator, which meets at a different time or place.
Transfer of any successfully completed course from one participating institution to another is guaranteed in cases
where the course to be transferred is equivalent to one offered by the receiving institution. Equivalencies are
established by the same prefix and last three digits and comparable faculty credentials at both institutions. For
example, ENC 1101 is offered at a community college. The same course is offered at a state university as ENC 2101.
A student who has successfully completed ENC 1101 at the community college is guaranteed to receive transfer
credit for ENC 2101 at the state university if the student transfers. The student cannot be required to take ENC 2101
again since ENC 1101 is equivalent to ENC 2101. Transfer credit must be awarded for successfully completed
equivalent courses and used by the receiving institution to determine satisfaction of requirements by transfer
students on the same basis as credit awarded to the native students. It is the prerogative of the receiving institution,
however, to offer transfer credit for courses successfully completed that have not been designated as equivalent.
NOTE: Credit generated at institutions on the quarter-term system may not transfer the equivalent number of credits
to institutions on semester-term systems. For example, 4.0 quarter hours often transfers as 2.67 semester hours.
The Course Prefix

The course prefix is a three-letter designator for a major division of an academic discipline, subject matter area, or
sub-category of knowledge. The prefix is not intended to identify the department in which a course is offered. Rather,
the content of a course determines the assigned prefix to identify the course.
Authority for Acceptance of Equivalent Courses

Section 1007.24(7), Florida Statutes, states:
Any student who transfers among postsecondary institutions that are fully accredited by a regional or national
accrediting agency recognized by the United States Department of Education and that participate in the statewide
course numbering system shall be awarded credit by the receiving institution for courses satisfactorily completed by
the student at the previous institutions. Credit shall be awarded if the courses are judged by the appropriate
statewide course numbering system faculty committees representing school districts, public postsecondary

educational institutions, and participating nonpublic postsecondary educational institutions to be academically
equivalent to courses offered at the receiving institution, including equivalency of faculty credentials, regardless of
the public or nonpublic control of the previous institution. The Department of Education shall ensure that credits to
be accepted by a receiving institution are generated in courses for which the faculty possess credentials that are
comparable to those required by the accrediting association of the receiving institution. The award of credit may be
limited to courses that are entered in the statewide course numbering system. Credits awarded pursuant to this
subsection shall satisfy institutional requirements on the same basis as credits awarded to native students.
Exceptions to the General Rule for Equivalency

Since the initial implementation of the SCNS, specific disciplines or types of courses have been accepted from the
guarantee of transfer for equivalent courses. These include varying topics courses that must be evaluated
individually, or applied courses in which the student must be evaluated for mastery of skill and technique. The
following courses are exceptions to the general rule for course equivalencies and may not transfer. Transferability is
at the discretion of the receiving institution.
a) Courses not offered by the receiving institution.
b) For courses at non-regionally accredited institutions, courses offered prior to the established transfer date
of the course in question.
c) Courses in the 900-999 series are not automatically transferable, and must be evaluated individually. These
include such courses as Special Topics, Internships, Apprenticeships, Practical, Study Abroad, Thesis and
Dissertations.
d) College preparatory and vocational preparatory courses.
e) Graduate courses.
f) Internships, Apprenticeships, Practica, Clinical Experiences and Study Abroad courses with numbers other
than those ranging from 900-999.
g) Applied courses in the performing arts (Art, Dance, Interior Design, Music, and Theatre) and skills courses
in Criminal Justice (academy certificate courses) are not guaranteed as transferable. These courses need
evidence of achievement (i.e., portfolio, audition, interview, etc.).
Courses at Non-Regionally Accredited Institutions

The Statewide Course Numbering System makes available on its home page (http://scns.fldoe.org) a report entitled
“Courses at Non Regionally Accredited Institutions” that contains a comprehensive listing of all nonpublic institution
courses in the SCNS inventory, as well as each course’s transfer level and transfer effective date. This report is
updated monthly.
Questions about the Statewide Course Numbering System and appeals regarding course credit transfer decisions
should be directed to Eric Watson in the Department of Academic Affairs or the Florida Department of Education,
Office of Articulation, 1401 Turlington Building, Tallahassee, Florida 32399-0400. Special reports and technical
information may be requested by calling the Statewide Course Numbering System office at (850) 245- 0427 or via
the internet at http://scns.fldoe.org.
The foregoing notwithstanding, any Art Institute course that carries a course number designated by Florida’s
Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS) is eligible for transfer to any other Florida postsecondary institution
participating in the SCNS program with a few exceptions.
Course Scheduling
The Art Institute reserves the right to reschedule students at any time to accommodate classroom needs. The Art
Institute also reserves the right to alter or change course titles, course content, or the sequencing of classes, subject
to regulatory approval, at any time necessary for the purpose of enhancing the education program.

Electives Terminology
An elective course is a course taken by a student to fulfill total credit hour graduation requirements but not
specifically listed in the required course listing in The Art Institute catalog or on the student’s degree audit as a
specific course requirement.
Program Electives
A program elective is a course specific to any program area other than General Education.
1. Program elective requirements may be fulfilled through advanced standing (transfer or proficiency credit)
but generally are not fulfilled in this manner due to currency issues and the rapid pace of technological
change.
2. The program chair or designee awards transfer or proficiency credit in the student’s declared field of study.
All advanced standing credit transfer must be completed prior to the beginning of the student’s first
quarter. See the Standards for Academic Progress Policy and Transfer of Credit policy for specific rules.
3. A student’s program elective selection is bound by prerequisite/corequisite/concurrent requisite
requirements.
4. A student may request special permission in writing from the program chair to register for any course in
which they wish to enroll.
5. A General Education course or elective cannot be used to fulfill a required program course or program
elective.
6. Students should consult the most recent listing of approved program electives prior to registering.
7. The list of approved program electives for a given program is updated quarterly by the corresponding
program chair.
General Education Electives

1. General Education electives refer to elective courses that are not listed on the student’s degree audit as a
required course in the student’s program area and that fall in the General Education list of courses.
2. General Education electives are chosen by a student to fulfill the total credit hour requirement in the
General Education area.
3. General Education electives must fulfill the definition of a General Education course as described in the
Accrediting Council of Independent Colleges and Schools (ACICS) and Florida Commission for Independent
Education (CIE criteria.)
4. Students should consult the listing of approved General Education elective courses prior to registering.
5. A Program course or elective cannot be used to fulfill a required General Education course or General
Education elective.
General Education
Associate’s and bachelor’s degree programs at The Art Institute include general education requirements. Courses in
general education are intended to complement the knowledge and skills students acquire in their program area. The
focus is on concepts, principles, and theory rather than practical application to a specific program.
These requirements are designed to help provide graduates with an understanding of the world around them and
to prepare them for a lifetime of growth and development as a person, citizen, and member of the global community.
Students have the opportunity to gain competencies in mathematics and computer science, English and literature,
behavioral and social sciences, physical and natural sciences, and humanities.
General education objectives common to many program areas include:

1. Acquire essential written, oral, and interpersonal communication skills
2. Use quantitative reasoning skills
3. Develop critical-thinking and logical-reasoning skills
4. Learn information literacy skills
5. Appreciate the humanities and sciences in historical and cultural contexts

Students should consult an Academic Advisor or Program Chair/Coordinator to determine which general education
courses are required, their sequence, and electives, if any, that are available.
Graduation Requirements
To be qualified to graduate and become eligible to participate in Portfolio Review for those programs requiring a
portfolio, a student must fulfill the following requirements:
1. receive a passing grade or credit for all required coursework
2. achieve a minimum CGPA of 2.0
3. maintain satisfactory academic progress standards
4. satisfy all financial obligations to The Art Institute
5. receive a passing grade on the portfolio or thesis, if required
6. students must be enrolled at The Art Institute during the quarter in which they will graduate All program
changes must be approved and completed prior to the add/ drop period of the last quarter of attendance
Please note: Portfolio courses require students to earn a “C” or better to exit the course. Any performance below a
“C” results in failure and is calculated in the student’s CGPA as an “F” grade.
Bachelor of Science Degree

To graduate with a Bachelor of Science degree, students are required to have fulfilled all required coursework and
achieved a final Cumulative Grade Point Average of 2.0 or higher. Additionally, students must have successfully
completed 180 credits.
Associate of Science Degree

To graduate with an Associate of Science degree, students must have fulfilled all required coursework and achieved
a final Cumulative Grade Point Average of 2.0 or higher. Also required for graduation are 90 quarter credit hours in
either Baking & Pastry, Culinary Arts, Fashion Design, Graphic Design, Photography, Web Design & Interactive Media,
or Video Production programs
Diploma
To graduate with a diploma, students must have fulfilled all required coursework and achieved a CGPA of 2.0 or
higher. Also required for graduation are 48 or 54 quarter credit hours.
Portfolio and Capstone Evaluation Requirements

Graduating students from all art-based/design departments must pass a required course in which a portfolio is
produced. The portfolio must be produced to the standard established by the faculty. The portfolio in some
departments may be evaluated by a committee. An outline of portfolio standards, projects, and general criteria is
separately provided to students within each program. These portfolio requirements are periodically reviewed.
Graduating students from the culinary departments must pass a required capstone course in which a restaurant
business plan is produced. The final capstone business plan project will utilize competencies developed from
previous coursework within the curriculum. These competencies will be reviewed and assessed by faculty
throughout the capstone course.
The Art Institute reserves the right to alter or modify the portfolio and/or capstone requirements at any time it is
deemed to be in the best interest of graduating students to enhance their career employment potential.
Portfolio Review
The Art Institute celebrates the work and accomplishments of its graduating classes with Portfolio Review. This
venue also serves as a showcase to introduce graduates and their work to prospective employers, the community,
family, and friends. Portfolio Review is held at the end of each quarter. This will be mandatory for all students at all
levels.

Length of Time & Document Received Upon Graduation
Advertising
Upon completion of the 36-month, 12-quarter [180 credit hours] Advertising program, the Bachelor of Science
degree will be conferred.
Media Arts & Animation

Upon completion of the 36-month, 12-quarter [180 credit hours] Media Arts & Animation program, the Bachelor of
Science degree will be conferred.
Culinary Arts Programs

Upon completion of the 36-month, 12-quarter [180 credit hours] Culinary Management program, the Bachelor of
Upon completion of the 18-month, 6-quarter [90 credit hours] Culinary Arts program, the Associate of Science
degree will be conferred. Holders of an Associate of Science degree in Culinary Arts will have the length of the 12-
quarter [180 credit hours] Bachelor of Science degree in Culinary Management reduced proportionately.
Upon completion of the 18-month, 6-quarter [90 credit hours] Baking & Pastry program, the Associate of Science
degree will be conferred. Holders of an Associate of Science degree in Baking & Pastry will have the length of the 12-
quarter [180 credit hours] Bachelor of Science degree in Culinary Management reduced proportionately.
Upon completion of the 12-month, 5-quarter (54 credit hours) program, the diploma in Culinary Arts will be
conferred.
Upon completion of the 12-month, 5-quarter (54 credit hours) program, the diploma in Baking and Pastry will be
conferred.
Digital Filmmaking & Video Production

Upon completion of the 36-month, 12-quarter [180 credit hours] Digital Filmmaking & Video Production program,
the Bachelor of Science degree will be conferred.
Upon completion of the 18-month, 6-quarter [90 credit hours] Video Production program, the Associate of Science
Holders of an Associate of Science degree in Video Production will have the length of the 12-quarter [180 credit
hours] Bachelor of Science degree in Digital Filmmaking & Video Production reduced proportionately.
Fashion Design
Upon completion of the 36-month, 12-quarter [180 credit hours] Fashion Design program, the Bachelor of Science
Upon completion of the 18-month, 6-quarter [90 credit hours] Fashion Design program, the Associate of Science
Holders of an Associate of Science degree in Fashion Design will have the length of the 12-quarter [180 credit hours]
Bachelor of Science degree reduced proportionately.
Fashion Retailing
Upon completion of the 12-month, 4-quarter (48 credit hours) program, the diploma in Fashion Retailing will be
conferred.

Fashion Merchandising
Upon completion of the 36-month, 12-quarter [180 credit hours] Fashion Merchandising program, the Bachelor of
Game Art & Design

Upon completion of the 36-month, 12-quarter [180 credit hours] Game Art & Design program, the Bachelor of
Graphic Design
Upon completion of the 36-month, 12-quarter [180 credit hours] Graphic Design program, the Bachelor of Science
Upon completion of the 18-month, 6-quarter [90 credit hours] Graphic Design program, the Associate of Science
degree will be conferred. Holders of an Associate of Science degree in Graphic Design will have the length of the 12-
quarter [180 credit hour] Bachelor of Science degree reduced proportionately.
Illustration
Upon completion of the 36-month, 12-quarter [180 credit hours] Illustration program, the Bachelor of Science
Industrial Design
Upon completion of the 36-month, 12-quarter [180 credit hours] Industrial Design program, the Bachelor of Science
Interior Design
Upon completion of the 36-month, 12-quarter [180 credit hours] Interior Design program, the Bachelor of Science
Upon completion of the 18-month, 6-quarter [90 credit hours] Interior Design program, the Associate of Science
Holders of an Associate of Science degree in Interior Design will have the length of the 12-quarter [180 credit hour]
Bachelor of Science degree reduced proportionately.
Photography
Upon completion of the 36-month, 12-quarter [180 credit hours] Photography program, the Bachelor of Science
Upon completion of the 18-month, 6-quarter [90 credit hours] Photography program, the Associate of Science
Visual Effects & Motion Graphics

Upon completion of the 36-month, 12-quarter [180 credit hours] Visual Effects & Motion Graphics program, the
Bachelor of Science degree will be conferred.
Web Design & Interactive Media

Upon completion of the 36-month, 12-quarter [180 credit hours] Web Design & Interactive Media program, the
Bachelor of Science degree will be conferred.
Upon completion of the 18-month, 6-quarter [90 credit hours] Web Design & Interactive Media program, the
Associate of Science degree will be conferred.

Holders of an Associate of Science degree in Web Design & Interactive Media will have the length of the 12-quarter
[180 credit hours] Bachelor of Science degree reduced proportionately.
Web Design & Interactive Communication

Upon completion of the 12-month, 4-quarter (48 credit hours) program, the diploma in Web Design & Interactive
Communication will be conferred.
Web Design & Development

Upon completion of the 12 month, 4-quarter (48 credit hours) program, the diploma in Web Design & Development
will be conferred.
Late Work
Late work will be permitted with the permission of the instructor. Work extended beyond the end of the subsequent
quarter must be recommended by the faculty and approved by the Program Chair and Dean of Academic Affairs.
Late work has no impact on recorded attendance. The standard Art Institute contract to finish work must be
completed, signed, and approved prior to any late work being accepted.
Online Courses
About Online Courses
The Art Institute offers selected online courses through a consortium agreement with The Art Institute of Pittsburgh
- Online Division. Online courses are intended to allow students more freedom in course scheduling because they
are completed off campus at the student’s convenience.
Academic and Software Orientation for Online Courses

Each student taking online courses is required to successfully complete an academic orientation to online learning
prior to the beginning of their course(s); each student is notified of when this orientation must be completed. This
orientation reviews the expectations, policies, and procedures associated with taking courses online. During the
software orientation, the student logs on to the site that runs the courses on their computer. Several exercises are
provided that help to clarify to the student whether they are knowledgeable and comfortable enough to begin
working when the course begins.
The student has 24-hour online platform software support via a toll-free number throughout the length of the
course.
Students also have access to email help through the Art Institute of Pittsburgh - Online Division web site
https://www.artinstitutes.edu/online/academic-catalog to address questions and concerns.
Some courses also require knowledge of software used in the course. Should a student enroll in one of these courses,
a software tutorial is offered at no additional charge. The tutorial should be completed and a test of software
competency demonstrated by the student prior to taking the course.
Placement Testing, Transitional Studies (TS)
Placement Determination Criteria

The results of the ACCUPLACER test determine whether a student must enroll in developmental English courses at
The Art Institute.
ACCUPLACER Test Scoring

An applicant whose ACCUPLACER score is 87 or higher for English will be waived from
Introduction to Composition (ENC0020). An applicant whose ACCUPLACER score is lower than 87 for
English must enroll in Introduction to Composition. If a student does not successfully complete the
Introduction to Composition course within three consecutive attempts, they shall be academically

terminated. Students who are required to take the English Transitional Course are required to take it in
their first or second quarter of enrollment.
A student who is enrolled in any transitional studies coursework must obtain advisement from
their academic advisor before course registration for the next quarter. Registration by a student currently
enrolled in transitional studies coursework without first obtaining advisement is prohibited and may lead
to academic probation.
To advance from a transitional studies course to a college level English a student must exit the
transitional studies course with a grade of “C” or higher.
Any student who does not exit the transitional studies course successfully or withdraws from the course in a given
quarter must repeat the course in the following quarter. All courses must be attempted and completed in consecutive
quarters or the student will be placed on academic probation. If a student does not successfully complete a
required transitional studies course within three consecutive attempts, they will be academically terminated.
Quarter Credit Hour Definition

A quarter credit hour is an amount of work represented in intended learning outcomes and verified by evidence of
student achievement that is an institutionally established equivalency that reasonably approximates not less than:
1. One hour of classroom or direct faculty instruction and a minimum of two hours of out-of-class student
work each week for 10-12 weeks, or the equivalent amount of work over a different amount of time; or
2. At least an equivalent amount of work as required in paragraph (1) of this definition for other academic
activities as established by the institution including laboratory work, internships, practica, studio work, and
other academic work leading to the award of credit hours.
Quarter Credit Hour Calculation

General Courses
All coursework at The Art Institute is measured in quarter credit hours. One quarter credit hour is awarded for every
10 classroom contact hours of lecture, 20 classroom contact hours of laboratory instruction, or 30 contact hours of
internship. One classroom contact hour is defined as 50 minutes in a 60-minute period. The student is assumed to
devote appropriate time to preparation and study outside the classroom.
Measurement in credit hours or the listing of credits for courses is not intended to imply transferability into college
programs at other postsecondary institutions.
Culinary Program Quarter Lab Course Credit Hour Calculation

All lab courses within the Culinary Arts programs are measured in quarter credit hours. One quarter credit hour is
awarded for every 11 classroom contact hours of lecture, 22 classroom contact hours of lab instruction, or 33 contact
hours of externship.
The Art Institute operates on a quarter schedule. One semester hour is converted as 1.5 quarter credit hours.
Transfer credit applied to any The Art Institute course will not exceed the credit value of that course.
Registration
General Information
The Registrar and staff are responsible for the following services:
• Maintenance of all students’ permanent academic records
• Issuance of grade reports and/ or attendance reports
• Issuance of student transcript records. There is a $10 fee for each transcript. Allow 10–14 days processing
time; requests must be made in writing. Failure to meet financial obligations may lead to the withholding
of academic transcripts.
Beginning May 2, 2018, The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale will begin charging a $7 fee for all transcript
requests.
• Supervision of quarterly student registration activities

• Processing of student changes, including:
o leaves of absence
o course and program interruptions
o requests for program changes
o veterans’ enrollment certifications and reports
o Social Security verification
o address changes
o verification of enrollment forms
Registration
Driven by the goal of The Art Institute to prepare students to seek opportunities in their chosen fields of
employment, The Art Institute maintains the following credit load recommendations:
All degree students are encouraged to register for a minimum of 12 credits per quarter and a maximum of 18 credits
per quarter.
All diploma students are encouraged to register for a minimum of 9 credits per quarter and a maximum of 12 credits
per quarter.
Exceptions to these policies must be approved by the Dean of Academic Affairs or their designee.
Courses are available on a first-come, first-serve basis, so it is important that each student register during the
designated registration period. Students must register and complete all outstanding paperwork with the business
offices by the end of registration. Students may adjust their scheduled classes only through the seventh academic
day [including Saturday] of the quarter.
UNDERGRADUATE SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS POLICY

A student must demonstrate Satisfactory Academic Progress by successfully completing courses attempted.
Completing courses with C or better grades indicates academic progress. Receiving D or lower grades and/or
withdrawing from classes may put students at risk. Poor academic performance may lead to Academic/Financial
Warning and/or Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal. It is very important that students attend all registered courses
and complete them successfully. Should a compelling reason arise that requires a student to cease attendance, it is
the student’s responsibility to immediately contact the Dean of Academic Affairs or Registrar’s Office.
The following criteria are used to determine whether or not a student is making Satisfactory Academic Progress. A
student must be able to:
• Maintain a minimum cumulative grade point average (CGPA);
• Achieve the minimum incremental completion rate (ICR); and
• Complete the program within a maximum allowable timeframe (MTF).
Students who fail to meet the minimum standards of any of the above criteria will be notified by letter by the Dean
of Academic Affairs or Campus Registrar within four (4) business days of determination. Administrative actions will
be taken when a student fails to meet the minimum standards of any of the above criteria. If the resulting action
results in Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal, a student may appeal the Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal. If the
appeal is denied, the student will remain dismissed and can no longer attend or receive Title IV aid at the Institute.
The Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy contains the following information:
• Criteria for Honors Designations
• Milestones and Evaluation Points for Satisfactory Academic Progress
• Academic/Financial Aid Warning
• Procedure for Appealing Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal
• Procedure to Apply for Re-Entry after Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal
• Academic/Financial Aid Probation and an Academic Plan
• Explanations of Related Issues

Failure to complete courses successfully for any reason may negatively affect a student’s Satisfactory Academic
Progress (SAP) and are considered to be punitive grades. Failing courses, being suspended or terminated from
courses, or withdrawing from courses could result in the loss of financial aid and/or veterans education benefits
and academic dismissal. In order for a student to graduate, the minimum requirements are a CGPA of 2.0, 66.67%
ICR, and completion of the program without attempting more than 150% of the credits in the program. Refer to
the Metrics of SAP section below for additional information regarding the calculation of CGPA, ICR and MTF.
While the terms Academic/Financial Aid Warning, Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal, and Academic/Financial Aid
Probation are used, the status applies to all students whether receiving aid or not.
The College has the right to modify the Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy at any time.
Criteria for Honors Designations

To promote academic excellence and to recognize exemplary academic achievement, the following system is
recommended for honor designations on a quarter basis and upon graduation.
Quarter Honors Designations (at the completion of a quarter)

Any student who enrolls for and completes 12 credits or more is eligible for the following designations:
Quarter GPA Honors Designation
4.0 President’s Honor List
3.7-3.99 Dean’s Honor List
3.5-3.69 Honor Roll
Honors Designation at Graduation
Students who achieve a CGPA of 3.5 or better are designated as Honor Graduates. Transitional studies courses are
not considered when evaluating honors designations.
Milestones and Evaluation Points for Satisfactory Academic Progress

Compliance with Standards of Academic Progress is reviewed every quarter for all Certificate and Diploma
programs.
Certificate and Diploma Programs:

1. At the end of the first quarter, students must attain a minimum CGPA of 1.00 and an ICR of 33.33%.
Anything below these milestones will result in Academic/Financial Aid Warning for one quarter. Students
who are only participating in Transitional Studies courses are considered to be maintaining Satisfactory
Academic Progress (SAP).
2. At the end of the second quarter, students must attain a minimum CGPA of 1.50 and an ICR of 50.00%.
Anything below these milestones will result in Academic/Financial Aid Warning for one quarter unless the
student was on Academic/Financial Aid Warning in his or her previous quarter. If the student was on
Academic/Financial Aid Warning in the previous quarter, failure to meet these standards will result in
Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal. Students who are only participating in Transitional studies courses are
considered to be maintaining SAP.
3. At the end of the third quarter, and every quarter thereafter, students must attain a minimum CGPA of
2.00 and an ICR of 66.67%. Anything below these milestones will result in Academic/Financial Aid Warning
for one quarter unless the student was on Academic/Financial Aid Warning in his or her previous quarter.
If the student was on Academic/Financial Aid Warning in the previous quarter, failure to meet these
standards will result in Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal.
4. Students may not attempt more than 150% of the credits in their programs; anything in excess of 150% of
the credits will result in Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal. Dismissal for violating the maximum
timeframe (MTF) can happen at any time.

5. Reentries: To ensure an evaluation is completed for all students in the last 12 months, an evaluation will
be completed upon reentry processing using the criteria for the next applicable evaluation point (See
Certificate/Diploma Evaluation Point Milestones (CGPA/ICR) requirements) noted in this policy. For
example, if a student enrolled in October 2015 and completed the fall quarter, dropped in the winter
2016 quarter and returned in the spring 2017 quarter of the following year, the student would have an
evaluation prior to the start of the spring 2017 quarter against the next applicable evaluation point for the
student. Students reviewed upon reentry will be advised based on their SAP status at the time of reentry
and provided with a projection of what they will need to accomplish in order to be in compliance with SAP
requirements at the next official evaluation point (See Certificate/Diploma Evaluation Point Milestones
(CGPA/ICR) requirements). Reentries whose evaluation does not indicate the ability to meet the next
evaluation point during reentry processing will not be allowed to reenter into the program of
enrollment.
6. Students should note that if they are on Academic/Financial Aid Warning, it will be very difficult to meet
the minimum requirements of the next evaluation point. Students should consult with their academic
advisor concerning their exact requirements.
7. Transitional Studies courses are based on the result of the academic assessment tool. Like any course,
students must successfully complete such courses in order to progress in the program. Transitional
Studies course credits do not count towards the total number of credits for graduation nor do they count
in the CGPA. Additionally, the courses do not count in determining the maximum time frame allowable to
earn the certificate or diploma or in the incremental completion rate as attempted credits and, if
successful, earned credits.
8. Transitional Studies courses do have credit hours assigned to them for enrollment and tuition charging
purposes. While Transitional Studies courses are not included in the CGPA, a student who attempts but
does not pass or withdraws from the same Transitional Studies course three times is dismissed and there
is no right to appeal the termination.
9. Students on Academic/Financial Aid Warning are considered to be making progress toward meeting
Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress and, if otherwise eligible may receive financial aid.
10. The grades, grade point average, cumulative data for all courses a student attempted at the Institution, as
well as courses successfully transferred in from prior postsecondary education, are available on the
student portal for review. There is also an indication if a student is on Academic/Financial Aid Warning, on
Academic/Financial Aid Probation, or on academic/Financial Aid Dismissal.
11. Compliance with SAP is reviewed every quarter for Certificate and Diploma programs. A student who
starts or re-enters at a MID session will have that session count as an entire quarter for SAP purposes.
CERTIFICATE/DIPLOMA
Evaluation Point Milestones (CGPA and ICR) Required Action
End of First Quarter < 1.0 and/or 33.33% Academic/Financial Aid Warning
Academic/Financial Aid Warning (if 1st
time)/Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal (if on
End of Second Quarter < 1.5 and/or 50.00% Academic/Financial Aid Warning
End of Third Quarter and Academic/Financial Aid Warning (if 1st time)/
every quarter thereafter < 2.0 and/or 66.67% Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal (if on Warning)
At Any Time Anything in excess of 150% MTF Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal

Please note that if you do not pass the same Transitional Studies course after three attempts, the result will be
Academic / Financial Aid Dismissal with no right to appeal the dismissal.
Unless otherwise noted, Academic/Financial Aid Dismissals can be appealed. Please see the Appeal Process
below.
Degree Programs:
Degree programs are evaluated after a student has attempted three quarters and sixth quarters including portions
of a quarter) during the first six quarters. After the sixth quarter, the student is evaluated at the end of each
quarter. While grades, GPAs, and Incremental Completion Rates are made available at the end of a student’s
quarter, they are informational only except at evaluation points. Please note students may be alerted of their
progress at any time and may be required to take specific action.
1. At the end of the first academic year (an academic year is three (3) quarters in which courses are
attempted in each quarter); students must achieve a minimum CGPA of 1.00 and an ICR of 33.33%.
Anything below these milestones will result in Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal.
2. At the end of the second academic year, students must attain a minimum CGPA of 2.00 and an ICR of
66.67%. Anything below these milestones will result in Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal.
3. Starting the quarter after the sixth attempted quarter, and every quarter thereafter, students are
evaluated at the end of each quarter and must attain a minimum CGPA of 2.00 and an ICR of 66.67%.
Failure to meet these standards will result in Academic/Financial Aid Warning unless the student was on
Financial Aid Warning the previous quarter. If the student was on Academic/Financial Aid Warning in the
previous quarter, failure to meet these standards will result in Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal.
4. Students may not attempt more than 150% of the credits in their programs; anything in excess of 150%
of the credits will result in Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal. Dismissal for violating the maximum
timeframe (MTF) can happen at any time.
5. Placement into Transitional Studies courses are based on the result of the academic assessment tool. Like
any course, students must successfully complete such courses in order to progress in the program.
Transitional studies course credits do not count towards the total number of credits for graduation nor do
they count in the CGPA. Additionally, the transitional study course(s) do not count in determining the
maximum time frame allowable to earn the degree and do not count in the incremental completion rate
as attempted credits and, if successful, earned credits. Please note that the student will be dismissed
immediately if the student does not successfully complete the same Transitional Study upon a third
attempt.
6. Transitional Studies courses do have credit hours assigned to them for enrollment and tuition charging
purposes. While Transitional Studies courses are not included in the CGPA, a student who attempts but
does not pass or withdraws from the same Transitional Studies course three times is dismissed and there
is no right to appeal the dismissal.
7. The grades, grade point average, cumulative data for all courses a student attempted at the Institution, as
well as courses successfully transferred in from prior postsecondary education, are available on the
student portal for review. There is also an indication if a student is on Academic/Financial Aid Warning, on
Academic/Financial Aid Probation or on Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal.

8. For Degree programs, compliance with SAP is reviewed every academic year during a student’s first two
years and then quarterly thereafter. A student who starts or re-enters at a MID session will have that
session count as an entire quarter for SAP purposes.
9. Students on Academic/Financial Aid Warning are considered to be making progress toward meeting
Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress and, if otherwise eligible may receive financial aid.
10. Reentries: To ensure an evaluation is completed for all students in the last 12 months, an evaluation will
be completed upon reentry processing using the criteria for the next applicable evaluation point (See
Degree Programs Evaluation Point Milestones (CGPA/ICR) requirements) noted in this policy. For example,
if a student enrolled in October 2015 and completed the fall quarter, dropped in the Winter 2016 quarter
and returned in the spring 2017 quarter of the following year, the student would have an evaluation prior
to the start of the spring 2017 quarter against the next applicable evaluation point for the
student. Students reviewed upon reentry will be advised based on their SAP status at the time of reentry
and provided with a projection of what they will need to accomplish in order to be in compliance with SAP
requirements at the next official evaluation point (See Degree Programs Evaluation Point Milestones
(CGPA/ICR) and requirements). Reentries whose evaluation does not indicate the ability to meet the
next evaluation point during reentry processing will not be allowed to reenter into the program of
enrollment.
DEGREE PROGRAMS
Both Milestones (CGPA
Evaluation Point and ICR) Must be Met Required Action
End of First Academic Year < 1.00 and/or 33.33% Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal
End of Second Academic Year < 2.00 and/or 66.67% Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal
Academic/Financial Aid Warning (if 1st
End of Seventh Quarter and time)/Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal (if on
Thereafter < 2.0 and/or 66.67% Academic/Financial Aid Warning)
Anything in excess of
At Any Time 150% MTF Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal
Please note that if you do not pass the same Transitional Studies course after three attempts, the result will be
Academic / Financial Aid Dismissal with no right to appeal the dismissal.
Unless otherwise noted, Academic/Financial Aid Dismissals may be appealed. Please see the Appeal
Process below.
A student enrolled in Transitional Studies courses must be able to pass the same Transitional Studies course after
three attempts or that student will be placed on Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal.
If the review of a student’s Satisfactory Academic Progress performed at any time indicates that it is
mathematically impossible to meet the minimum requirements of the Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress
policy at the next mandatory check point, the student will result in Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal from the
Institution.
To be removed from Academic/Financial Aid Warning or Academic/Financial Aid Probation, a student

must meet the Satisfactory Academic Progress requirements at the next applicable measuring point.

Procedure for Appealing Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal
A student who is dismissed for violating Satisfactory Academic Progress must appeal in writing to the
Dean of Academic Affairs for re-entry before the start of the quarter in which he/she wishes to return. The written
appeal must state the mitigating circumstances that contributed to the dismissal. The written appeal must be
supported with appropriate documentation of the mitigating circumstances with an explanation on how the
circumstances have been remedied or changed to ensure that he or she will be able to meet satisfactory academic
progress if re-admitted.
The Dean of Academic Affairs or an Appeals Committee will review the student’s appeal and will determine
within 14 business days of the date of the receipt of the appeal whether the circumstances and academic status
warrant consideration for re-admission. The student may be asked to appear in person during the review process
when deemed necessary by the Dean of Academic Affairs or the Appeals Committee. Upon the Appeals Committee
decision, the student will be notified by the Dean of Academic Affairs both verbally and in writing. The Appeals
Committee decision will be final. Following is a comprehensive list of events that indicate there may be a
mitigating circumstance which has negatively impacted academic progress:
• Death of an immediate family member
• Student illness requiring hospitalization (this includes mental health issues)
• Illness of an immediate family member where the student is the primary caretaker
• Illness of an immediate family member where the family member is the primary financial support
• Abusive relationships
• Divorce proceedings
• Previously undocumented disability
• Natural disaster
• Family emergency
• Financial hardship such as foreclosure or eviction
• Documentation from a Professional Counselor
• A doctor documented illness of the student for a significant period of time
• Military deployment
• Military Permanent Change of Station (PCS)
• Special Circumstances
Students should understand that by having a mitigating circumstance it does not automatically mean the appeal
will be approved. The Appeal Committee will review that the student sufficiently providing documentation of the
mitigating circumstance (as outlined above) and that the student has resolved the mitigating circumstance.
A student who is successful in his or her appeal is able to apply for re-entry and if otherwise eligible, receive
financial aid for one quarter; however, the student will be placed on Academic/Financial Aid Probation at the start
of the academic quarter. A student on Academic/Financial Aid Probation may receive financial aid (if otherwise
eligible) for one quarter. If the appeal is denied, aid cannot be paid and the student is dismissed.
Students who have an appeal denied can reapply however the passage of time by itself does not impact the Appeal
Committee’s decision.
The Dean of Academic Affairs is responsible for determining the appropriateness of the mitigating
Circumstance in regards to severity, timing and duration of the mitigating circumstance, and for determining
whether the student’s situation has changed that would allow the student to demonstrate satisfactory academic
progress at the end of the Academic/Financial Aid Probation or the end of the period of the Academic Plan. Any
consideration of the conditions outside of the list provided should be discussed with the Art Institute Vice
President of Academic Affairs. Student life issues and making the transition to college are not considered
mitigating circumstances under this policy.
Documentation from a professional counselor should not breach the student/counselor relationship and
should remain confidential. A memorandum or letter on school or organizational letterhead indicating a
counselor’s opinion that the student issues may be accommodated to ensure that the student will be able to meet
Satisfactory Academic Progress will suffice as proof of mitigating circumstances as well as documentation that the

student’s circumstances have been remedied or changed to ensure that the student will be able to meet
Satisfactory Academic Progress with the accommodations from the institution.
If a student’s appeal is successful, the student will be placed on Academic/Financial Aid Probation for one
quarter (or two if eligible) following re-admittance. The student will be eligible for financial aid during the
Academic/Financial Aid Probation period. Academic Advisors, Registrars, and/or Academic Department
Chairs/Program Coordinators must develop, document and maintain as part of the appeals process a concrete
Academic Plan for how a student will complete his remaining coursework and meet the minimum requirements of
Satisfactory Academic Progress by end of either the Academic/Financial Aid Probation period or by the end of the
quarter included in the Academic Plan.
The Academic Plan must detail specific time frames and student success measures and cannot be greater
than one (1) quarter for certificate or diploma programs but for degree programs may be up to two (2) quarters if
necessary for the student to meet the minimum requirements of Satisfactory Academic Progress. The Academic
Plan must be reviewed with the student so that designated Academic Plan is being met and the student will remain
on track to achieve the success measures within the approved timeframe. For students in degree programs that
may have an Academic Plan for more than one quarter, the student must meet the academic targets of the
Academic Plan at the end the first quarter when the student is on Academic/Financial Aid Probation and by the
end of the Academic Plan, the student must meet the minimum requirements of Satisfactory Academic Progress.
If the student meets the academic goals and requirements under the Academic Plan for the first quarter
while on Academic/Financial Aid Probation, he or she may complete the second quarter under the Academic Plan
and be eligible to receive financial aid. Failure to meet the established goals included in the Academic Plan will
result in Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal.
Registrars will ensure that Academic Advisors or Academic Program Chairs have notified students in writing that
they are in Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning, Academic Probation/Financial Aid Probation, or
Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal with a student signed Satisfactory Academic Progress Prediction Calculation
Form.
Any student who ceased attendance or withdrew from the institution will be evaluated against the
minimum standards of the Satisfactory Academic Progress for grades and credits attempted as of the time of
withdrawal in his or her last quarter of attendance. Any student who did not meet the minimum standards of
Satisfactory Academic Progress at the SAP evaluation point must go through the same appeal process should the
student want to be readmitted. The appeal procedure described in the preceding section applies.
Upon the Appeals Committee decision, the student is notified by the Dean of Academic Affairs both verbally and in
writing. The Appeals Committee decision will be final.
Any student who is on Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal can no longer attend school nor get Title IV at the
Institution.
Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal Appeals not Allowed

A student who attempts but does not pass the same Transitional Studies course three times is Dismissed
and there is not a right to appeal the dismissal.
Additional Appeal Procedures:

While an appeal can be made for Maximum Time Frame, the Institution and the Art Institute Vice
President of Academic Affairs must review the appeal.
If a student who has successfully appealed an Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal is later again dismissed, the
student can file one additional appeal as long as the appeal is based on different mitigating circumstances from
any previous appeal, the new mitigating circumstance occurred after the previous successful appeal, the student is
showing significant Satisfactory Academic Progress and mathematically the student can meet the next SAP
evaluation points requirements.
In addition to the Institution’s Review of the Appeal, it must also be reviewed by the Art Institute Vice President of
Academic Affairs.

Explanations of Related Issues
Calculation of CGPA
A student’s cumulative grade point average is calculated by a) Multiplying credits for each course by grade
points associated with the grade earned; b) Totaling the grade points earned for all the courses, and c) Dividing
total grade points earned by the total number of quality credits. The Institute uses a 4.0 scale in assigning grade
points. Note: that if there is a change of programs, only courses applicable to the new program will be considered
in the CGPA.
Transitional Studies Courses
Many Art Institutes require academic assessments. Depending on assessment scores, students may be
required to take Transitional Studies courses. Students must successfully complete such courses in order to
progress in the program. Transitional Studies course credits do not count towards the total number of credits for
graduation nor do they count in the CGPA. Additionally, they do not count in determining the maximum timeframe
and the incremental completion rate.
While Transitional Studies course(s) are not included in the CGPA, each individual Transitional Studies course may
be attempted no more than three times. Failure to pass the courses within the attempts permitted will result in
dismissal from the Institution and there is no right to appeal the dismissal.
Repeated Courses and Grades

As courses are retaken, only the highest grade will count in the GPA/CGPA. All attempts are included in
the credit hours attempted for the purposes of calculating the incremental completion rate (ICR). Withdrawn and
failing grades are included in the maximum allowable timeframe and incremental completion rate as credit hours
attempted but not earned. The grade Incomplete (I) is calculated as if it is an F for CGPA and ICR purposes until it is
changed to another grade and the course will be included as credits attempted but not credits earned until it is
changed to another grade.
Remediation of Academic Deficiencies

It is strongly recommended that any student with withdrawn or failing grades enroll in the same course(s)
in the subsequent quarter to improve academic performance.
Transfer Credits from another Postsecondary Institution

Credits from transfer courses are calculated in the maximum allowable credits and incremental
completion rate requirements as credits attempted and credits earned. Grades for credits transferred from any
other postsecondary institution will be recorded as Transfer Credit (TR) and will not be calculated in the student’s
CGPA.
Change of Program
Students will be allowed one change of program. Changing from a day program to an evening program of
the same major is not considered a change of major. Changing from an associate’s program to a bachelor’s
program in the same major is not considered a change of major. Courses that apply to the second major will be
recorded as earned credit and will affect the student’s CGPA and will be included as credits attempted and credits
earned. Students who change programs must sign a new program enrollment agreement which must be filed in
the student’s academic file. Note: If a student is at the point of dismissal for Satisfactory Academic Progress in the
first major, that student must be put on Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal, appeal the dismissal, have the appeal
granted based on mitigating circumstances before transferring to the new major. Under no circumstances can a
request to change majors circumvent a dismissal of Satisfactory Academic Progress.
In cases in which a student has graduated from one program in the Institution then subsequently begins work in a
different program, grades earned in the first program, if applicable to the new program, will be recorded with the
letter grades and thus will be included in the Cumulative Grade Point Average and will be included in the
Incremental Completion Rate as credits attempted and credits earned.
Transfers from another Art Institute

A student must be maintaining Satisfactory Academic Progress in order to be allowed the opportunity of
transferring from one program to another or from one school or campus to another. A student who is on

Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal and wishes to transfer to another affiliated Art Institute must appeal his/her
Academic/Financial Aid Dismissal at the originating school and receive reinstatement prior to the transfer. An
affiliated Art Institute is any campus that shares the same leading six-digit OPE-ID number with the originating
school. Campuses that share the same leading six-digit OPE-ID number are the same institution.
Please note that course credits and applicability of those credits at each Art Institute for a program can vary from
location to location. Please carefully discuss any possible transfer with the Art Institute you wish to attend.
Grading System
At the conclusion of each course in the program, the student receives a report of his or her grade(s) for the
course(s) just completed. These grades are entered also in the student’s academic transcript, which is updated
each quarter. The criteria for determining a student’s grade shall be as follows (on a percentage of total point
basis):
The Metrics of SAP
Academic Grading System

The grading system incorporates letter grades, equivalent numeric values and letter codes as follows:
Letter Grade Quality Points
A 4.0
A- 3.7
B+ 3.4
B 3.0
B- 2.7
C+ 2.4
C 2.0
C- 1.7
D+ 1.4
D 1.0
F 0.0
Other Grade Codes worth Zero Quality Points:

Credits Earned/TR grade. This does not affect CGPA. They do impact ICR
CR = Credit through examination
and MTF.
I = Incomplete Affects ICR/MTF/CGPA( Computes as an F)
This grade is assigned only when some portion of a course has not been
completed for good and sufficient reason. Courses in which “IPA”
grades are assigned must be completed no later than the end of the
IPA = Incomplete Pass
next regular term in which the student is enrolled or the grade will be
recorded as “F” on the permanent record in the term in which the
grade is granted to replace the IPA. IPA does not affect CGPA/ICR/MTF.
S = Suspension Affects ICR/MTF/CGPA (Computes as an F)
This grade is reserved for zero-credit courses only. Non-credit courses
NC = No Credit
are not computed in the CGPA / ICR / MTF.
Does not affect ICR/CGPA This grade designation is utilized to indicate
NP = Not passing/Fail
that a student did not acceptably complete a non-credited course
P = Proficiency Credit by Exam
This does not affect CGPA. They do impact ICR and MTF.
or Portfolio
This grade designation is utilized to indicate that a student acceptably
PA = Pass
completed a non-credited course. Does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA.

This grade designation is utilized to indicate that a student acceptably
SP or SA = Satisfactory/Pass
completed a non-credited course. Does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA.
T = Termination from course Affects ICR/MTF/CGPA (Computes as an F)
Grade designation utilize for transfer credits. This does not affect CGPA.
TR = External Transfer Credit
They do impact ICR and MTF.
Indicates that a student unsuccessfully completed a non-credited
U = Unsatisfactory
course. Does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA.
Students who failed the course AND did not complete the final
assignments in the course. Final assignments include, but are not limited
to a final exam, final project, final paper, portfolio presentation,
capstone project or any other assignment due in the last week of the
course. If a student completed some or all of the other requirements in
UF = Unearned F
the course but did not complete the final assignment of the course and
failed the course, the F grade will be considered unearned. An unearned
F grade will be reflected as a “UF” grade on the transcript. The course’s
instructor will award this grade when appropriate. Does compute in GPA
and CGPA and does count as credit attempted.
When a student withdraws from the total program of study by the end of the
ninth week of the quarter or from individual classes after drop/add but
W = Withdrawal before the end of the ninth week of the quarter. The “W” is not used in the
calculation of the GPA or CGPA but is considered attempted credits but not
earned credits.
When a student withdraws from individual classes or a total academic
program of study after the ninth week of classes. The “WF” is calculated
WF = Withdrawal Fail
as an “F” in the GPA and CGPA. The “WF” also counts as attempted
credits and not earned credits.
Commonly used when waiving a Transitional courses and does not
WV = Waiver
affect ICR/MTF/CGPA
WX = Course was registered for but
Self-explanatory and does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA
never attended
Students receive grades at the end of each quarter including midquarter. The grade report contains both the grade
point average for the quarter (GPA) and cumulative grade point average (CGPA) for the program. When a course is
repeated after failure, the grade earned upon repeating the class replaces the original grade in determining the
grade point average, though the failing grade will still appear on the transcript.
Repeating Courses
Grades earned in repeated courses will replace grades of ‘F’, “UF”, ‘W’, or ‘WF’. Course credits with
grades of ‘F’, ‘UF’,’W’, or ‘WF’ are included in the maximum time frame (MTF) and incremental completion rate
(ICR) requirements as credits attempted but not earned. Students with incomplete grades will receive an ‘F’ if a
grade change is not submitted by the end of the second week of the following term. The grade ‘I’ indicates
Incomplete and is calculated as if it is an ‘F’ until it is changed to another grade and the course will be included as
course credits attempted, but not earned. Only if it is part of an Academic Plan may students retake courses in
which they received a passing grade in order to improve their CGPA but can retake a course passed only one
additional time. Credits from all repeated courses are included as credits attempted. The highest grade earned will
be used in the CGPA calculations.

Changed Grade
When a final course grade has been established and recorded in the student record, the grade may not be
changed without approval by both the Academic Program Chair and the Dean of Academic Affairs. Only the final
grade (not the original grade/code) will be computed in the grade point average. The final grade is the one that
counts in the calculation.
Appealing a Final Course Grade:
A student who is concerned with a final grade in a course should initially speak with the course instructor in order
to understand how the grade was derived based on the course grading criteria. If, after meeting with the
instructor, the student is not satisfied with the explanation of the final grade and does not feel that the grade is
justified or appropriate, the student should meet with the Program Chair or Program Coordinator to discuss the
situation. If a resolution is not met at this level, the student may file an official grade appeal by submitting an
Appeal Grade Change form, which includes a written account explaining their perspective as to why the grade is
not appropriate based on the course grading criteria and the steps taken to remedy the situation. In addition, the
student should include his or her name, phone number, and ID number. This written account should be provided
to the Dean of Academic Affairs before the end of Week One of the quarter immediately following the finalized
grade being appealed.
The Dean of Academic Affairs will convene a committee of qualified academic staff or faculty to review the appeal
and reach a final decision. The student may be required to meet with the committee and to provide requested
assignments and/or projects from the course. All decisions made by the appeal committee are final and will be
communicated to the student within one business day and prior to the end of the schedule adjustment period.
Calculations
The Art Institute measures and records academic performance by computing the Grade Point Average
(GPA) and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) for each student, using the letter grades, four-point scale and
credit-hour values. GPA is the average of grade points a student earns during one quarter. CGPA is the cumulative
average of all grade points a student has earned over all quarters at The Art Institute. Transitional study courses do
not count in this calculation. Here is an example of how GPA and CGPA are computed:
Imagine that a student is taking a total of two courses during one quarter. One course has a four credit
hours value and the student earns an A. The second course has a three credit hour value and the student
earns a B. Remember, each letter grade carries a grade point value. Grade point values are multiplied by
credit hours.
In this example:
A = 4 grade points x 4 credit hours = 16 grade points earned
B = 3 grade points x 3 credit hours = 9 grade points earned
To compute the GPA, divide the total number of grade points earned for the quarter by the total number
of credit hours earned for the quarter.
16 grade points + 9 grade points = 25 total grade points

25 grade points earned divided by 7 total hours earned = student’s GPA for the quarter, 3.571 which is
rounded to 3.57. Rounding occurs after the 4 digit of a CGPA is calculated and if the fourth digit is 5 or over,
it is rounded up. If the fourth digit is 4 or lower it is rounded down.
A student’s CGPA is computed in the same way by dividing the student’s total grade points earned from all
quarters/semester at The Art Institute by the student’s total credit hours earned from all quarters at The Art
Institute.

Incremental completion rate is determined as follows (transitional study credits do not count in this calculation):
(EARNED CREDITS at the institution + TRANSFER CREDITS Accepted)

______________________________________________________
(ATTEMPTED CREDITS at the institution + TRANSFER CREDITS Accepted)
The 150% MTF: Only the attempted courses required in the program for which the student is currently enrolled
are used in determining the number of MTF credits remaining. Transitional study courses do not count in this
calculation.
The 150% MTF is determined as follows:
TOTAL CREDITS NEEDED TO GRADUATE FROM THE PROGRAM x 1.5 =

TOTAL NUMBER OF CREDITS ALLOWED TO BE ATTEMPTED.
STUDENT STATUS CHANGES AND SAP
Transfer Students
Transfer credits from other post-secondary institutions are calculated in the maximum time frame
allowable credits and incremental completed rate requirements. Therefore, the maximum number of attempted
credits for a student with transfer credit is still one and one-half times the number of credits required to complete
a program for graduation.
Example: if a student transfers in 36 credits to a program consisting of 180 credits, the
calculation would be 180 X 1.5 = 270 credits. Therefore, the 36 transfer credits would be considered
attempted and earned so only 234 more credits could be attempted.
Grades for credits transferred in from any post-secondary institution (including an Art Institute) will be
recorded as “TR” in the Student Information System and will not affect the student’s CGPA.
Students wishing to transfer from one Art Institute to another may do so only if they are in good standing
at the sending school. If the student is transferring to a different institution (as defined by the Department of
Education as a campus that does not share the same leading six-digit OPE-ID number), then he or she is treated as
a student transferring in from an unaffiliated institution. Any student dismissed for violation satisfactory academic
progress cannot transfer or be considered a New student (if they had a break in enrollment) at another affiliated
Art Institute until he or she has been granted an appeal at the original school and is deemed to be making
satisfactory academic progress.
Changes in Program
Unless a second change is specifically approved for the specific student by the Dean, students are allowed
only one change of program and must be making satisfactory academic progress at the time a request is made to
change programs.
Courses taken in one program that is applicable to the second program will be transferred with the
applicable grade. If the student has taken a course more than once, only the grades transferred to that new
program will apply to the second program. All grades earned in the original program that apply to the new
program will count towards the SAP CGPA (SGPA). For ICR and 150% purposes only, those courses transferred will
apply to the second program will be considered.
In the formulas below, the “CHANGE OF MAJOR” adjustment factor would be those credits from the
previous major that we will NOT count in the student’s current major.

Incremental completion rate is determined as follows (Transitional credits do not count in this calculation):
(EARNED CREDITS in the New Program + TRANSFER CREDIT ACCEPTED) minus CHANGE OF MAJOR
ADJUSTMENT FACTOR FOR EARNED CREDITS
_____________________________________________________
(ATTEMPTED CREDITS in the New Program + TRANSFER CREDITS Accepted) minus CHANGE OF MAJOR
ADJUSTMENT FACTOR FOR EARNED CREDITS
The 150% MTF Only the attempted courses required in the program for which the student is currently enrolled are
used in determining the number of MTF credits remaining.
The 150% MTF is determined as follows:
TOTAL CREDITS NEEDED in the PROGRAM TO GRADUATE times 1.5 = TOTAL NUMBER OF CREDITS ALLOWED
TO BE ATTEMPTED.
Second Degree
When a student has graduated from The Art Institute in one program, then subsequently begins work in a different
program, grades used in the CGPA of the previous program will be applied to the student’s new program CGPA
calculation.
Satisfactory Academic Progress for Educational Benefits which are not Title IV Funds
Please note that in order to receive and/or retain certain education benefits from a source other than the
Department of Education, it may require a higher cumulative grade point average and/or a higher incremental
completion rate. Examples of these education benefits are State Grants, Veterans’ Benefits, Department of
Defense (TA) benefits or employee reimbursements. Please check with the Student Financial Service Office for
details.
The Art Institutes Grading Policy
Repeating courses.
If otherwise eligible, students may retake coursework for one of the following reasons:
Failed the Course: Students who have failed the course and earned no credit hours.
Withdrawn Course: Students who withdraw from a course will receive either a Withdrawal without penalty
(W), Withdrawal with penalty (WF), or Unearned F (UF), Failing grade (F). Please refer to the grading section of the
Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy for information when a W, WF, UF, F grade will be granted.
Stale Course: By State or Accreditation requirements a student must pass a course within a specific window
of time. For example, the course must be passed within the last 5 years and the course was taken 7 years ago so it
must be repeated.
Meet Progress or Professional Requirements: Students who have successfully completed the course and
earned credit hours but are required to improve their grade point average (G.P.A.). For standard term-based
programs, DCEH policy, as required by Department of Education regulation, will allow financial aid to cover a single
repetition of a previously successfully passed course if the course is required as part of an academic plan to appeal
a Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) termination or to help students who need a specific grade or G.P.A. to

practice upon graduation or progress in the program, per the academic catalog or course requirements published
and provided to students. For example, the student passed the course but the grade received is not sufficient for
progression. The student receives a C but, in order to graduate, a B or better is required.
Retaking Coursework Policy
Note: Requirements below refer to enrollment for Title IV eligibility purposes. NSLDS Enrollment
Reporting/Clearinghouse enrollment status is based on all enrolled courses regardless if it is funded by Title IV aid
and/or VA benefits. VA recipients will need to follow the VA requirements. VA will only cover repeated courses if
the student failed or does not meet the minimum grade requirement as established by the institution.
Standard Term-based Programs

Students enrolled in standard term-based programs will receive Title IV funds for unlimited retakes of failed
courses and withdrawn courses with no credits earned as long as the student is meeting the satisfactory academic
progress (SAP) standards. Although there is no limit on how many times students can repeat failed or withdrawn
courses for FSA purposes, some DCEH’s Educational Systems have limitations on how many times students can
retake failed courses before they are dismissed from the institution. Please refer to the school's SAP Policy.
For standard term-based programs, DCEH's policy will allow financial aid to cover a single repetition of a previously
successfully passed course subject to certain conditions. Students who earned credit(s) may receive Title IV funds
and count the course in enrollment status for one retake of any previously passed course only if they meet one of
the following conditions:
• Specific State or Accreditation regulations require a student to retake a course which was previously
successfully passed, as defined under Stale Course.
• Required as part of an academic plan if a student has successfully appealed a Satisfactory Academic
Progress (SAP) termination, as defined under Progress or Professional Requirements.
• For students who need a specific grade or G.P.A. to practice upon graduation or progress in a program, as
defined under Progress or Professional Requirements.
The student must have completed the course for it to be considered a repetition under this policy. Because only
one repetition of a previously passed course may be included in the a student's enrollment status for purposes of
Title IV aid, if the student failed the repeated course, the student is not eligible for an additional retake because
the student is considered to have completed the course.
Non-term Based Programs

Student's coursework is divided into payment periods based the credit hours and weeks of instructional time in the
program or the academic year, whichever is less. A student must successfully complete the credit hours and
instructional weeks in a payment period, or withdrawal, in order to advance to the next payment period and
academic year. Students who fail or withdrawal from a course will not earn credits for the payment period and
academic year. Students who successfully completed a course (earned credits) and wish to repeat the course to
earn a better grade or G.P.A., the course attempted and earned credits will not be included in the payment period
and academic year credits requirement. Students may only use FSA funds to cover such repeated courses to the
extent excess funds are available in the academic year.
Study Trips
The Art Institute arranges study trips to local cultural and commercial sites. These visits are an integral part of each
student’s learning and offer a chance for valuable exposure to various places and events of importance to the
student’s field of study. In addition to local study trips that support the curriculum, out-of-town seminars and tours

are planned in individual programs. Costs related to optional study trips are not included in regular tuition or fees
and are the responsibility of the student.
Cancellation of Classes
Prior to opening the registration period, the Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale makes every effort to provide sufficient
course sections for students. The campus makes available the course schedule to students along with registration
instructions and deadlines. Course offerings, instructors, days, times and class locations are not guaranteed and are
subject to change at the discretion of the campus. If the campus determines that a course offering will be cancelled
due to lack of enrollment or other reason, they will remove all students from the course and notify students of the
change of schedule via email. Students are allowed to add or remove a course until the end of the add/drop period.
Transfer Credit
Contact the office of The Dean of Academic Affairs for all matters related to Transfer Credit and Program Change.
Transfer of Credit Between Art Institutes Schools

Associate’s Degree Graduates to Bachelor’s Degree Programs: A serious attempt will be made to ensure that all
associate’s degree credits earned by graduates of an Art Institutes school will transfer to the corresponding
bachelor’s degree program within the system. Such graduates will attain upper division status. However, differing
state and accrediting regulations may require additional courses at the associate’s degree level. If the associate’s
degree transferred by the graduate has been updated with the addition of new competencies, the Dean of Academic
Affairs has the discretionary authority to add a course(s) at the associate’s degree level.
Associate’s degree credits earned by graduates of an Art Institutes school for which there is no corresponding
bachelor’s degree program, will be evaluated on a course-by-course basis for applicability to the new program of
study. Only those courses and credits required for graduation in the new program of study will be accepted. All
conditions in the following associate’s degree credits to associate’s degree credits to associate’s/bachelor’s degree
program procedure apply.
Allowable Total Transfer of Credit

Students must earn a minimum of 25 percent of the total program credits required for graduation in residency.
Therefore, students may only be granted a maximum of 75 percent of the total program credits required for
graduation through transfer credit earned at an outside institution, including other Art Institutes campuses. Due to
regulatory considerations, at some Art Institutes schools, the minimum percentage of total program credits that
must be earned in residency may vary from the standard above.
Transcripts
Official Transcripts must be sent to the Admissions Office of the admitting Art Institutes School prior to the class
start. Transcripts submitted after the student’s first quarter of attendance at The Art Institutes school may be
considered for transfer credit, at the discretion of the Dean of Academic Affairs.
Associate’s Degree Credits to Associate’s/Bachelor’s Degree Program:

Associate’s degree credits, with a grade of “C” of better, from an Art Institutes school, earned by students who do
not hold an associate’s degree, will transfer to the same program at the associate’s degree or bachelor’s degree
level. Differing state and accrediting regulations may require additional courses at the associate’s degree level.
If the associate degree transferred by the student has been updated with the addition of new competencies, the
Dean of Academic Affairs has the discretionary authority to add a course(s) at the associate’s degree level and/or
bachelor’s degree level.
Transcripts
Official transcripts must be sent to the Admissions Office of the admitting Art Institute School prior to the class start.
Transcripts submitted after the student’s first quarter of attendance at an Art Institutes school may be considered
for transfer credit, at the discretion of the Dean of Academic Affairs.

Course Descriptions
The official descriptions of the courses submitted for transfer credit must be comparable to the coursework at an
Art Institutes school. Official course descriptions from the sending college or a college catalog will be used to
determine comparability and must be received prior to the class start.
Level of Transfer Credits

Only college-level credits (100 level course or equivalent) taken at an accredited institution of higher education will
be considered for transfer. No remedial courses will be considered.
Grades of Transfer Credits

Only courses with earned grades of “C” (2.0) or better will be considered for Transfer Credit.
Course Prerequisites and Sequence of Courses

Course Prerequisites and course sequences are to be observed to assure appropriate student skill development.
Proficiency Credit
Official documents (CLEP or AP scores) related to transfer or proficiency credit must be received by an Art Institutes
school prior to the class start. No more than 25 percent of program credits will be considered for any type of
proficiency credit.
Class Proficiency Test

Requests for testing out of specific classes approved by the Institute must be made through the Program Chair prior
to the class start. No more than 25 percent of program credits will be considered for any type of proficiency credit.
Portfolio Review
Requests for portfolio review, and/or relevant work experience documented by appropriate samples of work
outcomes, references, and verification of employment must be received prior to the class start.

LIMITATION TO ONLINE EDUCATION QUOTIENT: Based on government and accreditation standards related to
consortium agreements, students are limited in the total number of credits that can be earned in an online
delivery mode. Students are required to complete more than 50% of their program credits in residence at the Art
Institute School into which they have enrolled and from which they hope to graduate. Once the threshold of 50
percent program credits has been exceeded, the student must be transferred to The Art Institute of Pittsburgh –
Online Division for the completion of the program. Transfer between Art Institute campuses does not guarantee
that all credits earned will transfer to the same program at the receiving campus, including The Art Institute of
Pittsburgh – Online Division.
TRANSFER OF DEGREES AND COURSE CREDIT FROM COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES BEFORE MATRICULATION AT
AN ART INSTITUTES SCHOOL
Transcripts
Official transcripts must be sent to the Admissions Office of the admitting Art Institutes school prior to the class start.
Transcripts submitted after the student’s first quarter of attendance at an Art Institutes school may be considered
for transfer credit, at the discretion of the Dean of Academic Affairs

Course Descriptions
The official descriptions of the courses submitted for transfer credit must be comparable to the coursework at an
Art Institutes school. Official course descriptions from the sending college or a college catalog will be used to
determine comparability and must be received prior to the class start.
Level of Transfer Credits

Only college-level credits (100 level course or equivalent) taken at an accredited institution of higher education will
be considered for transfer. No remedial courses will be considered.
Grades of Transfer Credits

Courses with earned grades of “C” (2.0) or better will be considered for transfer credit.
Course Prerequisites and Sequence of Courses

Course prerequisites and course sequences are to be observed to assure appropriate student skill development
Proficiency Credit from External Sources

Official documents (CLEP or AP scores) related to transfer or proficiency credit must be received by an Art Institutes
school prior to the class start. No more than 25 percent of program credits will be considered for any type of
proficiency credit.
• Advanced Placement. Some foundation courses can be obtained through College Board’s AP Studio
examinations. Students who take the College Board Advanced Placement (AP) or International
Baccalaureate (IB) courses and score three or higher on the AP exam or four or higher on the IB exam for
those courses while in secondary school may receive proficiency credit. This score applies to all subjects.
All materials must be received from the Scholastic College Board organization and evaluated prior to the
end of the schedule adjustment period (add/drop) of the student’s first quarter of attendance.
• College Level Examination Program (CLEP). Complete the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) and
earn a score of 50 or higher on computer-based CLEP examinations equivalent to University courses prior
to the end of the scheduled adjustment period (add/drop) of the student’s first quarter of attendance.
• Articulation Agreement Credit. Successfully complete programs included in articulation agreements that
have been established between the University and their high schools.
• Military Experience Credits. Complete ` by the Institute must be made through the Program Chair prior to
the class start.
No more than 25 percent credits will be considered for any type of proficiency credit.

TRANSFER CREDIT AFTER MATRICULATION (CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT OR RE-ENTRY TO THE INSTITUTION) AT

AN ART INSTITUTES SCHOOL
NOTE: Transfer credit after matriculation must be completed prior to the student’s final term of study.
Concurrent Enrollment: Requests for transfer of credit from accredited institutions of higher education, for a course
taken concurrently with an Art Institutes school full-time schedule, after a student’s matriculation at an Art Institutes
school may be made to the Dean of Academic Affairs. Transfer Credit may be awarded if all other criteria for transfer
of credit are met, and if the institution permits concurrent enrollment.

Approval Needed
Requests for concurrent enrollment in a course at another college or university while the student is on full-time
status at an Art Institutes school (according to the US Department of Education’s definition of the term) must be
approved by the General Education Program Coordinator, the Program Chair, or the Dean of Academic Affairs prior
to enrollment in the course.
Full-time Status
The student must be enrolled full-time at an Art Institutes school at all times during the concurrent enrollment at
another college or university.
One Course Limit

Only one course per quarter in concurrent enrollment will be accepted.
Grading
The concurrent enrollment course must be passed with a grade of “C” or better. The student’s record at The Art
Institute will reflect a “TR” grade. The grade will not be factored into the GPA or the CGPA.
Completion Deadline
Credit will be awarded for the course when documentation is produced that the course was successfully completed.

Transcripts
Official Transcripts must be sent to the Dean of Academic Affairs upon successful completion of the concurrent
enrollment course.
Transfer Credit Upon Re-Entry to the Institution: Requests for transfer of credit from accredited institutions of
higher education, for a course taken while a student was not in attendance at an Art Institutes school, but after a
student’s initial matriculation at the school may be made to the Dean of Academic Affairs. Transfer Credit may be
awarded if all other criteria for transfer of credit are met.
Grading:
The course(s) must be passed with a grade of “C” or better. The student’s record at an Art Institutes school will
reflect a “TR” grade. The grade will not be factored into the GPA or the CGPA.
CHANGE OF PROGRAM WITHIN AN ART INSTITUTES SCHOOL

A student petitioning to transfer from one program to another within The Art Institute must obtain approval from
the Program Chair of the department from which the student is transferring. The student’s coursework and earned
credits will be reviewed for applicability to the new program. Only those credits required for graduation in the new
program will be transferred to the new program and counted toward graduation. Only one change of program is
allowed per student.
TRANSFERABILITY OF CREDIT TO OTHER INSTITUTIONS

The Art Institute does not imply, promise, or guarantee transferability of its credits to any other institution.
In the U. S. higher education system, transferability of credit is determined by the receiving institution taking into
account such factors as course content, grades, accreditation and licensing.

This program is designed to lead directly to employment. Course credits will likely not transfer to other schools, and
degrees will likely not be accepted by another school’s graduate degree program.
Additionally, programs offered by one school within The Art Institutes system may be similar to but not identical to
programs offered at another school within the system. This is due to differences imposed by state law, use of
different instructional models, and local employer needs. Therefore, if you decide to transfer to another school
within The Art Institutes system, not all of the credits you earn in this program may be transferable into that school's
program.
If you are considering transferring to either another Art Institutes or an unaffiliated school, it is your responsibility
to determine whether that school will accept your Art Institute credits. We encourage you to make this
determination as early as possible.
TRANSFERRING TO ANOTHER ART INSTITUTE

Students wishing to transfer from one Art Institutes school to another may do so only if they are in good standing at
the sending school. Any student dismissed for academic progress cannot transfer to another affiliated Art Institute
school until he or she has been reinstated at the sending school and is deemed to be making satisfactory academic
progress. (See the Student Academic Progress Policy-Transfer from another Art Institute). An affiliated Art Institute
is any campus that shares the same leading six-digit OPE-ID number with the originating school. Campuses that
share the same leading six-digit OPE-ID number are the same institution.
Course Substitution Policy
Students are expected to complete the program requirements outlined in The Art Institutes Catalog in effect at the
time they enroll. However, programs are subject to change at the discretion of The Art Institutes. In these
situations or due to other mitigating circumstances (e.g., change in program of study), courses previously
completed at the Art Institutes or other accredited higher education institution will be reviewed by the campus
academic staff to determine its acceptance or substitution. Students who wish to appeal a course
substitution should submit a Course Substitution Form to the Program Chair for consideration at their Campus;
online students should submit the Form to their Academic Counselor. The Academic Counselor will forward the
form to the Program Chair for consideration. The Program Chair will then forward the request and
recommendation to the Campus Dean for approval. Substitutions for General Education courses will be reviewed
by the appropriate General Education Program Coordinator. To be considered for a substitution, the course must
be successfully completed at The Art Institute, and satisfy the program student learning outcomes as listed in the
Academic Catalog. Students should submit all requests within the timeline indicated in the Transfer of Credit
section of the catalog.
Course substitutions not recommended by the Program Chair, may be appealed to the Dean or designee. The
decision of the Campus Dean is final.
Test-Out Credit
The Art Institute offers the opportunity to earn credit for Computer Science, CGS1160C, by completing a proficiency
test. The test is optional and can be taken only once.
Applicants must take the test prior to matriculation to determine whether or not they will be exempt from taking
CGS1160C.
A score of 70% or higher is necessary for students to be exempt from taking CGS1160C and earn proficiency credit
for this course. If the student passes this test, they will be required to take a General Education elective in its place.
Students interested in taking the proficiency test should see their admissions representative.

Military Service Credit
The Art Institute encourages veterans and active-duty service personnel to apply for admission. Credit for military
school and training may be given for successfully completing certain service schools. The credit awarded may be
determined by utilizing the recommendations in A Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experiences in the Armed
Services (published by The American Council on Education). The Admissions officer should be notified prior to
matriculation if credit for military training may be applicable to particular programs of study. The amount of credit
awarded will vary with the type of courses successfully completed. The Admissions Office must receive the Joint
Service Transcript or the Community College of the Air Force transcript and/or official military records for the
purpose of reviewing experience. It is recommended that the applicant make an appointment with the transfer
credit officer to review the documents together.
Course Substitution Policy

On occasion it may be necessary for students to substitute one course for another. A student desiring to substitute
a course needs to petition the chair of their department requesting approval. The student needs to provide
legitimate reasons for the substitution. These reasons could be as a result of enrollment in honors classes, for special
needs and/or disabilities that may prevent the student from participation in a specific class, or for other academic
reasons approved by the chair.
Normally substituted courses should be for like classes and should be roughly equivalent and have special permission
of the Program Chair. All substitutions are evaluated and approved on an individual basis.
Students interested in course substitutions will need to complete the “Course Substitution Form” located in the
registrar’s office. They will need to obtain all signatures prior to approval being granted.

STUDENT SERVICES
GENERAL INFORMATION
The mission of the Student Services Department is to supplement The Art Institute’s educational processes and to
support its stated purpose by providing assistance and services to the student body in the areas of advocacy,
disability, student development, counseling, international advising, housing, student employment, and Career
Services. The department actively encourages the involvement of students, faculty, and staff in activities that
stimulate cultural awareness, creativity, social interaction, and professional development. To fulfill its mission, the
Student Services Department has established the following objectives:
1. Provide college-sponsored housing that is convenient and suitable to the students’ needs and
conducive to their educational goals.
2. Provide student support services.
3. Provide resources and assist international students with their transition into this country.
4. Provide Student Engagement and networking activities to complement your academic experience
5. Serve as the advising point of contact for military and veteran students.
Career Services
As you near the completion of your program of study, you will have the opportunity to meet individually with a
career services advisor to review career goals, job-search strategies, interview techniques, and résumé
development.
The Student Services Department coordinates the quarterly Portfolio Show and career focused activities. These
events bring together prospective employers and soon-to-be graduates. Graduate employment information is
available on the College website.
The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale does not guarantee employment or any particular level of compensation
following graduation.
Alumni Services
The Student Services Department offers a variety of online services and resources to Art Institute graduates. The
self-directed alumni website (www.alumni.artinstitutes.edu) is available to graduates and to students in their last
quarter.
The website exists to support the creative endeavors of our graduates and to provide a forum for networking with
fellow classmates. Art Institutes graduates can connect from anywhere around the world. Alumni can share their
challenges and victories, access services to elevate their career, showcase artwork, and demonstrate their impact in
their personal and professional communities. Information about career services, campus events, Art Institute news
is also available.
The website is exclusive to Art Institute graduates and there are no costs, fees or dues to access these services. The
Art Institutes values our talented alumni community and we strive to build and maintain the alumni relationship
through e-communications, virtual events, and campus activities. Alumni are invited to share their personal and
professional updates with The Art Institutes community!
For more information, visit www.alumni.artinstitutes.edu or email AiAlumniSupport@aii.edu
Counseling
Counseling services, also known as the Student Assistance Program, are provided through The Wellness Corporation.
The Student Assistance Program is a pre-paid benefit that provides caring, respectful, and confidential short-term
counseling. Licensed counselors staff the Student Assistance Program for students seeking help with relationship
difficulties, school problems, alcohol or drug use, domestic violence or emotional problems such as depression and
anxiety - any concern that keeps them from being healthy.

Disability Services
The Art Institutes provide accommodations to qualified students with disabilities. The Office of Disability Support
Services assists qualified students with disabilities in acquiring reasonable and appropriate accommodations and in
supporting equal access to services, programs and activities at The Art Institutes.
Students who seek reasonable accommodations should notify the Office of Disability Support Services at 1-855-855-
0567 or via email at _TheCenterDSS@dcedh.org of their specific limitations and, if known, their specific requested
accommodations. Students will be asked to supply medical documentation of the need for
accommodation. Classroom accommodations are not retroactive, but are effective only upon the student sharing
approved accommodations with the instructor. Therefore, students are encouraged to request accommodations as
early as feasible with The Office of Disability Support Services to allow for time to gather necessary
documentation. If you have a concern or complaint in this regard, please contact the Office of Student Conduct and
Resolution at studentresolution@dcedh.org. Complaints will be handled in accordance with the school’s Internal
Grievance Procedure for Complaints of Discrimination and Harassment.
Student Housing Department

The Housing Department is dedicated to helping students meet their housing needs throughout their stay at The Art
Institute. Living arrangements are important to the student’s well-being and success. The Art Institute offers
supervised housing and independent housing referrals. The Art Institute- sponsored, supervised housing facility is
close to The Art Institute and is available to those students who prefer a more traditional, residential life
environment. They provide a community of students with similar goals sharing a variety of cultural and educational
interests. Professional and student staff live on site. Additionally, a security guard is on the property. Shuttle service
is also provided between the residence hall and the campus.
The Art Institute is a member of the International Association of College and University Housing Officers. For more
information, please see the Director of Housing.
International Student Affairs

International students at The Art Institute constitute approximately 8% of the student body. Students attending
come from more than 54 countries. The Office of International Student Affairs (OISA) supports this diverse
population by providing comprehensive services including assistance with immigration, academic, and personal
matters.
OISA also plans a variety of activities in an effort to build cultural awareness and enhance the students’ social life,
including sponsorship of the International Student Club. OISA and the International Club host a broad array of
activities including events through which students participate in welcoming and easing the transition of new
students. OISA and the International Club also organize field trips, informal group sports, attendance at musical and
other local cultural productions, and weekend picnics.
OISA encourages international students to carefully review the International Student Handbook concerning
information pertinent to maintaining proper Non-immigrant status, obtaining a driver’s license in the state of Florida,
purchasing a vehicle, shopping, and a variety of other important topics. The International Student Advisor is always
the best source of information for students who need additional information on all matters involving immigration
and cultural adjustment issues.

FINANCIAL SERVICES
General Information
At the time of initial enrollment, students work with a member of the Student Financial Services staff to develop a
financial plan to meet direct expenses involved in the education process (tuition, fees, supply kit, and college-
sponsored housing). The Art Institute is eligible to offer its students the opportunity to apply for a variety of financial
assistance programs. These programs include loans, grants, and work-study assistance for qualified applicants.
Details regarding these programs are available in the Student Financial Services Office. Students who receive
financial assistance are advised to be aware of the responsibilities they must fulfill under these programs:
1. Maintain satisfactory academic progress as outlined in this catalog and the student handbook.
2. Inform the Student Financial Services Office of address changes, schedule changes, program changes, or
any other status changes that might affect the student’s eligibility for financial assistance.
Some students do not initially apply for financial assistance or do apply and are determined to be ineligible for
assistance. Students should be aware that the federal and state eligibility criteria are periodically reviewed and
modified. Therefore, any student whose financial circumstances change or for whom a financial need arises is
encouraged to contact the Student Financial Services Office for assistance. There are state, federal, and college
deadlines to meet in applying for financial aid. Please check with Student Financial Services for this information.
Financial Aid
The Art Institute participates in federal, state, and other financial aid programs. Financial aid is divided into three
general categories: gift aid, which includes grants, scholarships, and other benefits requiring no repayment; loans,
which require repayment; and work assistance, which includes the Federal Work-Study Program and part- time job
assistance. Most grants are based on financial need and are granted by federal or state governments. Most
scholarships are based on criteria such as performance or affiliation and may or may not include a financial-need
component. Loans must be repaid, although repayment may often be deferred until several months after the student
has dropped below half time enrollment. Work assistance provided by The Art Institute includes the Federal Work-
Study Program, a source funded by the federal government, as well as The Art Institute’s assistance to students in
finding part-time jobs in the community.
All eligible students may apply for financial assistance under various federal and state programs as follows:
1. Federal Pell Grant
2. Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant [FSEOG]
3. Federal Direct Student Loan (subsidized and unsubsidized)
4. Federal Direct Parent Loan [PLUS]
5. Federal Work Study [FWS]
6. State-Funded Student Assistance Programs
a. Florida Student Assistance Grant [FSAG]
b. Florida Bright Futures Scholarship
c. Scholarships for Children/Spouses of Deceased or Disabled Veterans
7. Veterans’ Education Act
8. Vocational Rehabilitation Programs
9. Bureau of Indian Affairs
Awards under these programs are based on individual need and the availability of funds. Florida offers a state grant
program and scholarships to eligible students. Contact The Art Institute’s Student Financial Services Office for
complete details about financial aid resources.

Students receiving financial assistance must maintain satisfactory academic progress standards as outlined in this
catalog. For purposes of calculating financial aid eligibility, student status based on credit hours is defined as follows:
1. Full-time: Enrolled in 12 credit hours or more in an academic quarter
2. Three-quarter-time: Enrolled in 9–11 credit hours in an academic quarter
3. Half-time: Enrolled in 6–8 credit hours in an academic quarter
4. Less than half-time: Enrolled in 1–5 credit hours in an academic quarter
5. Academic year: 36 quarter credit hours or three quarters
For detailed and complete information on all financial aid awards, processes, requirements, and deadlines, please
refer to the school’s current Financial Aid Guide, the Student Consumer Information on the school’s website, or
contact the Student Financial Services Office directly.
PROVISION FOR BOOKS AND SUPPLIES

Students who are Title IV eligible and are expected to receive excess Title IV funding will receive a stipend for the
lesser amount of either their presumed excess Title IV funding or their book and supply budget to provide students
the ability to purchase books (for courses that do not use Digital Textbooks) and supplies by the seventh (7th) day
of the course start date within the payment period.
As described below, by the seventh (7th) day of each course start date within the payment period, The Art Institute
will provide a method for students to obtain their books and supplies required for their courses.
• For newly enrolled students, a starting kit provided by The Art Institute consisting of basic equipment and
materials needed for beginning each program and charged to the student account.
• For courses using a Digital Textbook and/or digital resources, a Digital Textbook provided by The Art
Institute to be automatically redeemed with The Art Institute’s contracted third-party vendor and charged
to the student account.
Title IV funding, if the student is eligible, will be used to pay for these charges. Any books and supplies charged in
excess of Title IV and other financial aid funding on the student account are the responsibility of the student. A
detailed listing of charges is disclosed on The Art Institute’s Enrollment Agreement and in the Catalog, or a
supplemental disclosure.
If the student opts out of The Art Institute’s method, the student account will not be charged and the student is
responsible for purchasing the required books and supplies for her/his courses. For courses using a Digital Textbook,
the charge will be reversed on the student account after the Add/Drop Period.
Starting kit and Digital Textbook (for courses using Digital Textbooks) charge information is disclosed on The Art
Institute’s Enrollment Agreement and in the Catalog, or a supplemental disclosure.
If the student opts out of The Art Institute’s method, s/he will receive any Title IV credit balance, if one is created
for the payment period in question, no later than fourteen (14) calendar days after the first day of class or fourteen
(14) calendar days of the date the Title IV credit balance appears on the student account. If a Title IV credit balance
is not created and, therefore, the student is not due to receive one, s/he is responsible for purchasing the required
books and supplies for her or his courses.
The student may request a modification at any time for a subsequent payment period, regarding her or his choice
to use The Art Institute’s method to obtain books and supplies, but not retroactively, by contacting the Student
Financial Services or Student Accounting Department.

National Grants/Awards
The Art Institutes Grant – The Art Institutes Grant provides financial assistance to students enrolled in a degree
program who attend a minimum of 12 credit hours per quarter. Students/parents must meet general financial aid
requirements and accept all federal and state grants and loans for which they are eligible.
Students cannot receive any other Art Institute award or grant in the same quarter that they receive The Art
Institutes Grant. Students must remain continuously enrolled at The Art Institute to receive The Art Institutes Grant.
Applications for The Art Institutes Grant may be obtained from Student Financial Services and may be submitted to
that department at any time throughout the year. Annual funds are limited and awarded on a first- come, first-serve
basis.

SCHOLARSHIPS
The Art Institutes National Scholarships
On an annual basis, The Art Institutes offer various merit and competitive scholarships to incoming high school
seniors, juniors, and international students, as follows:
Additional National Scholarships include:

1. Art Grant
2. C-Cap Careers through Culinary Arts Program
3. DECA Scholarship
4. Future Business Leaders of America National Scholarship Program
5. The Art Institutes Scholarship Competition
6. FCCLA Culinary Arts Competition
7. National Art Honor Society Scholarship
8. National Prostart Invitational
9. Skills USA Championship
The Art Institutes Scholarship Competition

Partial tuition scholarship to high school seniors and international students graduating in 2018 who demonstrate
outstanding ability and commitment to succeed in a creative career. The number of scholarships offered varies and
every Art Institutes school may not participate. Please contact your school of interest for detailed scholarship
information.
ART GRANT
The Art Grant can earn new and current students a grant award toward your tuition on average of up to 20% for
Bachelor’s degree programs and up to 15% for Associate’s degree programs. For every 12 credits earned, as you
maintain continuous enrollment and satisfy other eligibility criteria, you can earn an Art Grant to be applied to
tuition. The Art Grant is offered at all Art Institutes schools except for The Art Institute of Vancouver and The Art
Institute of Pittsburgh—Online Division. Amounts vary by location. Check with the school you’re considering
attending for exceptions and details.
Early Acceptance Grant
The Early Acceptance Grant is designed to provide a $1,000 tuition award to incoming Art Institutes students with
unmet financial need. To qualify, you must be accepted into The Art Institutes, complete all steps in the financial
aid process, and accept this grant no later than Tuesday, May 1, 2018.
Academic Achievement Scholarship

Deadline: Students need to begin classes by August 16, 2018
The Academic Achievement Scholarship allows qualifying new students to earn up to a 20% tuition scholarship, up
to $17,604, by maintaining an honors level Grade Point Average (GPA) and completing community service related
projects in their field of study while attending as a full-time student.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS & CRITERIA
Student must be registered for full time as defined in the catalog.
ACT and SAT scores recommended but not required.
Must have a cumulative GPA of 3.5 to 4.0 from high school or prior college; transcripts must be provided for
verification.
Must maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.5 to 4.0 while attending.

Three letters of recommendation; combination of high school guidance counselor and teachers or three teachers
or community leaders.
Must show portfolio of work
1st and 2nd year recipients must complete two community service projects in their field of study and submit the
projects to be reviewed by a committee.
3rd year recipients must complete one community service project in their field of student and submit the project
to be reviewed by a committee.
Must remain continuously enrolled, with no breaks in enrollment.
Must maintain Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP), as defined in the catalog.
Must be enrolled in a Certificate, Diploma, Associate degree, or Bachelor degree academic program at one of The
Art Institute locations.
Must have the Memorandum of Understanding completed, signed, dated, and on file with the institution in order
for the Scholarship to be disbursed.
Employees or eligible immediate family members participating in the DCEH Tuition Voucher Program are not
eligible to participate in the Scholarship program.
Maintain a GPA of 3.8 to 4.0 on a cumulative basis each quarter to receive up to a 20% tuition scholarship value,
up to $17,604. *
Maintain a GPA of 3.5 to 3.79 on a cumulative basis each quarter to receive up to a 15% tuition scholarship value,
up to $13,203. *
*The Scholarship amount is based on the initial award. In the event the student earns a higher or lower cumulative
GPA in a subsequent quarter, if applicable, the student must maintain the cumulative GPA identified from the
initial award in order to continue receiving the Scholarship. Your actual total grant award may vary by program,
degree, amount of credits to be completed in a program after the effective date of Academic Achievement
Scholarship availability, violations of school policies, or breaks in enrollment. Your total tuition charges may be
impacted by course drops, course withdrawals, or failing grades. Check with the school for exceptions and details.
DECA
Open to high school seniors graduating in 2018 who are DECA members. There are varying numbers of DECA
scholarships available nationwide and in various categories.
• DECA scholarship: up to $1,000

• DECA state scholarship: up to $1,500
• DECA international scholarship: up to $5,000
National Art Honor Society

Three nationwide scholarships are available and are awarded to high school seniors graduating in 2018 who are
members of the National Art Honor Society.
• 1st place: $20,000 tuition scholarship

• 2nd place: $10,000 tuition scholarship
• 3RD place: $5,000 tuition scholarship
Future Business Leaders of America National Scholarship Program

Three $10,000 nationwide tuition scholarships will be awarded to high school seniors graduating in 2018 who are
FBLA members; students with a first-year GPA of 3.0 may earn an additional $5,000 tuition scholarship.

FCCLA Competition (Family, Career and Community Leaders of America)
Open to high school seniors graduating in 2018 who are members of FCCLA and participate in competitions in the
categories of Culinary (3 nationwide scholarships available), Interior Design (2 nationwide scholarships available),
Fashion Design and Fashion Construction (1 nationwide scholarship available in each category), and Hospitality (3
nationwide scholarships available). Tuition scholarships are renewable for up to 4 years.
• 1st place: $3,000 tuition scholarship ($12,000 maximum)

• 2nd place: $2,000 tuition scholarship ($8,000 maximum)
• 3rd place: $1,000 tuition scholarship ($4,000 maximum)
Skills USA
Open to high school students and post-secondary who are members of SkillsUSA and participate in competitions in
the categories of Advertising Design, Culinary, and Photography (6 nationwide scholarships available in each
category), as well as 3-D Visualization & Animation, Web Design, and Television Production (12 nationwide
scholarships available in each category). Scholarships are awarded on first-come, first-served basis.
• 1st place: $10,000-$20,000 tuition scholarship*

*amount varies depending on the program in which the student enrolls
• 2nd place: $5,000 tuition scholarship
• 3rd place: $2,500 tuition scholarship
Careers Through Culinary Arts Program (CCAP) Tuition Scholarship
High school seniors graduating in 2018 who are enrolled in a C-CAP culinary program may compete for one
$50,000 tuition scholarship to be used for either a two or four-year Culinary Arts (AS) or Culinary Management (BS)
degree program at The Art Institute of Phoenix. Tuition scholarships are not redeemable for cash. The tuition
scholarship covers academic tuition only and may not be applied against fees, housing, living expenses, or program
supplies and may not be transferred between affiliate schools.
For more information on how to apply for C-CAP, speak to the C-CAP Director at your high school,
visit www.ccapinc.org, or call 212-974-7111.
Terms of the scholarship are as follows:

• The chosen winner agrees to sign a Memorandum of Understanding accepting their award by July 1, 2018
• The winner must submit their Application and Enrollment Agreement for the July 2018 Summer Quarter
• The winner must begin their program of study in the July 2018 Summer Quarter
• Students must maintain satisfactory academic progress by completing an 18-month Associate Degree
program in 21 months or a 36-month Bachelor Degree program in 39 months.
• Students must maintain a GPA of 2.5 or higher to retain the scholarship. The scholarship will be
suspended in quarters where the cumulative grade point average falls below 2.5
• The scholarship covers tuition only, valued at $50,000. The scholarship will be awarded in the form of a
tuition credit and will be prorated over the length of the program. It may not be applied against fees,
living expenses, housing, supplies or other non-tuition related expenses.

ProStart
High school seniors graduating in 2018 who complete the ProStart program with a C average or above and obtain a
certificate of achievement may receive Advance Placement credits to any U.S. school of The International Culinary
Schools at The Art Institutes.
National ProStart Invitational

High school seniors graduating in 2018 who are enrolled in a ProStart program are eligible for the National ProStart
Invitational Culinary Competition Scholarship (15 available nationwide) and Management Competition Scholarship
(15 available nationwide). Competition winners may receive partial tuition scholarships.
• 1st place: $10,000 non-renewable tuition scholarship

• 2nd place: $7,500 non-renewable tuition scholarship
• 3rd place: $5,000 non-renewable tuition scholarship
ProStart State Scholarships

State level ProStart Scholarships are awarded to high school seniors graduating in 2018 who are first-place winners
in ProStart Culinary Arts and Culinary Management competitions in 41 states and the District of Columbia. The
number of scholarships awarded varies by state. First-place award is a $3,000 scholarship, renewable for up to 4
years for a maximum of $12,000.
Military and Veteran Institutional Scholarship Opportunities
The Art Institutes are proud to offer institutional scholarship opportunities to qualifying military and veteran
students. Eligibility is based upon current or former military affiliation or relationship to a current military service
member. Documentation will be required to prove eligibility. School personnel will be able to advise you regarding
available scholarships, eligibility requirements and required documentation.
Military Personnel
The Art Institutes are pleased to offer a military tuition scholarship of 10% to eligible Active Duty, Active and
Drilling members of the Reserve and National Guard and service member spouses as well as dependent children
who are receiving military or veteran education benefits.
In addition to the 10% tuition scholarship, the online location’s military tuition scholarship will also offset the cost
of the online lab fee for eligible Active Duty, Active and Drilling members of the Reserve and National Guard and
service member spouses.
Veterans
For all programs at the online location, The Art Institutes offer eligible veterans as well as their dependents
(spouses and children) who are receiving veteran education benefits the military tuition scholarship of 10%.
The Education Foundation
As an independent entity, The Education Foundation’s mission is to provide research, direct services, and offer
scholarships to advance education. The Education Foundation is a non-profit 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue
Code. It is supported by contributions from multiple sources such as direct donations at www.educationfdn.org,
sponsorships, and grants. Charitable alumni who want to “pay it forward” and demonstrate their generosity may
do so by making a tax-deductible donation to benefit students to: The Education Foundation, P. O. Box 153,
Glenshaw, PA 15116 or via www.educationfdn.org.

REFUND POLICY
Examples of the calculations for these policies are available in the Student Accounting Office
As allowed under Federal, state, and accreditation agency rules, the refund policy may be changed. Students will
be notified approximately sixty (60) calendar days in advance of any changes. Students dropping all courses in a
term are considered withdrawn for refund purposes. All students will be subject to the institutional refund policy.
In addition, students who receive Federal student aid are also subject to the Return of Title IV Funds Policy.
Initial Period of Enrollment and Cancellation Refund Policy for First-Time Undergraduate Students Enrolled On-
Ground
For purposes of this Initial Period of Enrollment Policy, a first-time undergraduate student is defined as a student
who is not currently enrolled, is not a prior graduate from an undergraduate program, and does not have a prior
enrollment in a withdrawn or dismissal status.
For undergraduate students who have previously attended, please see the Refund Policy Prior to Class Start
section of the enrollment agreement and catalog.
The school provides all new applicants seeking a first-time enrollment in any on-ground undergraduate program of
study, including hybrid programs, an Initial Period of Enrollment. The Initial Period of Enrollment allows first-time
undergraduate students the ability to begin classes as a non-regular student, without any financial penalty, to
determine if our school and educational program are right for the student. Students who enroll may cancel their
enrollment prior to the start of the term or within seven (7) calendar days following the first day of the student’s
first scheduled class, whichever is later (referred to as the “Initial Period”).
The chart below illustrates the days in the Initial Period for a non-regular student:
Class Days Initial Period Days Number of Calendar
Days in Initial Period
April 28th = 1st Scheduled Class 1
April 29th 1st Day of Initial Period 2
April 30th 2 3
May 1st 3 4
May 2nd 4 5
May 3rd 5 6
May 4th 6 7
May 5th 7th = Last Day of Initial Period 8
Initial period over – student is eligible to be
May 6th 9
reviewed for full admission
A first-time undergraduate student who notifies the school of the intent to withdraw in person or in writing, or
simply stops attending and does not attend classes past the seventh (7th) calendar day following the student’s first
day of the term or first scheduled class, whichever is later, will be considered a cancellation. The school will
refund any monies paid on the student’s behalf and will remove any charges from the student’s account. All
refunds will be made within thirty (30) calendar days of the date of the cancellation.
During a first-time student’s Initial Period of Enrollment in an undergraduate program, the student is considered a
non-regular student for federal student aid purposes and is not eligible to receive federal, state or any other types
of aid during this period.
Please note, a first-time undergraduate student who is receiving military educational benefits may incur a debt
with the benefit provider for educational benefits paid if the student cancels within the seventh (7th) calendar day
following the student’s first scheduled class or does not meet the requirements for admission to the school.
Students who complete the Initial Period of Enrollment will be reviewed for full admission into the school as a
regular student on the ninth (9th) respective calendar day (the day after the first calendar day plus seven (7)

calendar days). Students are required to meet all school admission requirements and any additional programmatic
admission requirements that apply to the student’s program of study. Students completing the Initial Period of
Enrollment who continue in the educational program will be subject to all student policies back to the first day of
the student’s first term or first scheduled class day, whichever is later, including the withdrawal, refund and Return
to Title IV policy should the student cease attending at a later date.
In order to qualify for aid, students must be a regular student and meet all federal, state, or other types of aid
eligibility requirements.
Cancellation Refund Policy Student Examples for On-Ground Students:
Example 1:
1. Student’s first scheduled class is January 5th.
2. Student ceases to attend and his or her last date of attendance is January 9th (the 4th day).
3. Student would no longer be enrolled and would not be eligible for any Title IV, state aid and other aid
program funding nor would the student be charged tuition or fees for any portion of his or her Initial
Period or for the term.
4. Students receiving military educational benefits may incur a debt with the benefit provider for
educational benefits paid.
Example 2:
1. Student’s first scheduled class is January 5th.
2. Student remains enrolled and attends class through January 14 (the 9th day), then ceases enrollment
and attendance.
3. Student would be charged for the full class amount and his or her refund, if any, would be calculated
based on withdrawal on day ten (10) of the class.
4. Student would be eligible for Title IV, veteran’s benefits, state aid, and other aid programs, if all other
conditions are met for admission and aid eligibility, since he or she became a regular student after
January 11th (the 7th day).
5. Students receiving military educational benefits may incur a debt with the benefit provider for
educational benefits paid.
Starting kits purchased from The Art Institute will only be subject to the refund provisions, found above, if
returned to the school in condition for resale within twenty-one (21) calendar days from the first scheduled class.
REFUND POLICY PRIOR TO CLASS START
Applicants may cancel their enrollment in person or in writing before the beginning of classes. Applicants not
requesting cancellation before the scheduled starting date indicated on their Enrollment Agreement will be
considered a student.
1. All monies paid by applicants will be refunded if they are not accepted for admission.
2. The applicant may cancel the contract and receive a full refund of all monies paid if cancellation is
requested by the applicant prior to the beginning of classes or within five (5) business days after signing
the enrollment agreement, whichever is later, and making an initial payment.
3. Refunds will be made within thirty (30) calendar days of the applicant’s request or within thirty (30)
calendar days after their first scheduled class day.
REFUND POLICY AFTER CLASS START
In the event of withdrawal from the program by the student or termination by the school during any quarter of
study:
1. Prepaid tuition and fees for any period beyond the student’s current quarter will be refunded in full.

2. The student may officially withdraw from the school by notifying the Office of the Registrar in person or in
writing. If the student stops attending without notifying the Office of the Registrar, the school shall
determine the date of withdrawal. This determination date will be considered the notification date for
refunding purposes.
3. Refunds due shall be paid within thirty (30) calendar days of the notification date, unless the student is
withdrawing at the end of the quarter. Refunds for a student notifying the school prior to the end of a
quarter that they will be withdrawing at the end of that quarter will be paid within thirty (30) calendar
days of the last day of the quarter.
4. Refunds for a student who completes a previous quarter of study and does not notify the school prior to the
end of that quarter that they will not be returning for the following quarter will be paid within thirty (30)
calendar days of the first day of that following quarter in which the student was expected to return.
5. A student who must withdraw due to documentable mitigating circumstances, such as extreme
illness or personal emergency, that make it impractical for the student to complete the quarter,
may file an appeal requesting an adjustment to his/her account balance for the term in which
the student withdrew. A written appeal must be submitted to the Dean of Academic Affairs or
the Appeals Committee for review. The written appeal must be supported with appropriate
documentation of the mitigating circumstance(s). If the student’s appeal is approved, the
student may be eligible to receive a financial credit, to be determined by the school, to the
student account balance at the time of return.
6. A separate lease agreement and refund policy exists for students who lease housing accommodations
arranged by the school. The school reserves the right to apply any student payment, or any refund due to
a student, to any student financial account that is in arrears.
7. Each academic quarter is eleven (11) weeks in duration. The calculation of refunds is based upon the last
day of attendance within the quarter. Any portion of a week’s attendance is considered a full week of
attendance for refund purposes.
8. Session II academic terms are approximately five and one-half (5 ½) weeks in duration. The calculation of
refunds is based upon the last day of attendance within the term. Any portion of a week’s attendance is
considered a full week of attendance for refund purposes. Information in the catalog or student handbook
will apply except for the following changes specific to Session II classes: For students only scheduled to
attend Session II, the add/drop period is two (2) days from the start of Session II classes. If you drop or
add one or more classes, your financial aid eligibility may change. Please see your Financial Aid Officer
before you drop or add a class.
9. In the event the school cancels or changes a course or program of study in such a way that a student who
started the program or course is unable to complete it, the school will refund all monies paid by the
student for the course or program within thirty (30) calendar days.
10. Examples of the calculations for these policies are available in the Student Accounting Office.
11. Students may add/drop classes during the first week of the quarter (or the first two (2) days for the mid-
quarter starts), and tuition will be refunded. Students may not add classes to their schedule after the first
week of the quarter. Tuition will not be adjusted for any classes dropped after week one unless the
student completely withdraws from the program.
12. Any changes made to a student’s schedule may change the student’s financial aid eligibility.
13. If a student has not attended sixty (60) percent of the academic term, the school shall not retain or be
entitled to payment for a percentage of any tuition and fees or other educational costs for a session that
was scheduled to be taken during the relevant academic term but was not attended because the student
withdrew from school prior to the commencement of the session. For example, if a student is enrolled for
multiple sessions within the term but withdraws completely from school prior to the start of a subsequent

session within the academic term, the adjustment of charges based on the student’s last date of
attendance will be applied to the applicable period of attended session(s) using the session(s) charges and
the start date of the first attended session through the end date of the last attended session within the
academic term. Charges for the unattended session(s) after the student’s last date of attendance within
the academic term will be reversed for the Institutional Refund Policy, or State Refund Policy, where
applicable. The reversal of applicable charges will be completed after the Return of Title IV Policy. For
the Return of Title IV, the evaluation period and term charges include the entire period in which the
student registered.
14. If a student has attended sixty (60) percent of the academic term, the evaluation period and academic
term charges include the entire period in which the student registered. The Institutional Refund Policy, or
State Refund Policy, where applicable, shall be applied based on the student’s last date of attendance in
the academic term using the academic term charges, aid disbursed during the academic term, and the
start date of the first session through the end date of the last session within the academic term. For the
Return of Title IV, the evaluation period and academic term charges include the entire period in which the
student registered.
ADJUSTMENT OF CHARGES
In accordance with school policy, when the student withdraws from school, the school will earn tuition and fees as
follows, based on the week in which the student withdraws:
Quarter Start or Single Course:
Week One: 0%
Weeks Two and Three: 30%
Weeks Four and Five: 60%
After Week Five: 100%
Mid-Quarter Start or Single Course:
Week One: 0%
Week Two: 50%
After Week Two: 100%
REFUND POLICY FOR ONLINE COURSE WITHDRAWAL
Students who withdraw from a Session I or Session II online class after the add/drop period are treated the same
as if they withdrew from an on-ground class. Session II classes begin approximately the day after Session I classes
end and run approximately five and one-half (5 ½) weeks. The ending date of Session II classes may not coincide
with the ending date of on-ground classes.
OFFICIAL AND UNOFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL
To officially withdraw, the student will need to notify the Office of the Registrar in person or in writing. The
registrar will assist the student to complete the withdrawal process and will determine the last date of attendance
and the date of determination. The date of determination would be the earlier of the date the student begins the
school’s withdrawal process or the date the student provides notice. For students who unofficially withdraw, the
Registrar will determine the last date of attendance using attendance records. The refund policies shall apply in
the event that a student withdraws, is suspended, or is terminated from school.
The Art Institutes are dedicated to serving and assisting our students. A student who encounters issues
that require him/her to discontinue attendance in his/her course(s) within or following a quarter, but
intends to continue taking courses in a subsequent quarter, may request to reenter and register for the
appropriate term. The student must complete a Withdrawal Form obtained by contacting his/her
Academic Counselor or the Office of the Registrar. Students who provide a return start date may be
scheduled into new or retake courses. Students may also request a re-entry appointment with Financial

Aid during the official withdrawal process. The date of determination would be the date the student
provides notice. All students will be subject to the necessary refund policies as outlined.
A student who withdraws from a program before the end of week nine (9) of an eleven (11) week term (before the
end of week four (4) of a five and one-half (5 1/2) week term) will be assigned a “W” code for each course within
that quarter. Every course for which a student receives an “F”, a “UF”, or a “W” grade/code must be repeated and
completed with a passing grade in order to graduate. The original grade/code and the subsequent passing grade(s)
will remain on the record for reference purposes. However, when a course is successfully repeated, only the passing
grade will be computed in the grade point average. Tuition is charged for repeated courses.
When a final course grade has been established and recorded in the student record, the grade may not be changed
without approval by the Academic Director or Chair and the Dean of Academic Affairs. Withdrawals and failed
courses can affect the student’s Incremental Completion Rate and ability to succeed.
For the purpose of determining a refund, a student is deemed to have withdrawn from a course of instruction
when any of the following occur:
1. The student notifies the school of withdrawal or of the date of withdrawal.
2. The school terminates the student’s enrollment in accordance with institutional policies.
3. The student exceeds the number of absences allowed in accordance with institutional policies, and must be
withdrawn from school. The date of withdrawal shall be deemed the last date of recorded attendance.
4. All refunds and return of funds will be made within thirty (30) calendar days of the date of determination.
KITS, COMPONENTS OF THE KIT, BOOKS, OR SUPPLIES RETURN POLICY
If kits, components of the kit, books, or supplies, are returned to the bookstore in re-salable condition within
twenty-one (21) calendar days of withdrawal or ten (10) calendar days of withdraw if student started mid-quarter,
a credit will be given.
All refunds and return of funds will be made within thirty (30) calendar days of the date the student notifies the
school of the withdrawal.
RETURN OF FEDERAL TITLE IV AID
In compliance with Federal regulations, the school will determine how much Federal student financial assistance
the student has earned or not earned when a student who is a Title IV recipient withdraws from school.
The school will calculate the percentage and amount of awarded Federal student financial assistance that the
student has earned if the student withdraws up through the sixty (60) percent point of the term or session if the
student is only attending a session. If the student has completed more than sixty (60) percent of the term, the
student earns one hundred (100) percent of the Federal student financial assistance.
The amount earned will be based on the percentage of the term that was completed in days up to and including
the last date of attendance. To calculate the amount earned, the school will determine the percentage by dividing
the number of calendar days completed in the term up to and including the last date of attendance by the total
number of calendar days in the term. If there is a scheduled break of five (5) or more days, it will reduce the term
length. If the scheduled break is before the student’s last date of attendance (LDA), it will also reduce the calendar
days completed. If the student received more than the amount of Federal student financial assistance earned, the
difference will be returned to the Federal student financial assistance programs from which funds were received in
the following order: Federal Unsubsidized Direct Loans, Federal Subsidized Direct Loans, Federal Perkins Loans,
Federal PLUS Loans, Federal Pell Grant, Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant. Funds will be
returned to the aid source within forty-five (45) calendar days of the date that the school determines that the
student has withdrawn.
If more Federal student financial assistance has been earned than has been received, the student may be eligible
for a post-withdrawal disbursement. The school will notify the student of any post-withdrawal disbursement loan

funds for which the student may be eligible and what steps need to be taken for the Federal financial assistance
funds to be received. The student or parent, in the case of the Federal PLUS Loans, needs to provide permission
before any loan funds may be disbursed on the student’s account or disbursed to the student or parent. However,
the school may automatically use all or a portion of the post-withdrawal disbursement of grant funds for tuition,
fees, and room and board charges (as contracted with the school), and, with the student’s authorization, the
school may automatically use the grant funds for other educationally-related charges. Any balance of grant funds
that may be available will be offered to the student.
If Federal student financial assistance funds need to be returned, the institution must return a portion or all of the
unearned funds equal to the lesser of:
• The institutional charges multiplied by the percentage of the unearned Federal student financial
assistance funds; or
• The entire amount of unearned funds.
If there are remaining unearned Federal financial aid funds to be returned, the student must return any loan funds
that remain to be returned in accordance with the terms and conditions of the promissory note. If the remaining
amount of funds to be returned includes grant funds, the student must return any amount of the overpayment
that is more than half of the grant funds received. The school will notify the student as to the amount owed and
how and where it should be returned.
If students are only scheduled to attend Session I or Session II, the Return of Title IV calculation as described in the
Enrollment Agreement will be applied to the applicable session attended using the session start and end dates.
FINANCIAL AID REFUND DISTRIBUTION POLICY
All students receiving financial aid who withdraw from the program may have to return any refund amount to the
appropriate Student Financial Aid Program in accordance with the refund distribution schedule which follows:
1. Federal Unsubsidized Direct Loan
2. Federal Subsidized Direct Loan
3. Federal Perkins Loan
4. Federal PLUS
5. Federal Pell Grant
6. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant
7. Other federal, state, private, or institutional aid programs, if required by the program
8. Students
Vocational Rehabilitation Programs

Every state has programs to help people with physical and mental disabilities. Some states offer retraining programs
for people who have been out of the job market for a length of time, for example. Eligibility criteria and amounts
vary according to federal, state and private agency regulations. Students must apply directly to and be approved for
benefits through the appropriate federal, state, or private agency. For more information, contact your local
vocational rehabilitation office, unemployment office, or your state department of human resources.
Veterans Education Act

The Veterans Education Act provides varying levels of assistance to eligible veterans, disabled veterans, and their
dependents. If you are a veteran or the dependent of a veteran, contact the local Veterans Affairs office in your
region, visit www.gibill.va.gov .
U.S. Departments of Veterans Affairs and Defense Education Benefits

The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale has been approved by the Bureau of State Approving for Veterans’ Training
Florida Department of Veterans Affairs for the training of veterans and eligible veterans’ dependents. Where
applicable, students utilizing the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) education benefits may receive assistance
from the School Certifying Official in the filing of appropriate forms. These students must maintain satisfactory
attendance and academic progress (refer to the Academic Affairs section of the catalog for more information).

Students receiving veterans’ benefits must report prior education and training The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale
will evaluate prior credit and accept that which is appropriate. In accordance with Florida state approving agency
policy, it is required that all transcripts are on file and all prior learning has been evaluated for transfer into the
student’s educational program by the completion of two (2) academic terms. Failure to have an evaluation
completed by this timeframe will result in a suspension of the student’s certified attendance to the VA until an
evaluation is complete. Students with questions should contact the Bureau of State Approving for Veterans’
Training Florida Department of Veterans Affairs, 9500 Bay Pines Boulevard, Room214, Bay Pines, Florida 33744,
Phone 727-319-7402, Fax 727-319-7781, http://floridavets.org/.
For students using Veterans Affairs (VA) education benefits, any complaint against the school should be routed
through the VA GI Bill® Feedback System by going to the following website:
http://www.benefits.va.gov/GIBILL/Feedback.asp . The VA will then follow up through the appropriate channels to
investigate the complaint and resolve it satisfactorily.
As a Department of Defense Memorandum of Understanding education institution participant and signatory, The
Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale is approved for Tuition Assistance. Eligibility for Tuition Assistance varies by military
branch. Military spouses may also be eligible to use Department of Defense educational benefits under the
Military Spouse Career Advancement Scholarship (MyCAA) program. Service members or military spouses wishing
to use Department of Defense education benefits must obtain approval from their respective military branch or
the Department of Defense prior to starting the course.
While benefit and eligibility information is provided by The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale, the ultimate approval
of a student’s ability to use a particular benefit is determined by the respective government agency offering the
benefit. Eligible service members, veterans and dependents may contact the Student Financial Services
department at The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale to learn more about these programs and participation. For
additional information, visit https://www.artinstitutes.edu/fort-lauderdale.
GI Bill® is a registered trademark of the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA). More information about
education benefits offered by VA is available at the official U.S. government Web site at
http://www.benefits.va.gov/GIBILL/Trademark_Terms_of_Use.asp.
Minimum Academic Achievement Standards for Student Receiving Department of Defense Tuition
Assistance:
In addition to the College’s Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy, in order for a Service member student
to continue to receive Tuition Assistance (TA) military education benefits for TA-funded courses, the following
minimum academic standards must be achieved.
The Department of Defense requires reimbursement from the Service member if a successful course completion is
not obtained. For the purpose of reimbursement, a successful course completion is defined as a grade of ‘‘C’’ or
higher for undergraduate courses, a ‘‘B’’ or higher for graduate courses and a ‘‘Pass’’ for ‘‘Pass/Fail’’ grades.
Reimbursement will also be required from the Service member if he or she fails to make up a grade of ‘‘I’’ for
incomplete within the time limits stipulated by the educational institution or 6 months after the completion of the
class, whichever comes first.
Students using TA must maintain a cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or higher after completing 15
semester hours/23 quarter hours, or equivalent, in undergraduate studies, or a GPA of 3.0 or higher after completing
6 semester hours/9 quarter hours, or equivalent, in graduate studies, on a 4.0 grading scale. If the GPA for TA funded
courses falls below these minimum GPA limits, TA will not be authorized and Service members will use alternative
funding (such as financial aid or personal funds) to enroll in courses to raise the cumulative GPA to 2.0 for
undergraduate studies or 3.0 for graduate studies.

The Secretary of the Military Department will establish recoupment processes with the Service member directly for
unsuccessful completion of courses.
College Services
Nevin C. Meinhardt Memorial Library

The Nevin C. Meinhardt Memorial Library is a vibrant, single location for students to access the resources they need
to succeed as a student and to develop as a knowledgeable industry professional.
The library contains a collection of over 9,600 books, 85 magazine titles, 3,040 audiovisual media , and thousands of
unique items.
The library also subscribes to a core of online resources including digitized journal articles, fashion forecasting
resources, stock images, software training tutorials, market research reports, company information, and art
information.
Access to these resources and the library’s online catalog are available to students through the Student Portal and
then through the library’s online website.
Development of the library collection is based on careful evaluation of the curriculum needs of each academic
program, current industry trends, and industry resources.
The service oriented library staff offers one-on-one assistance to students in person, via phone, chat, or email. The
Librarian holds a Master of Arts in Library and Information Science and partners with faculty in the academic
departments with library presentations: resource teaching sessions both in library and in-class sessions which
provide students targeted information-gathering skills.
Bookstore
The Art Institute’s bookstore is located on the first floor of the Main Building. This is the location for picking up
student supply kits, which are custom built for each program. The bookstore carries textbooks, general supplies, art
supplies, media storage and portable hard drives. Free parking permits can also be picked up at this location when
you register your vehicle. A parking permit is required for all non-visitor vehicles parking on The Art Institute grounds.
Alumni Association
The mission of the Alumni Association of The Art Institute to promote relations among The Art Institute, its alumni,
and its current students for the purpose of supporting growth through networking, mentoring, continuing education
seminars, and community awareness.
Under the leadership of the Alumni Coordinator and in conjunction with the Alumni Committee, The Art Institute
provides the following services to its alumni: reunions, newsletters, alumni seminars, alumni merchandise, career
resources, events calendar, recognition awards, guest speaker opportunities, gallery exhibitions, and art-judging
opportunities. The national Art Institutes alumni web site is http:// www.alumniconnections.com/artinstitutes. This
site features an online directory, career resources tools, success stories, and an events calendar.
Mark K. Wheeler Gallery

Having a gallery space to display artwork is a tremendous asset to The Art Institute. On a regular basis, the Mark K.
Wheeler Gallery (named for the founder of The Art Institute) hosts exhibits for the students and public to view. The
exhibits are carefully selected and are used to demonstrate professional accomplishments, challenge students to
explore new mediums, and showcase The Art Institute’s impressive resources and talents.
Many faculty members incorporate visits to the gallery into their curriculum, teaching students to appreciate and
critique works of art.

The Art Institute Mark K. Wheeler Gallery serves as a non-commercial exhibition space that reflects and exemplifies
the artwork of professionals, faculty, students, and graduates in their fields.
The goals of the gallery are to inspire and challenge students through examples of accomplished artists and
designers, enrich the learning community at The Art Institute through exhibitions, demonstrate high levels of
excellence, provide opportunities to increase public awareness of The Art Institute and its importance in the art and
design community, and expose the local community to relevant faculty, student, and professional work. A sampling
of the exhibitions include juried student art shows, faculty exhibitions, and visiting artists.
The gallery is located on the first floor of the Main Building and is open Monday through Thursday from 8 a.m. to 11
p.m., Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., and Saturday from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. The gallery is closed on Sundays and holidays.
Technology Services
Technology at The Art Institute continues to grow to keep pace with the demanding applications used throughout each
program. The Art Institute currently supports Macintoshes and PCs in 32 computer labs, all with internet access.
Extended hours are available in an open lab in the Main Building from 8 a.m. to 10 p.m. Monday through Saturday.
Policy on Student’s Use of Electronic Resources

Although the use of technology is available for students and faculty in the labs, classrooms, and resource areas,
students and faculty are requested not to attach any devices that have not met the approval of their specific
department requirements (students should consult with their department chairs for a list of approved devices) to
equipment in any of the school’s computer or production classrooms. Those who do not follow this policy may be
subject to disciplinary action.
The Art Institute requires all students using The Art Institute’s technology and networks to abide by the Policy on
Students’ Use of Electronic Resources. Technology and networks covered under this policy include but are not limited
to the following:
1. electronic mail
2. local databases
3. games
4. CD-ROMs
5. photographs
6. digitized information
7. any recorded media
8. externally accessed databases
A copy of the Policy on Students’ Use of Electronic Resources statement may be obtained from the Student
Handbook available at https://content.dcedh.org/assets/pdf/AI/Student-Consumer-
Information/Handbooks/student-handbook-fort-lauderdale.pdf or by contacting the Director of Technology.
General Facilities & Equipment
The Art Institute occupies approximately 95,000 square feet of space in two separate buildings. The main facility,
located at 1799 SE 17th Street, is a 75,000-square-foot, four-story building designed specifically to house The Art
Institute.
The fourth floor contains computer labs, a computer- networking room, drawing classrooms, and office space for
the Graphic Design, Advertising, and Illustration faculty. The third floor is shared by the faculty of the Digital
Filmmaking & Video Production, Fashion Design, and Photography programs. The video post-production labs occupy
3,000 square feet and are equipped with editing stations. The Fashion Design area consists of four sewing rooms
containing power sewing machines, cutting tables, power cutters, dressmakers forms, and steam irons. In addition,

there is a design lab equipped with computer-driven design workstations. The third floor also contains the
commercial photography studio and equipment checkout.
The second floor houses the Registrar, Accounting, Student Financial Services, Admissions, Student Services, Career
Services, Housing, Academic Program Chairs and Administrative offices.
Located on the first floor are a television production studio, a special effects studio equipped with a full-body
cyclorama wall for high-end visual effects photography, an audio recording studio, The Art Institute bookstore, and
a café . The Mark K. Wheeler Gallery is located just off the main lobby.
The Harbor Walk building, located directly southwest of the Main Building at 1650 SE 17th Street, is a four-story
building comprising approximately 19,000 square feet.
The first floor houses the Chef’s Palette restaurant and the Culinary Arts and Industrial Design programs. The Culinary
Arts Department is composed of four fully equipped commercial kitchens, teaching/service bar, classroom space,
walk-in refrigerators, and freezers.
The Industrial Design area has a ventilated shop equipped with power saws, grinders, sanders, lathes, a paint-spray
room, work benches, and a tool crib with all the necessary hand tools.

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Bachelor of Science (BS) Degrees
Advertising
Culinary Management
Digital Filmmaking & Video Production
Fashion Design **
Fashion Merchandising
Game Art & Design **
Graphic Design **
Illustration (No longer accepting new enrollments)
Industrial Design **
Interior Design
Media Arts & Animation **
Photography
Visual Effects & Motion Graphics **
Web Design & Interactive Media **
Associate of Science (AS) Degrees

Baking & Pastry
Culinary Arts
Fashion Design **
Graphic Design
Interior Design
Photography
Video Production
Web Design & Interactive Media **
Diploma Programs
Baking & Pastry
Culinary Arts
Fashion Retailing **
Web Design & Development **
Web Design & Interactive Communications **
For all programs, please visit our Student Consumer Information page to find the average time to completion for
continuously enrolled students for each credential level offered. This data is available at the average credit load, full-
time or at full load. Changing programs, beginning programs at the mid-term start date, taking remedial courses,
taking time off from coursework, registering for fewer hours or unsuccessful attempts at course completion will
increase the total length of the program and overall cost of education from what is disclosed. Transfer credits
awarded toward your program will likely decrease the overall length and cost of education.
All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. See Program Chair or Coordinator, or contact an Academic
Advisor for elective choices.

ADVERTISING
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The Bachelor of Science in Advertising program is designed to prepare students to meet the greatly expanding need
for advertising and marketing professionals with interdisciplinary training and new media savvy. The program is
designed to prepare graduates to confront the challenging strategic questions posed by developing opportunities in
the advertising marketplace by seeking entry-level positions including marketing coordinator/ assistant, graphic
designer, sales/marketing promotion representative, and assistant account executive. The program is meant to
bridge the gap between technologies, artists, and marketing professionals. The length of the program is twelve [12],
eleven [11] week quarters.
PROGRAM COURSES PROGRAM ELECTIVES

ADV1000 Advertising Industry Survey Four Program Elective Courses
ADV3105C Advertising Copywriting
ADV4710C Advertising Portfolio GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES AND ELECTIVES
ADV4804C Digital Media Campaigns ARH2050 Art History - Ancient to Medieval
ADV4806 Senior Project - Integrated Marketing ARH2051 or Art History - Renaissance to Present
Campaigns BSC1001 Fundamentals of Biological Science
ART1201C Design Basics ISC1004 or Fundamentals of Physical Science
CGS2800C Basic Web Design MET1001 or Weather and Climate
DIG2201C Desktop Video OCB1010 or Marine Biology
FIN3400 Financial Management OCE2001 or Oceanography
GEB2011 Fundamentals of Business PHY2020 or Foundations of Physics
GEB2216 Business Communications CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectiveness
GRA1103C Introduction to Visual Design Applications COM1041 Interpersonal Communication
GRA1120C Layout ECO2013 Principles of Macroeconomics
GRA1121C Art for Reproduction ENC1101 English Composition
GRA1190C Concept Development ENC1102 Introduction to Literature
GRA1852C Computer Graphics LIT1020 or The Short Story
GRA1853C Typography LIT3132 or Arthurian literature
GRA2199C Signs, Symbols, & Ciphers LIT3326 or Fairytales and Archetypes
GRA2412 Media Law ENC1145 Topics for Composition
GRA2841C Fundamentals of Web Design MGF1211 General College Math
GRA3816C Conceptual Thinking MAC1105 or College Algebra
GRA4196C Information Media Production MAD1104 or Discrete Math
GRA4591C Art Direction and Creative Process PHI3800 Principles of Aesthetics
MAN4801 Entrepreneurship PSY2012 Introduction to Psychology
MAN4871 Strategic Management PSY3025 Psychology of Color
MAR1010 Fundamentals of Marketing SPC1608 Principles of Public Speaking
MAR2411 Personal Selling SYA3330 Research Methods in Action
MAR2612 Principles of Marketing Research SYG2000 Introduction to Sociology
MAR3322C Campaign Advertising SYP3322 Advertising and Society
MAR3323 Media Planning and Buying
MAR3500 Consumer Behavior Two General Education Elective Course
MAR4800 Brand Marketing &Strategy
PGY1103C Photography Techniques PROGRAM COURSES
PGY2803C Digital Imaging Credits Required 114
PUR3008 Public Relations and Promotion PROGRAM ELECTIVES
RTV2107C Writing for Interactive Media Credits Required 12
SLS3355 Professional Development GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
SLS4943 Internship - Bachelor Credits Required 54
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 180

MEDIA ARTS & ANIMATION
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Currently not accepting new enrollments.
The Bachelor of Science in Media Arts & Animation program is designed to refine and synthesize the students’
competencies in the field of computer animation. Students will have the opportunity to apply advanced techniques
in drawing, characterization, animation in both 2D and 3D computerized environments, and interactive technologies.
Students may focus on their chosen area of animation specialization. Art direction and project management are
emphasized. Students have the opportunity to develop a graduate project which represents a unique style and
demonstrates conceptual abilities. The Media Arts & Animation Bachelor of Science degree program is designed to
prepare graduates to seek entry-level positions such as 2D animators, 3D animators, special effects animators,
broadcast graphic artist, or other animation and art specialties. The length of the program is twelve [12] eleven [11]-
week quarters.
PROGRAM COURSES TPP1500C Acting and Movement

ART1201C Design Basics
ART1300C Drawing and Perspective PROGRAM ELECTIVES
ART1331C Drawing and Anatomy Three Program Elective Courses
ART2205C Color Application
ART2330C Life Drawing GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES & ELECTIVES
ART2373C Drawing for Animation ARH2000 Art Appreciation
ART2701C Sculpting I: Foundations THE2000 or Theatre Appreciation
ART3710C Sculpting II: Character Design CGS1160C Computer Science
ART4951C Media Arts Portfolio Preparation CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectiveness
ART4952C Media Arts Portfolio Development COM1442 Team Effectiveness
DIG1022 History of Animation COM1041 or Interpersonal Communications
DIG2321C 3D Modeling I: Foundations ECO2013 Principles of Macroeconomics
DIG3114C Broadcast Graphics II: Compositing ENC1101 English Composition
DIG3306C 3D Animation I: Principles ENC1102 Introduction to Literature
DIG3308C Web Animation LIT1020 or The Short Story
DIG3323C 3D Modeling II: Character Modeling LIT3132 or Arthurian Literature
DIG3326C 3D Modeling III: Designing Environments LIT3326 or Fairytales and Archetypes
DIG3343C Broadcast Graphics 1: Animated Text & Logo ENC1145 Topics for Composition
Design FIL2000 Film Appreciation
DIG3354C 3D Animation II: Applications MGF1211 General College Math
DIG3362C 3D Animation III: Staging and Interaction MAC1105 or College Algebra
DIG3371C 3D Character Rigging MAD1104 or Discrete Math
DIG3542C Animatics & Previsualization PHI3800 Principles of Aesthetics
DIG4367C 3D Animation Scripting PHY2020 Foundations of Physics
DIG4369C 3D Animation IV: Acting and Dialogue SPC1608 Principles of Public Speaking
DIG4373C 3D Lighting & Textures I SYG2000 Introduction to Sociology
DIG4376C 3D Lighting & Textures II PSY2012 or Introduction to Psychology
DIG4956C Media Arts Portfolio Presentation WOH2012 Ancient and Medieval Civilization
FIL1104C Scripting/Storyboarding WOH2022 or Modern and Post-Modern Civilization
FIL2723C 2D Animation II: Applications
GRA1762C Maps, Mattes, Masks Three General Education Elective Courses
GRA1852C Computer Graphics PROGRAM COURSES
GRA2412 Media Law Credits Required 117
GRA2854C 2D Animation I: Principles PROGRAM ELECTIVES
GRA3521C Creative Web Development Credits Required 9
PGY1103C Photography Techniques GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
RTV1224C or Principles of Lighting Credits Required 54
PGY2803C Digital Imaging TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 180
SLS3355 Professional Development
SLS4943 Internship - Bachelor

CULINARY ARTS
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE
Participation in this program may be limited by local drinking age requirements. Please contact your campus Dean
for information.
The Associate of Science in Culinary Arts program is designed to prepare students with a market-driven, competency-
based education delivered by faculty with appropriate credentials and industry experience. This program is designed
to prepare graduates to seek entry-level positions such as baking and pastry cook, garde manger cook, and station
chef. The length of the program is six [6] eleven [11]-week quarters.
PROGRAM COURSES GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES & ELECTIVES

FSS1010 Concepts and Theories of Culinary ARH2000 Art Appreciation
Techniques CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectiveness
FSS1290C Garde Manger (6 credits) CGS1160C Computer Science
FSS1743C Fundamentals of Classical Techniques (6 COM1442 Team Effectiveness
credits) COM1041 or Interpersonal Communication
FSS1744C Latin Cuisine ENC1101 English Composition
FSS1745C American Regional Cuisine (6 credits) ENC1145 Topics for Composition
FSS1747C Asian Cuisine HUN2204 Nutrition
FSS2067C Introduction to Baking & Pastry MGF1211 General College Math
Techniques (6 credits) MAC1105 or College Algebra
FSS2292C Classical European Cuisines MAD1104 or Discrete Mathematics
FSS2746C World Cuisines WOH2012 Ancient and Medieval Civilizations
HFT2009 Career Development and Supervision WOH2022 or Modern and Post-Modern
HFT2454 Food and Beverage Operations Civilizations
Management
HFT2821 Sustainable Purchasing & Controlling Costs PROGRAM COURSES
HFT2842C A la Carte and Dining Room Operations (6 Credits Required 63
credits)
HFT2852 Management by Menu GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
HFT3191C Art Culinaire Credits Required 27
HFT3915 Culinary Capstone
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 90

CULINARY MANAGEMENT
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
for information.
The Bachelor of Science in Culinary Management program is designed to prepare graduates to seek foodservice-
related entry level opportunities in management and supervisory trainee positions. The program is designed to
provide an opportunity for students to become competent in the identified priorities of the foodservice industry:
communication, training, leadership, motivation, management, human resources, technology, accounting,
marketing, and customer relations. These skills prepare graduates to seek entry-level positions, including assistant
front-of- the-house manager, assistant kitchen manager, management trainee, assistant department manager, and
sous chef. The length of the program is twelve [12] eleven [11]-week quarters.

FSS1010 Concepts and Theories of Culinary Techniques ARH2000 Art Appreciation
FSS1290C Garde Manger (6 credits) BSC1001 Fundamentals of Biological Science
FSS1743C Fundamentals of Classical Techniques (6 ISC1004 or Fundamentals of Physical Science
credits) MET1001 or Weather and Climate
FSS1744C Latin Cuisine OCB1010 or Marine Biology
FSS1745C American Regional Cuisine (6 credits) OCE2001 or Oceanography
FSS1747C Asian Cuisine PHY2020 or Foundations of Physics
FSS2067C Introduction to Baking & Pastry Techniques (6 CGS1160C Computer Science
credits) CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectiveness
FSS2292C Classical European Cuisines COM1442 Team Effectiveness
FSS2746C World Cuisines COM1041 or Interpersonal Communication
HFT2009 Career Development and Supervision ECO2013 Principles of Macroeconomics
HFT2454 Food and Beverage Operations Management ENC1101 English Composition
HFT2821 Sustainable Purchasing & Controlling Costs ENC1145 Topics for Composition
HFT2842C A la Carte and Dining Room Operations (6 HUN2204 Nutrition
credits) LIT1020 The Short Story
HFT2852 Management by Menu ENC1102 or Introduction to Literature
HFT3191C Art Culinaire LIT3132 or Arthurian Literature
HFT3915 Culinary Capstone LIT3326 or Fairytales and Archetypes
HFT4221 Human Resource Management MGF1211 General College Math
HFT4284 Quality Service Management & Training MAD1104 or Discrete Math
HFT4285 Global Management & Operations in the MAC1105 or College Algebra
Hospitality Industry PSY2012 Introduction to Psychology
HFT4292 Innovation & Entrepreneurship SYG2000 or Introduction to Sociology
HFT4295 Leadership and Organizational Development SPC1608 Principles of Public Speaking
HFT4343 Facilities and Management Design SYO3370 Working in America
HFT4403 Introduction to Accounting Principles WOH2012 Ancient and Medieval Civilizations
HFT4474 Foodservice Financial Management WOH2022 or Modern and Post-Modern Civilizations
HFT4493 Foodservice Technology and Information
Three General Education Elective Courses
HFT4503 Hospitality Marketing
HFT4603 Legal Issues and Ethics for Culinarians PROGRAM COURSES
HFT4802 Catering and Event Management Credits Required 108
HFT4865 Exploring Wines and the Culinary Arts PROGRAM ELECTIVES
HFT4916 Culinary Capstone/Portfolio Credits Required 18
HFT4943 Management Externship GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Credits Required 54
PROGRAM ELECTIVES TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 180
Six Program Elective Courses

BAKING & PASTRY
for information.
The Associate of Science in Baking & Pastry program provides students with culinary skills combined with a focus on
baking and pastry skills. The program is designed to enhance the students’ ability to meet the challenges of an
increasingly demanding and rapidly changing field. Students have the opportunity to develop competencies in
breads, plated and restaurant desserts, cake production, and buffet centerpieces. The program focuses on both
production and individual skills necessary to seek entry-level employment in bakeries, restaurants, hotels, resorts,
and other catering or foodservice institutional settings. The program prepares graduates to seek entry-level
employment in the professional foodservice industry and management areas including pastry chef, assistant pastry
chef, retail cake decorator, retail pastry chef, and baker.
PROGRAM COURSES
FSS1010 Concepts and Theories of Culinary Techniques
FSS1743C Fundamentals of Classical Techniques (6 credits)
FSS1745C American Regional Cuisine (6 credits)
FSS2067C Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques (6 credits)
FSS2068C Artisan Breads and Baking Production (6 credits)
FSS2069C Advanced Patisserie and Display Cakes (6 credits)
FSS2298C European Cakes and Tortes
FSS2299C Chocolate, Confections, and Centerpieces (6 credits)
HFT2009 Career Development and Supervision
HFT2454 Food and Beverage Operations Management
HFT2821 Sustainable Purchasing & Control Costs
HFT2842C A la Carte and Dining Room Operations (6 credits)
HFT2852 Management by Menu
HFT3915 Culinary Capstone
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES & ELECTIVES

ARH2000 Art Appreciation
CGS1160C Computer Science
CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectiveness
COM1442 Team Effectiveness
COM1041 or Interpersonal Communication
ENC1101 English Composition
ENC1145 Topics for Composition
HUN2204 Nutrition
MGF1211 General College Math
MAC1105 or College Algebra
MAD1104 or Discrete Mathematics
WOH2012 Ancient and Medieval Civilizations
WOH2022 or Modern and Post-Modern Civilizations
PROGRAM COURSES
Credits Required 63
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Credits Required 27
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 90

CULINARY ARTS
DIPLOMA
for information.
Students study the fundamentals of cooking, baking, knife skills, nutrition, sanitation, safety, food production,
kitchen operations, and food selection and purchasing. They have an opportunity to learn about modern, regional,
and classic cuisine, covering a variety of international styles, practicing these skills in professional kitchens. Students
also have an opportunity to learn basic management skills.
Culinary Arts students also have the opportunity to spend time working in The Chef’s Palette, the student- operated
public dining lab, where students prepare and serve lunch or dinner and can learn to become foodservice
professionals who meet the needs of their guests.
Graduates are prepared to seek entry-level positions such as prep cooks, line cooks, first cooks, assistant pastry
chefs, sauciers, bakers, sous chefs, and pastry chefs. They can pursue employment opportunities in entertainment
establishments, restaurants, hotels, clubs, resorts, food companies, hospitals and other health care institutions,
convention centers, and cruise ships.
Objectives: Upon completion of the program, graduates should be able to:

1. Cook and present various ethnic cuisines professionally.
2. Work as a professional team member.
Gainful Employment Information

Please visit ge.artinstitutes.edu/programoffering/3331 for program duration, tuition, fees, other costs, median debt,
salary data, alumni success, and other important info on the Culinary Arts Diploma program.
PROGRAM COURSES
FSS1290C Garde Manger (6 Credits)
FSS1743C Fundamentals of Classical Techniques (6 Credits)
FSS1744C Latin Cuisine
FSS1745C American Regional Cuisine (6 Credits)
FSS1747C Asian Cuisine
FSS2067C Introduction to Baking & Pastry Techniques (6 Credits)
FSS2746C World Cuisines
HFT2454 Food and Beverage Operations Management
HFT2821 Sustainable Purchasing & Controlling Costs
HFT2842C A la Carte and Dining Room Operations (6 Credits)
HUN2204 Nutrition
PROGRAM COURSES
Credits Required 54

BAKING & PASTRY
DIPLOMA
for information.
The program is designed to emphasize culinary skills as well as core baking and pastry courses. The program focuses
on both production and individualized skills necessary to seek entry-level employment in bakeries, restaurants, and
other catering or institutional settings. In addition to technical skills, the program offers food safety and sanitation,
nutrition and kitchen supervision/career development and related business courses to support their professional
skills for employment. Upon completion of the program, graduates may seek entry-level positions such as line cooks,
pastry cooks, caterers or cake decorators.
Objectives: Upon completion of the program, graduates should be able to:

1. Produce a wide variety of artisan breads, pastries and plated desserts.
2. Create sugar, chocolate and pastillage centerpieces.
3. Produce complex pastries and cakes involving multiple skills and techniques.

salary data, alumni success, and other important info on the Baking & Pastry Diploma program.
PROGRAM COURSES
FSS1743C Fundamentals of Classical Techniques (6 Credits)
FSS1744C Latin Cuisine
FSS1745C American Regional Cuisine (6 Credits)
FSS2067C Introduction to Baking & Pastry Techniques (6 Credits)
FSS2068C Artisan Breads and Baking Production (6 Credits)
FSS2069C Advanced Patisserie and Display Cakes (6 Credits)
FSS2298C European Cakes and Tortes
FSS2299C Chocolate Confections, and Centerpieces (6 Credits)
HFT2821 Sustainable Purchasing & Controlling Costs
HUN2204 Nutrition
PROGRAM COURSES
Credits Required 54

DIGITAL FILMMAKING & VIDEO PRODUCTION
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Using digital video and audio equipment, students in the Bachelor of Science in Digital Filmmaking & Video
Production program have the opportunity to create sophisticated projects with a wide array of content ranging from
commercials and short news pieces to longer-form digital films and documentaries. Students have the opportunity
to gain a basic understanding of delivery media, including broadcast, cable, broadband, the internet, CD, DVD, and
digital theaters, and design each project specifically for distribution via one of these media. Graduates of the Digital
Filmmaking & Video Production Bachelor of Science program are prepared to seek entry-level opportunities such as
assistant video producer, digital film production assistant, digital camera operator, nonlinear editor, assistant sound
designer, and scriptwriter. The length of the program is twelve [12] eleven [11]-week quarters.

FIL1552C Fundamentals of Editing Three Program Elective Courses
FIL2108 Media Interpretation & Adaptation
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES & ELECTIVES
FIL2553C Nonlinear Editing
FIL3485C Art of Directing
THE2000 or Theater Appreciation
FIL3545C Advanced Sound Design
BSC1001 Fundamentals of Biological Science
FIL3700C Introduction to Digital Video Effects
ISC1004 or Fundamentals of Physical Science
FIL4363C Digital Film and Documentary
MET1001 or Weather and Climate
FIL4471C Digital Video Effects
OCB1010 or Marine Biology
FIL4575C Management of Post-Production
OCE2001 or Oceanography
FIL4600 Media Business
FIL4746C Digital Cinematography
FIL4951C Digital Filmmaking Portfolio Preparation
COM1442 Team Effectiveness
FIL4971C Digital Filmmaking Portfolio and Defense
COM1041 or Interpersonal Communications
FIL4972C Digital Filmmaking Senior Project Production
ECO2013 Principles of Macroeconomics
FIL4973C Digital Filmmaking Senior Project Post-
Production
ENC1102 Introduction to Literature
GRA3521C Creative Web Development
LIT1020 or The Short Story
MAR1010 Fundamentals of Marketing
LIT3132 or Arthurian literature
MMC1124 Media Concept Development
LIT3326 or Fairytales and Archetypes
MMC3008 Media Delivery Systems & Distribution
ENC1145 Topics for Composition
PGY1401C Photography Techniques for Graphic Design
FIL2000 Film Appreciation
PGY1892C Digital Graphic Production
MGF1211 General College Math
RTV1100 Scriptwriting
RTV1213C Introduction to Audio Recording
MAD1104 or Discrete Math
RTV1224C Principles of Lighting
PHI3800 Principles of Aesthetics
RTV1241C Introduction to Video Production
PHY2020 Foundations of Physics
RTV2205C Broadcast Media Production
SPC1608 Principles of Public Speaking
RTV2214C Digital Audio Production
SYG2000 Introduction to Sociology
RTV2245C Videography
PSY2012 or Introduction to Psychology
RTV2248C Television Studio Production
RTV2250C Post Production Three General Education Elective Courses
RTV3203C Video Producing & Directing PROGRAM COURSES
RTV3217C Digital Audio Post-Production Credits Required 117
RTV3255C Advanced Nonlinear Editing PROGRAM ELECTIVES
RTV3262C Advanced Camera & Lighting Credits Required 9
RTV4227C Team Media Production GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
RTV4268C Digital Interactive Authoring Credits Required 54
RTV4280C Web Broadcasting Design & Delivery TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 180

FASHION DESIGN
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The Bachelor of Science in Fashion Design program is designed to prepare students to meet the current needs of the fashion
industry for creative designers who can develop fashion apparel and accessories for a specific target market. Along with
foundation-level technical skills, students have the opportunity to develop competencies such as research skills, visioning, and
critiquing, through manual and computer work. These skills prepare graduates to seek entry- level employment with fashion
design production houses or with retailers who market private- label merchandise. Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in
Fashion Design program are prepared to seek entry-level employment opportunities such as assistant designers, design
technicians, textile designers, illustrators, sourcing specialists, merchandise managers, and product development specialists. The
length of the program is twelve [12] eleven [11]-week quarters.
PROGRAM COURSES
CTE1313C Fundamentals of Apparel Construction PROGRAM ELECTIVES
CTE1400C Fundamentals of Apparel Textiles Four Program Elective Courses
CTE1510 Fashion History
CTE1708C Fashion Digital Design Fundamentals
CTE1730C Technical Drawing for Fashion GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES & ELECTIVES
CTE1732C Fashion Illustration ARH2000 Art Appreciation
CTE1740C Fundamentals of Apparel Patternmaking BSC1001 Fundamentals of Biological Science
CTE1741C Apparel Pattern Details ISC1004 or Fundamentals of Physical Science
CTE1760 Manufacturing Apparel Concepts MET1001 or Weather and Climate
CTE2342C Children’s Wear OCB1010 or Marine Biology
CTE2465C Textile and Apparel Design OCE2001 or Oceanography
CTE2720C Fashion Design Studio PHY2020 or Foundations of Physics
CTE2735C Illustration & Stylized Drawing CGS1160C Computer Science
CTE2747C Specialized Patternmaking CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectiveness
CTE2750C Advanced Apparel Draping COM1442 Team Effectiveness
CTE2765C Fashion Product Development COM1041 or Interpersonal Communication
CTE2770C Swimwear Design ECO2013 Principles of Macroeconomics
CTE2771C Computerized Apparel Pattern Systems ENC1101 English Composition
CTE2772C Computerized Apparel Patternmaking ENC1102 Introduction to Literature
CTE2778C Computer Fashion Design LIT1020 or The Short Story
CTE2893C Fashion Design Portfolio LIT3132 or Arthurian literature
CTE3351C Menswear/Tailoring LIT3326 or Fairytales and Archetypes
CTE3412C Textile Surface Design ENC1145 Topics for Composition
CTE3413C Advanced Digital Textile Design MGF1211 General College Math
CTE3533C Fashion Research & Sourcing MAC1105 or College Algebra
CTE3775C Active Sportswear MAD1104 or Discrete Math
CTE3786C Product Data Management PHI3800 Principles of Aesthetics
CTE4746C Technical Design PSY2012 Introduction to Psychology
CTE4813 Fashion Entrepreneurship SYG2000 or Introduction to Sociology
CTE4895C Advanced Fashion Portfolio SPC1608 Principles of Public Speaking
CTE4896C Digital Fashion Portfolio WOH2012 Ancient & Medieval Civilizations
CTE4936C Senior Studio-Concepts WOH2022 Modern & Postmodern Civilizations
CTE4937C Senior Studio-Technical
CTE4938C Senior Studio-Production Three General Education Elective Courses
MAN2024 Fashion Business Management Practices PROGRAM COURSES
MAR3414C Design Sales Credits Required 114
SLS3355 Professional Development PROGRAM ELECTIVES
SLS4943 Internship – Bachelor Credits Required 12
Credits Required 54

FASHION DESIGN
The Associate of Science in Fashion Design program is designed to prepare students with skills in research, concept
development, and garment design and production in the apparel-manufacturing industry. Emphasis is placed on
technical aspects, with a concentration on computer-aided design, providing readiness for the needs of the industry.
Graduates are prepared to seek entry-level positions in apparel design, pattern making, grading, and production
management. The length of the program is six [6] eleven [11]-week quarters.

CTE1313C Fundamentals of Apparel Construction ARH2000 Art Appreciation
CTE1400C Fundamentals of Apparel Textiles BSC1001C Fundamentals Biological Science
CTE1510 Fashion History ISC1004 or Fundamentals of Physical Science
CTE1708C Fashion Digital Design Fundamentals MET1001 or Weather and Climate
CTE1730C Technical Drawing for Fashion OCB1010 or Marine Biology
CTE1732C Fashion Illustration OCE2001 or Oceanography
CTE1740C Fundamentals of Apparel Patternmaking PHY2020 or Foundations of Physics
CTE1741C Apparel Pattern Details CGS1160C Computer Science
CTE1760 Manufacturing Apparel Concepts ENC1101 English Composition
CTE2342C Children’s Wear ENC1145 Topics for Composition
CTE2465C Textile and Apparel Design MGF1211 General College Mathematics
CTE2720C Fashion Design Studio MAC1105 or College Algebra
CTE2765C Fashion Product Development MAD1104 or Discrete Math
CTE2770C Swimwear Design PSY2012 Introduction to Psychology
CTE2771C Computerized Apparel Pattern Systems COM1442 Team Effectiveness
CTE2772C Computerized Apparel Patternmaking COM1041 or Interpersonal Communications
CTE2778C Computer Fashion Design SPC1608 or Principles of Public Speaking
CTE2893C Fashion Design Portfolio WOH2012 Ancient and Medieval Civilizations
MAN2024 Fashion Business Management Practices WOH2022 or Modern and Post-Modern
SLS3355 Professional Development Civilizations
PROGRAM ELECTIVES PROGRAM COURSES

One Program Elective Course Credits Required 60
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
Credits Required 3
Credits Required 27

FASHION MERCHANDISING
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The Bachelor of Science in Fashion Merchandising program is designed to provide a foundation of knowledge including technical
skills, fashion history and trends, current history practices, and applications. At the foundation level, students have the
opportunity to engage in both conceptual and applied coursework as well as hands-on technological applications. Strategic
planning in business, marketing, and merchandising are key elements of the program in which students have the opportunity to
practice higher-level skills of synthesis and evaluation by developing numerous business plan projects targeted to specific clients
and fashion areas as assigned by instructors. The program is designed for the students to take a more active role in critiquing
each other’s work to compare and discriminate between solutions to design problems. The program is designed to allow student
to become more attuned to project management through a number of merchandising and marketing courses as well as the three-
part Senior Project series to develop a fashion concept from initial concept to implementation-ready projections and strategies.
The program is designed to prepare graduates to seek entry-level positions including visual merchandiser, assistant store
manager, assistant buyer, and stylist. The length of the program is twelve [12] eleven [11]-week quarters.
PROGRAM COURSES
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
ADV4804C Digital Media Campaigns
BUL3130 Business Law Three Program Elective Courses
CTE1400C Fundamentals of Apparel Textiles GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES & ELECTIVES
CTE1510 Fashion History
CTE1600 Trends & Concepts in Apparel
CTE1708C Fashion Digital Design Fundamentals BSC1001 Fundamentals of Biological Science
CTE1760 Manufacturing Apparel Concepts ISC1004 or Fundamentals of Physical Science
CTE1841C Apparel Evaluation & Production MET1001 or Weather and Climate
CTE2765C Fashion Product Development OCB1010 or Marine Biology
CTE2778C Computer Fashion Design OCE2001 or Oceanography
CTE2810 Elements of Retail Operations PHY2020 or Foundations of Physics
CTE2821C Merchandise Mathematics
CTE2827C Merchandise Buying
CTE2894C Graphic Communication in Fashion COM1442 Team Effectiveness
CTE3110C Fashion Styling for Photography
CTE3464 Tariff, Trade, and Resourcing COM1041 or Interpersonal Communications
CTE3533C Fashion Research & Sourcing ECO2013 Principles of Macroeconomics
CTE3786C Product Data Management ENC1101 English Composition
CTE3850C Fashion Show Production ENC1145 Topics for Composition
CTE3865C Strategic Merchandise Management MGF1211 General College Mathematics
CTE4813 Fashion Entrepreneurship MAC1105 or College Algebra
CTE4933 Senior Merchandising Project-Planning MAD1104 or Discrete Math
CTE4934C Senior Merchandising Project-Development
CTE4935C Senior Merchandising Project-Presentation PHI3800 Principles of Aesthetics
GRA3521C Creative Web Development PSY3025 Psychology of Color
MAN2024 Fashion Business Management Practices SPC1608 Principles of Public Speaking
MAN3143 Business Management - Leadership SYG2000 Introduction to Sociology
MAR1010 Fundamentals of Marketing PSY2012 or Introduction to Psychology
MAR3414C Design Sales WOH2012 Ancient and Medieval Civilizations
MAR3156 International Marketing
Four General Education Elective Courses
MAR3500 Consumer Behavior
MAR3939 Current Topics in Fashion Marketing PROGRAM COURSES
MAR4800 Brand Marketing & Strategy Credits Required 117
MKA1041 Introduction to Retailing PROGRAM ELECTIVES
MKA2100C Visual Merchandising Credits Required 9
MKA3101C Store Planning GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
PUR3008 Public Relations and Promotion Credits Required 54
SLS3355 Professional Development TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 180

FASHION RETAILING
DIPLOMA
The Fashion Retailing Diploma program is designed to teach students how to use their combined creative and
business skills to display, market, and sell fashion merchandise. Graduates should be able to effectively understand
and meet the customer’s needs, and ultimately encourage sales. This can be accomplished by having a keen
awareness of the changing needs of the consumer, learning how to identify and predict new style trends, and by
being able to conceptualize and promote fashion displays and sales campaigns. Individuals in Fashion Retailing will
have the opportunity to learn how to evaluate apparel construction, identify appropriate characteristics and uses of
different textiles. They can also gain knowledge of consumer behavior, retail operations, visual merchandising, the
larger marketplace, and business skills.
The general objectives for the program are to:

1. Define retailing, to include “bricks-and-mortar,” “clicks-and-mortar,” direct marketers with clicks-
and-mortar retailing operations, and bricks-and-mortar retailers, relate them to the marketing
concept with an emphasis on the total retail experience.
2. Discuss why customer and channel relationships must be nurtured in today’s highly competitive
marketplace.
3. Explain the steps in strategic planning for retailers, to include: situation analysis, objectives, and
identification of consumers, overall strategy, specific activities, control and feedback.

Please visit ge.artinstitutes.edu/programoffering/3148 for program duration, tuition, fees, other costs, median
debt, salary data, alumni success, and other important info on the Fashion Retailing Diploma program.
PROGRAM COURSES
ADV4804C Digital Media Campaigns
CTE1400C Fundamentals of Apparel Textiles
CTE1600 Trends & Concepts in Apparel
CTE1760 Manufacturing Apparel Concepts
CTE1841C Apparel Evaluation & Production
CTE2810 Elements of Retail Operations
MAN2024 Fashion Business Management Practices
MAN3143 Business Management – Leadership
MAR1010 Fundamentals of Marketing
MAR3414C Design Sales
MAR3500 Consumer Behavior
MAR3939 Current Topics in Fashion Marketing
MAR4800 Brand Marketing & Strategy
MKA1041 Introduction to Retailing
MKA2100C Visual Merchandising
PUR3008 Public Relations and Promotion
PROGRAM COURSES
Credits Required 48

GAME ART & DESIGN
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The Bachelor of Science in Game Art & Design program offers students an opportunity to design and create their
own video and multimedia games. With studies in computer animation, architecture, and character building,
students have the opportunity to progress through a program that can result in one or more game prototypes upon
graduation. Graduates of the Game Art & Design program are prepared to seek entry-level opportunities such as
character animators, texture artists, modelers, character riggers, and level designers. The length of the program is
twelve [12] eleven [11]-week quarters.

ART1201C Design Basics Three Program Elective Courses
ART1300C Drawing and Perspective
ART1331C Drawing and Anatomy GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES & ELECTIVES
ART2205C Color Application ARH2000 Art Appreciation
ART2330C Life Drawing FIL2000 or Film Appreciation
ART2701C Sculpting I: Foundations CGS1160C Computer Science
COP2363C Introduction to Programming with C++ CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectiveness
CRW3713 Scriptwriting for Games COM1442 Team Effectiveness
DIG1711C Game Design & Game Play ECO2013 Principles of Macroeconomics
DIG1717 Introduction to Game Development ENC1101 English Composition
DIG2363C Character Modeling ENC1102 Introduction to Literature
DIG2790C Texturing for Games LIT1020 or The Short Story
DIG2791C Game Modeling LIT3132 or Arthurian literature
DIG3343C Broadcast Graphics I: Animated Text & Logo LIT3326 or Fairytales and Archetypes
DIG3368C 3D Game Animation ENC1145 Topics for Composition
DIG3371C 3D Character Rigging MGF1211 General College Math
DIG3372C Modeling with Subdivision Surfaces MAC1105 or College Algebra
DIG3723C 3D Game Scripting MAD1104 or Discrete Math
DIG3724C Advanced 3D Game Scripting PHI3800 Principles of Aesthetics
DIG3792C Texture/Lighting for Gaming PHY2020 Foundations of Physics
DIG3793C Level Design SPC1608 Principles of Public Speaking
DIG3794C Advanced Level Design SYG2000 Introduction to Sociology
DIG3797C Designing Interior Spaces and Worlds PSY2012 or Introduction to Psychology
DIG4383C Advanced 3D Game Animation WOH2012 Ancient and Medieval Civilizations
DIG4566C Interactive Game Prototyping WOH2022 or Modern and Post Modern Civilizations
DIG4567C Advanced Game Prototyping
DIG4568C Game Project Planning Four General Education Elective Courses
DIG4795C Game Production I
DIG4796C Game Production II PROGRAM COURSES
DIG4798C Hard Surface & Organic Modeling Credits Required 117
DIG4799C Advanced Materials and Lighting PROGRAM ELECTIVES
DIG4953C Game Art Portfolio Preparation Credits Required 9
DIG4955C Game Art Portfolio Presentation GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
DIG4957C Game Art Portfolio Development Credits Required 54
GRA1106C Graphics TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 180
GRA2854C 2D Animation I: Principles

GRAPHIC DESIGN
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The Bachelor of Science in Graphic Design program is designed to prepare students with competencies in the field
of graphic design. The program is designed to stress technical skills, reasoning, analytical, and problem-solving
abilities of the student. These skills prepare graduates to seek entry-level positions including production manager,
art director, creative director, or studio manager. Both traditional and computer-based techniques are integrated
into the curriculum. The length of the program is twelve [12] eleven [11]-week quarters.
PROGRAM COURSES
ART3614C Electronic Design GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES & ELECTIVES
CGS2800C Basic Web Design ARH2050 Art History: Ancient to Medieval
CGS3803C Intermediate Web Design ARH2051 or Art History: Renaissance to Present
GRA1103C Introduction to Visual Design Applications BSC1001 Fundamentals of Biological Science
GRA1120C Layout ISC1004 or Fundamentals of Physical Science
GRA1190C Concept Development MET1001 or Weather and Climate
GRA1121C Art for Reproduction OCB1010 or Marine Biology
GRA1852C Computer Graphics OCE2001 or Oceanography
GRA1853C Typography PHY2020 or Foundations of Physics
GRA2109C History of Graphic Design CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectiveness
GRA2125C Graphic Design Applications COM1442 Team Effectiveness
GRA2171C Package Design COM1041 or Interpersonal Communications
GRA2175C Promotional Design SPC1608 or Principles of Public Speaking
GRA2177C Corporate Identification ECO2013 Principles of Macroeconomics
GRA2199C Signs, Symbols, & Ciphers ENC1101 English Composition
GRA2195C Advertising Design ENC1102 Introduction to Literature
GRA2508C Color Systems for Graphic Design LIT1020 or The Short Story
GRA2584C Digital Media Production LIT3132 or Arthurian literature
GRA2841C Fundamentals of Web Design LIT3326 or Fairytales and Archetypes
GRA2858C Desktop Publishing ENC1145 Topics for Composition
GRA3176C Collateral Design MGF1211 General College Math
GRA3202C Contemporary Typography MAC1105 or College Algebra
GRA3224C Print Production Techniques MAD1104 or Discrete Math
GRA3816C Conceptual Thinking PHI3800 Principles of Aesthetics
GRA3867C Photography/Art Direction PSY2012 Introduction to Psychology
GRA4139C Time-Based Design SYA3330 Research Methods in Action
GRA4178C Corporate Communications SYG2000 Introduction to Sociology
GRA4591C Art Direction and Creative Process SYP3322 Advertising and Society
GRA4951C Graphic Design Portfolio Preparation WOH2012 Ancient and Medieval Civilizations
GRA4952C Graphic Design Portfolio Presentation WOH2022 or Modern and Post-Modern Civilizations
GRA4953C Senior Project
MAN4801 Entrepreneurship Three General Education Elective Courses
MAR3322C Campaign Advertising
PGY1103C Photography Techniques PROGRAM COURSES
SLS3355 Professional Development PROGRAM ELECTIVES
PROGRAM ELECTIVES Credits Required 54
Four Program Elective Courses TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 180

GRAPHIC DESIGN
The Associate of Science in Graphic Design program is designed to prepare the student to seek an entry-level position
in the ever changing and diverse field of advertising, publishing, and communications through technical and aesthetic
skills. Students have the opportunity to develop these skills through hands-on experience with illustration, graphic
design, computer graphics, desktop publishing, designing with type, production, and photography. The Associate of
Science in Graphic Design program prepares students to seek entry-level positions such as assistant designer, graphic
designer, production artist, and layout artist. The length of the program is six [6] eleven [11]-week quarters.

ART1201C Design Basics ARH2050 Art History: Ancient to Medieval
CGS2800C Basic Web Design ARH2051 or Art History: Renaissance to Present
GRA1103C Introduction to Visual Design Applications BSC1001 Fundamentals of Biological Science
GRA1120C Layout ISC1004 or Fundamentals of Physical Science
GRA1121C Art for Reproduction MET1001 or Weather and Climate
GRA1190C Concept Development OCB1010 or Marine Biology
GRA1852C Computer Graphics OCE2001 or Oceanography
GRA1853C Typography PHY2020 or Foundations of Physics
GRA2125C Graphic Design Applications CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectiveness
GRA2171C Package Design COM1442 Team Effectiveness
GRA2175C Promotional Design COM1041 or Interpersonal Communication
GRA2177C Corporate Identification SPC1608 or Principles of Public Speaking
GRA2199C Signs, Symbols, & Ciphers ENC1101 English Composition
GRA2508C Color Systems for Graphic Design ENC1145 Topics for Composition
GRA2841C Fundamentals of Web Design MGF1211 General College Math
GRA2584C Digital Media Production MAC1105 or College Algebra
GRA2858C Desktop Publishing MAD1104 or Discrete Math
GRA2950C Graphic Design Portfolio/ Professional SYG2000 Introduction to Sociology
Development PSY2012 or Introduction to Psychology
PGY1103C Photography Techniques SYP3322 Advertising and Society
PGY2803C Digital Imaging

One Program Elective Course Credits Required 60
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
Credits Required 3
Credits Required 27

ILLUSTRATION
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
No longer accepting new enrollments.
The Bachelor of Science in Illustration program is designed to produce graduates who can develop and produce
images for visual communications. Graduates can apply skills from communication design and the fine arts to
develop the creative vision necessary to seek entry-level employment in the field. Students have the opportunity to
learn to integrate communications, goals, and visual messages as part of a creative team. The program is designed
to prepare students with the necessary skills to seek entry-level positions including concept artist, storyboard artist,
graphic novelist, 2D artist, book illustrator, specialty illustrator, and art director by providing an opportunity to learn;
foundation in drawing, painting, and illustration techniques for both traditional and emerging data, as well as
working knowledge of graphic design production. The length of the program is twelve [12] eleven [11]-week
quarters.

ARH2726C History of Illustration Three Program Elective Courses
ART1300C Drawing and Perspective GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES & ELECTIVES
ART1331C Drawing and Anatomy ARH2050 Art History - Ancient to Medieval
ART2203C Design Basics 3D ARH2051 Art History - Renaissance to Present
ART2205C Color Application BSC1001 Fundamentals of Biological Science
ART2251C Illustration ISC1004 or Fundamentals of Physical Science
ART2330C Life Drawing MET1001 or Weather and Climate
ART2500C Fundamentals of Painting OCB1010 or Marine Biology
ART3161C Experimental Media OCE2001 or Oceanography
ART3270C Specialty Illustration PHY2020 or Foundations of Physics
ART3271C Sequential Illustration CGS1160C Computer Science
ART3272C Conceptual Editorial Illustration CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectiveness
ART3273C Product Display Illustration COM1442 Team Effectiveness
ART3339C Drawing the Clothed Model COM1041 or Interpersonal Communication
ART3384C Animal Drawing ECO2013 Principles of Macroeconomics
ART3504C Intermediate Painting ENC1101 English Composition
ART3560C Figure Painting ENC1102 Introduction to Literature
ART4255C Traditional Illustration Studio LIT1020 or The Short Story
ART4274C Advanced Digital Illustration LIT3132 or Arthurian literature
ART4505C Advanced Painting LIT3326 or Fairytales and Archetypes
DIG4954C Illustration Digital Portfolio ENC1145 Topics for Composition
ART4954C Illustration Portfolio Preparation FIL2000 Film Appreciation
ART4955C Illustration Portfolio Presentation THE2000 or Theater Appreciation
DIG3139C Electronic Illustration MGF1211 General College Math
GRA1190C Concept Development MAC1105 or College Algebra
GRA1120C Layout MAD1104 or Discrete Math
GRA1121C Art for Reproduction PHI3800 Principles of Aesthetics
GRA1762C Maps/Mattes/Masks PSY2012 Introduction to Psychology
GRA1852C Computer Graphics SYG2000 or Introduction to Sociology
GRA1853C Typography WOH2012 Ancient and Medieval Civilizations
GRA2199C Signs, Symbols, & Cyphers WOH2022 or Modern and Post-Modern Civilizations
GRA2412 Media Law
GRA2841C Fundamentals of Web Design Three General Education Elective Courses
GRA3521C or Creative Web Development PROGRAM COURSES
MAN4801 Entrepreneurship Credits Required 117
PGY1401C Photography Techniques for Graphic Design PROGRAM ELECTIVES

INDUSTRIAL DESIGN
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The Bachelor of Science in Industrial Design program is designed to offer technical knowledge and application, and
to enhance professional skills. The curriculum is designed to emphasize process rather than style, thus allowing the
individual design process to evolve and emerge in conjunction with creativity, technical information, historic and
current ideological influences, and production and communication skills, which are all working components of the
industrial design process. The Industrial Design program prepares graduates to seek entry-level positions in many
areas, including consultant designer, product designer, furniture designer, automotive designer, and toy designer.
The length of the program is twelve [12] eleven [11]-week quarters.

ART1331C Drawing and Anatomy ARH2000 Art Appreciation
ETD1106C Mechanical Drawing BSC1001 Fundamentals of Biological Science
ETD2320C Computer Aided Drafting ISC1004 or Fundamentals of Physical Science
ETD2343C Computer Aided Modeling MET1001 or Weather and Climate
IDD1031C Drawing and Rendering OCB1010 or Marine Biology
IDD1032C Industrial Rendering OCE2001 or Oceanography
IDD1033C Advanced Industrial Rendering PHY2020 or Foundations of Physics
IDD1100C Introduction to Industrial Design CGS1160C Computer Science
IDD1101C Product Design CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectiveness
IDD1130C Exhibit Design COM1041 Interpersonal Communication
IDD1200C Modelmaking COM1442 or Team Effectiveness
IDD1310C Materials and Processes ECO2013 Principles of Macroeconomics
IDD1400 History of Industrial Design ENC1101 English Composition
IDD1520C Development of Form ENC1102 Introduction to Literature
IDD1600C Human Factors in Design LIT1020 or The Short Story
IDD2220C Model Shop LIT3132 or Arthurian literature
IDD3020C Computer Aided Industrial Design LIT3326 or Fairytales and Archetypes
IDD3045C Computer Design and Graphics ENC1145 Topics for Composition
IDD3102C Intermediate Product Design MGF1211 General College Math
IDD3103C Advanced Product Design MAC1105 or College Algebra
IDD3140C Environmental Design MAD1104 or Discrete Math
IDD3151C Packaging and Point of Purchase Design PHI3800 Principles of Aesthetics
IDD3300C Structural Design PHY2020 Foundations of Physics
IDD3320C Principles of Mechanical Engineering SPC1608 Principles of Public Speaking
IDD3601C Anatomy Drawing for Industrial Design SYG2000 Introduction to Sociology
IDD4022C Advanced Computer Application PSY2012 or Introduction to Psychology
IDD4900C Graduate Project Application WOH2012 Ancient and Medieval Civilizations
& Defense (6 credits) WOH2022 or Modern and Post-Modern Civilizations
IDD4905C Graduate Project Research
and Programming (6 credits) Three General Education Elective Courses
IDD4910C Industrial Design Portfolio
IDD4950C Industrial Design Portfolio Preparation PROGRAM COURSES
IND1020C Design Fundamentals Credits Required 111
IND1024C Design Basics/Color PROGRAM ELECTIVES
IND1403C Drawing Types Credits Required 15
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
Five Program Elective Courses

INTERIOR DESIGN
The Associate of Science in Interior Design program offers a curriculum of 90 quarter credit hours, 27 of which are
dedicated to general education. The Associate of Science in Interior Design program is designed to produce
practitioners with the competences needed to perform in residential and commercial projects with coursework and
studio projects in design process, space planning, human factors, preparing scale drawings, computer-aided designs,
renderings, project presentations, and professional practices. Graduates are able to solve problems, communicate
effectively, and to contribute to the creative team. Graduates are prepared to seek entry-level positions such as
assistant designer, project manager, manual or digital draftsperson/ renderer, among other positions. Graduates are
eligible to meet the educational requirements for state licensure as Registered Interior Designer by the Florida Board
of Architecture and Interior Design. The University does not guarantee third-party certification/licensure. Outside
agencies control the requirements for certifications and licensure and are subject to change without notice to the
University. The length of the associate’s degree program is six [6], eleven [11]-week quarters.

FND105 Design Fundamentals ARH2000 Art Appreciation
FND110 Observational Drawing CGS1160C Computer Science
FND120 Perspective Drawing CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectiveness
FND150 Digital Color Theory COM1442 Team Effectiveness
INTA101 Architectural Drafting ENC1101 English Composition
INTA102 Introduction to Interior Design ENC1145 Topics for Composition
INTA103 CAD I MGF1211 General College Math or
INTA105 Sketching & Ideation MAD1104 Discrete Math or
INTA107 History of Architecture, Interiors & MAC1105 College Algebra
Furniture I SPC1608 Principles of Public Speaking
INTA111 Space Planning WOH2012 Ancient and Medieval Civilizations
INTA112 Design Basics 3D
INTA122 Textiles PROGRAM COURSES
INTA201 Materials & Specifications Credits Required 60
INTA202 Presentation Techniques PROGRAM ELECTIVES
INTA203 CAD II Credits Required 3
INTA211 Codes & Regulations GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
INTA212 Residential Design I Credits Required 27
INTA242 Commercial Design I TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: 90
INTA262 Construction Documents I
INTA306 Professional Practice
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
One Program Elective or SLS2943 Internship-Associates
PROGRAM ELECTIVE (Choose one)

GRA1103C Introduction to Visual Design Applications
IND3104 Survey of Architecture
MAN4801 Entrepreneurship
PGY1103C Photography Techniques

INTERIOR DESIGN
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The Bachelor of Science in Interior Design program is designed for students who wish to enhance their interior design skills.
The program offers technical knowledge and application. Graduates are eligible to meet the educational requirements of
the Board of Architecture and Interior Design, Department of Professional Regulations, State of Florida. The University
does not guarantee third-party certification/licensure. Outside agencies control the requirements for certifications and
licensure and are subject to change without notice to the University. The curriculum is designed to emphasize the design
process rather than style and to encourage the individual design process to evolve and emerge in conjunction with
creativity, technical information, historical and current ideological influences, and production and communication skills,
all working components of the design process. Interior Design graduates are prepared to seek entry-level opportunities as
residential planners, design consultants, junior designers, and project managers, among others. The length of the Bachelor
of Science degree program is twelve [12] eleven [11]-week quarters.
The Interior Design program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree is accredited by the Council for Interior Design
Accreditation, www.accredit-id.org, 206 Grandville Avenue, Suite 350, Grand Rapids, MI 49503.
PROGRAM COURSES MAN4801 Entrepreneurship
FND105 Design Fundamentals PGY1103C Photography Techniques
FND110 Observational Drawing PGY2803C Digital Imaging
FND120 Perspective Drawing
FND150 Digital Color Theory GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES & ELECTIVES
INTA101 Architectural Drafting ARH2000 Art Appreciation
INTA102 Introduction to Interior Design BSC1001 Fundamentals of Biological Science or
INTA103 CAD I OCE2001 Oceanography or
INTA105 Sketching & Ideation ISC1004 Fundamentals of Physical
INTA107 History of Architecture, Interiors & Furniture Science or
INTA111 Space Planning MET1001 Weather and Climate or
INTA112 Design Basics 3D OCB1010 Marine Biology or
INTA122 Textiles PHY2020 Foundations of Physics
INTA201 Materials & Specifications CGS1160C Computer Science
INTA202 Presentation Techniques CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectiveness
INTA203 CAD II COM1442 Team Effectiveness
INTA207 History of Architecture, Interiors &Furniture II ECO2013 Principles of Macroeconomics
INTA211 Codes & Regulations ENC1101 English Composition
INTA212 Residential Design I ENC1145 Topics for Composition
INTA222 Human Factors LIT1020 The Short Story or
INTA232 Lighting Design ENC1102 Introduction to Literature or
INTA242 Commercial Design I LIT3132 Arthurian Literature or
INTA252 Interior Detailing LIT3326 Fairytales and Archetypes
INTA262 Construction Documents I MGF1211 General College Math or
INTA302 Residential Design II MAD1104 Discreet Math or
INTA303 Digital Modeling I MAC1105 College Algebra
INTA306 Professional Practice PHI3800 Principles of Aesthetics
INTA312 Global Design SPC1608 Principles of Public Speaking
INTA313 Digital Modeling II SYG2000 Introduction to Sociology or
INTA322 Building & Mechanical Systems PSY2012 Introduction to Psychology
INTA332 Environmental & Sustainable Design WOH2012 Ancient and Medieval Civilizations or
INTA342 Commercial Design II WOH2022 Modern and Post-Modern
INTA352 Hospitality Design Civilizations
INTA402 Senior Studio I
INTA406 Internship There are Three General Education Elective Courses
INTA409 Portfolio PROGRAM COURSES
INTA412 Institutional Design Credits Required 114
INTA422 Senior Studio II PROGRAM ELECTIVES
INTA432 Construction Documents II Credits Required 12
PROGRAM ELECTIVE (Choose 4) Credits Required 54
GRA1103C Introduction to Visual Design Applications TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 180
IND3104 Survey of Architecture

PHOTOGRAPHY
The Associate of Science in Photography program is designed to prepare graduates to seek entry-level positions in
the photographic and imaging industries. This is accomplished through a contemporary curriculum that involves
hands-on utilization of equipment and materials and is built on communications theory and the fundamentals of
visual design. The Associate of Science in Photography program prepares graduates to seek entry-level positions
such as photographer’s assistant, imaging technician, studio manager, and consumer, editorial, corporate, or
advertising photographer. The length of the program is six (6) eleven (11)-week quarters.
PROGRAM COURSES GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES

ART1211C Electronic Color Application ARH2000 Art Appreciation
GRA2412 Media Law THE2000 or Theater Appreciation
PGY1050 Survey of Photography BSC1001 Fundamentals of Biological Science
PGY1150C Large Format Photography ISC1004 or Fundamentals of Physical Science
PGY1201C Lighting MET1001 or Weather and Climate
PGY1800C Principles of Photography with Digital OCB1010 or Marine Biology
Technology OCE2001 or Oceanography
PGY1801C Introduction to Electronic Imaging PHY2020 or Foundations of Physics
Applications CGS1160 Computer Science
PGY1806C Photographic Design CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectivness
PGY1811C Color Management and Applications COM1442 Team Effectiveness
PGY2202C Advanced Lighting COM1041 or Interpersonal Communications
PGY2210C Portraiture ENC1101 English Composition
PGY2221C Advertising Photography ENC1145 Topics for Composition
SLS2943 or Internship - Associates MGF1211 General College Math
PGY2224C Location Photography MAC1105 or College Algebra
PGY2232C Consumer Photography MAD1104 or Discrete Math
SLS2943 or Internship - Associates SPC1608 Principles of Public Speaking
PGY2273 The Business of Photography
PGY2274 Advanced Business of Photography PROGRAM COURSES
PGY2470C Photography Portfolio Preparation Credits Required 63
PGY2600C Photojournalism GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
PGY2650C Editorial Photography Credits Required 27
SLS2943 or Internship - Associates TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 90
PGY2802C Intermediate Electronic Imaging Applications
PGY2830C Printing

PHOTOGRAPHY
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The Bachelor of Science in Photography program is designed to provide graduates the education and practical
experience needed to be marketable in an industry that demands increasingly varied skills and knowledge. The
curriculum reflects the continued impact of technology on photography and imaging, and is designed to prepare
graduates to seek entry-level industry positions, including photographer’s assistant, imaging technician, studio
manager, and consumer, editorial, corporate, or advertising photographer. The program is designed to provide
graduates with strong technical skills and knowledge while enabling them to develop sophisticated visions
representative of their unique imaging styles. The length of the program is twelve (12) eleven (11)-week quarters.

ART1211C Electronic Color Application ARH2000 Art Appreciation
GRA1120C Layout THE2000 or Theater Appreciation
GRA1121C Art for Reproduction ARH2050 Art History: Ancient to Medeival
GRA2412 Media Law ARH2051 or Art History: Renaissance to Present
GRA3521C Creative Web Development BSC1001 Fundamentals of Biological Science
PGY1050 Survey of Photography ISC1004 or Fundamentals of Physical Science
PGY1150C Large Format Photography MET1001 or Weather and Climate
PGY1201C Lighting
OCB1010 or Marine Biology
PGY1800C Principles of Photography with Digital
OCE2001 or Oceanography
Technology
PGY1801C Introduction to Electronic Imaging Applications
PHY2020 or Foundations of Physics
PGY1806C Photographic Design CGS1160C Computer Science
PGY1811C Color Management and Application CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectiveness
PGY2202C Advanced Lighting COM1442 Team Effectiveness
PGY2210C Portraiture COM1041 or Interpersonal Communications
PGY2221C Advertising Photography ECO2013 Principles of Macroeconomics
PGY2224C Location Photography ECO2023 or Principles of Microeconomics
PGY2232C Conmsumer Photography ENC1101 English Composition
PGY2273 The Business of Photography ENC1102 Introduction to Literature
PGY2274 Advanced Business of Photography LIT1020 or The Short Story
PGY2470C Photography Portfolio Preparation LIT3132 or Arthurian literature
PGY2600C Photojournalism LIT3326 or Fairytales and Archetypes
PGY2650C Editorial Photography ENC1145 Topics for Composition
PGY2802C Intermediate Electronic Imaging Applications MGF1211 General College Math
PGY2830C Printing
PGY3006 History of Photography
MAD1104 or Discrete Math
PGY3205C Lighting Applications
PHI3800 Principles of Aesthetics
PGY3234C Fashion Photography
PGY3275 Assisting for Photographers
PSY2012 Introduction to Psychology
PGY3278C Image Management and Presentation SYG2000 or Introduction to Sociology
PGY3823C Advanced Electronic Imaging Applications PSY3025 Psychology of Color
PGY4104 Creative Concepts SPC1608 Principles of Public Speaking
PGY4277C Business Operations and Management SYO3370 Working in America
PGY4476C Photography Portfolio Refinement SYP3322 Advertising and Society
PGY4477C Art Directed Photography WOH2012 Ancient and Medieval Civilizations
PGY4484C Exhibition Printing WOH2022 or Modern and Post Modern Civilizations
PGY4821C Special Effects and Imaging Techniques
PGY4953C Photography Portfolio Presentation
RTV1241C Introduction to Video Production PROGRAM COURSES
SLS3355 Professional Development Credits Required 120
SLS4943 Internship - Bachelor PROGRAM ELECTIVES
Credits Required 6
PROGRAM ELECTIVES GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Two Program Elective Courses Credits Required 54

VIDEO PRODUCTION
The Associate of Science in Video Production program is designed to prepare graduates to seek entry-level positions
in the field of video production, including production assistant, editor, camera operator/videographer, video tape
operator, and audio/visual technician. Students have the opportunity to develop the skills and competencies
necessary for studio and location production, lighting, editing, camera operations, and electronic news gathering.
Students also have the opportunity to learn to develop the critical-thinking and problem-solving skills needed to be
a part of a creative production team. The length of the program is six [6] eleven [11]-week quarters.

FIL1552C Fundamentals of Editing ARH2000 Art Appreciation
FIL2553C Nonlinear Editing BSC1001 Fundamentals of Biological Science
FIL2950C Video Production Portfolio Preparation ISC1004 or Fundamentals of Physical Science
FIL2970C Video Production Portfolio MET1001 or Weather and Climate
FIL4600 Media Business OCB1010 or Marine Biology
PGY1892C Digital Graphic Production OCE2001 or Oceanography
RTV1100 Scriptwriting PHY2020 or Foundations of Physics
RTV1213C Introduction to Audio Recording CGS1160C Computer Science
RTV1224C Principles of Lighting CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectiveness
RTV1241C Introduction to Video Production COM1442 Team Effectiveness
RTV2205C Broadcast Media Production COM1041 or Interpersonal Communications
RTV2214C Digital Audio Production SPC1608 or Principles of Public Speaking
RTV2245C Videography ENC1101 English Composition
RTV2248C Television Studio Production ENC1145 Topics for Composition
RTV2250C Post Production FIL2000 Film Appreciation
RTV3203C Video Producing and Directing MGF1211 General College Math
RTV3262C Advanced Camera & Lighting MAC1105 or College Algebra
SLS3355 Professional Development MAD1104 or Discrete Math

Two Program Elective Courses and Credits Required 54
Program Elective or SLS2943 Internship - Associate PROGRAM ELECTIVES
Credits Required 9
Credits Required 27

VISUAL EFFECTS & MOTION GRAPHICS
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The Bachelor of Science in Visual Effects & Motion Graphics program is designed to prepare graduates with the
technological and design foundations to develop a digital portfolio with which to seek entry-level positions in fields
such as visual effects, compositing, motion graphics, digital display, commercials, and corporate communication.
These roles support the demands of television, film, the internet, and other media outlets that rely on animated
graphic design and seamlessly composited digital video. The program is designed to provide students with aesthetic
and design awareness, technical knowledge and skills, and lifelong learning strategies that assist them in seeking
entry-level employment. The length of the program is twelve [12] eleven [11]-week quarters.

ART1201C Design Basics Three Program Elective Courses
ART1211C Electronic Color Application
ART1300C Drawing and Perspective GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES & ELECTIVES
ART2623C Introduction to 3D Modeling ARH2000 Art Appreciation
ART2624C Modeling and Animation THE2000 or Theater Appreciation
ART2626C Motion/Lighting/Texture Mapping BSC1001 Fundamentals of Biological Science
DIG1021 Introduction to Visual Effects and Motion ISC1004 or Fundamentals of Physical Science
Graphics MET1001 or Weather and Climate
DIG2340C Painting and Rotoscoping OCB1010 or Marine Biology
DIG3114C Broadcast Graphics II: Compositing OCE2001 or Oceanography
DIG3307C VFX Fundamentals CGS1160C Computer Science
DIG3343C Broadcast Graphics I: Animated Text & Logo CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectiveness
Design COM1041 Interpersonal Communication
DIG3344C Keying and Color Correcting COM1442 or Team Effectiveness
DIG3345C CGI and Compositing ECO2013 Principles of Macroeconomics
DIG3346C Motion Tracking
DIG3356C Matte Painting
ENC1102 Introduction to Literature
DIG3392C Three-Dimensional Effects
DIG3394C Motion Graphics: Advanced Compositing
LIT1020 or The Short Story
DIG3542C Animatics & Previsualization LIT3132 or Arthurian literature
DIG4951C Visual Effects Portfolio Preparation LIT3326 or Fairytales and Archetypes
DIG4952C Visual Effects Portfolio Development ENC1145 Topics for Composition
DIG4958C Visual Effects Portfolio Presentation FIL2000 Film Appreciation
FIL1104C Scripting/Storyboarding MGF1211 General College Math
FIL1552C Fundamentals of Editing MAC1105 or College Algebra
FIL2553C Nonlinear Editing MAD1104 or Discrete Math
GRA1762C Maps, Mattes, Masks PHI3800 Principles of Aesthetics
GRA1852C Computer Graphics PHY2020 Foundations of Physics
GRA1853C Typography PSY2012 Introduction to Psychology
GRA2199C Signs, Symbols, & Cyphers SYG2000 or Introduction to Sociology
GRA2412 Media Law SPC1608 Principles of Public Speaking
MAN4801 Entrepreneurship
Three General Education Elective Courses
PGY1401C Photography Techniques for Graphic Design
PROGRAM COURSES
RTV1100 Scriptwriting
RTV1224C Principles of Lighting
Credits Required 117
RTV1241C Introduction to Video Production PROGRAM ELECTIVES
RTV4227C Team Media Production Credits Required 9

WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE MEDIA
The Associate of Science in Web Design & Interactive Media program is designed to prepare graduates to seek entry-
level positions in many diverse areas such as multimedia scriptwriter, multimedia production assistant, web
designer, and web programmer. The program is designed to give students a solid foundation in design skills, with an
emphasis on interactive and PC screen design. Graduates are also prepared to use the tools necessary to create
interactive content that plays on disk or on a web browser. An introduction to scripting and programming skills
related to content development is covered. The length of the program is six [6] eleven [11]-week quarters.

ART1201C Design Basics ARH2050 Art History: Ancient to Medeival
CGS2800C Basic Web Design ARH2051 or Art History: Renaissance to Present
CGS3803C Intermediate Web Design BSC1001 Fundamentals of Biological Science
CGS3875C Interactive Motion Graphics ISC1004 or Fundamentals of Physical Science
COP1845C Introduction to Scripting and Programming MET1001 or Weather and Climate
Languages OCB1010 or Marine Biology
DIG1135C Design Concepts for Interactive Media PHY2020 or Foundation of Physics
DIG1561 Project Management CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectivness
DIG2201C Desktop Video COM1442 Team Effectiveness
DIG2250C Audio for Interactive Design ENC1101 English Composition
DIG2590C Digital Media/Interactive Portfolio ENC1145 Topics for Composition
DIG3103C Interface Design MGF1211 General College Math
GRA1852C Computer Graphics MAC1105 or College Algebra
GRA1853C Typography MAD1104 or Discrete Math
GRA2130C Introduction to User Centered Design PSY2012 Introduction to Psychology
GRA2412 Media Law SYG2000 or Introduction to Sociology
MAR2720 Web Marketing SYP3322 Advertising and Society
RTV2107C Writing for Interactive Media PROGRAM COURSES
SLS3355 Professional Development Credits Required 57
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
PROGRAM ELECTIVES Credits Required 6
Two Program Elective Course GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Credits Required 27

WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE MEDIA
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The Bachelor of Science in Web Design & Interactive Media program is designed to prepare graduates to seek entry-
level positions such as multimedia producer, multimedia programmer, multimedia scriptwriter, computer-based
training designer, web designer, and web programmer. The program is designed to give students a solid foundation
in design skills with an emphasis on interactive and PC screen design. Graduates are also prepared to use the tools
necessary to create interactive content that plays on disk or web browser. Scripting and programming skills related
to content development are utilized. The length of the program is twelve [12] eleven [11]-week quarters.

ART1201C Design Basics ARH2050 Art History: Ancient to Medeival
CAP4970C Senior Project - Research and ARH2051 or Art History: Renaissance to Present
Programming BSC1001 Fundamentals of Biological Science
CAP4971C Senior Project - Application and Defense ISC1004 or Fundamentals of Physical Science
CAP4972C Digital Media/Interactive Digital Portfolio MET1001 or Weather and Climate
CGS2540C Database Concepts OCB1010 or Marine Biology
CGS2800C Basic Web Design OCE2001 or Oceanography
CGS3803C Intermediate Web Design CLP1006 Psychology of Personal Effectivness
CGS3875C Interactive Motion Graphics ECO2013 Principles of Macroeconomics
COP1845C Introduction to Scripting ENC1101 English Composition
and Programming Languages ENC1102 Introduction to Literature
COP3846C Introduction to Dynamic Scripting LIT1020 or The Short Story
COP4111C Intermediate Web Scripting LIT3132 or Arthurian literature
COP4813C Advanced Web Scripting LIT3326 or Fairytales and Archetypes
DIG1135C Design Concepts for Interactive Media ENC1145 Topics for Composition
DIG1561 Project Management MGF1211 General College Math
DIG2201C Desktop Video MAC1105 or College Algebra
DIG2250C Audio for Interactive Design MAD1104 or Discrete Mathematic
DIG3103C Interface Design PHI3800 Principles of Aesthetics
DIG4123C Designing for Dynamic Sites PSY2012 Introduction to Psychology
DIG4144C Net Broadcasting PHY2020 Foundations of Physics
DIG4315C Interactive Action Scripting COM1442 Team Effectiveness
DIG4591C Multimedia Production and Design Group SPC1608 Principles of Public Speaking
DIG4593C Advanced Web Design COM1041 or Interpersonal Communication
DIG4594C Application Quality and Assurance SYA3330 Research Methods in Action
DIG4781C Advanced Interface Design SYG2000 Introduction to Sociology
DIG4784C Interactive Motion Scripting SYP3322 Advertising and Society
GRA1852C Computer Graphics
GRA1853C Typography Two General Education Elective Courses
GRA2130C Introduction to User Centered Design
GRA2412 Media Law PROGRAM COURSES
MAR2720 Web Marketing Credits Required 102
PGY2803C Digital Imaging PROGRAM ELECTIVES
RTV2107C Writing for Interactive Media Credits Required 24
SLS4943 Internship - Bachelor Credits Required 54
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
Eight Program Elective Courses

WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE COMMUNICATIONS
DIPLOMA
The Web Design & Interactive Communications Diploma program is designed to teach students how to create the
look, feel and functionality of World Wide Web pages for client Web sites with a specific emphasis on professional
standards and practical deployment. This course of study extends foundation principles in visual communications
and interactive media as related to dynamic delivery through multiple channels, including mobile technologies.
Students have the opportunity to develop abilities in computer languages, usability principles and information
architecture in a team-oriented environment that prepares them for the professional world. Students also have the
opportunity to be trained in current web technologies and in project management on assignments that will enhance
their personal portfolio.

1. Demonstrate the use of appropriate visual elements and visual communication skills for interactive
media.
2. Create applications that solve specified problems through a variety of scripting techniques.
3. Critique and evaluate appropriate design solutions.
4. Design and develop media marketing and business plans.

salary data, alumni success, and other important info on the Web Design & Interactive Communications Diploma
program.
PROGRAM COURSES
CGS2800C Basic Web Design
CGS3803C Intermediate Web Design
CGS3875C Interactive Motion Graphics
COP1845C Introduction to Scripting and Programming Languages
COP3846C Introduction to Dynamic Scripting
DIG2201C Desktop Video
DIG2250C Audio for Interactive Design
DIG2590C Digital Media/Interactive Portfolio
DIG3103C Interface Design
DIG3343C Broadcast Graphics I: Animated Text & Logo Design
Program Elective
Program Elective
Program Elective
Program Elective
ROGRAM COURSES
Credits Required 48
WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT
DIPLOMA
The Web Design & Development Diploma program is designed to teach students how to create the look, feel and
functionality of World Wide Web pages for client Web sites. Students have the opportunity to develop a design that
effectively communicates the ideas being promoted by the Web sites, and focus on the ways in which the Web sites
function for optimum information delivery. The program will also focus on the design and development of mobile
device applications.
Students have the opportunity to develop abilities in aspects of Web design, computer languages, and multimedia
skills, along with developing a professional portfolio. Students will also have the opportunity to learn to adapt
industry-relevant programs, techniques and standards in a field that is quickly and continuously changing.

1. Demonstrate professional visual communication skills through the use of graphic illustrations,
photography and typography
2. Integrate composition and design in support of concept
3. Demonstrate the ability to program and code to functional requirements of media project(s)
4. Apply critical thinking and needs analysis to concept design and in developing media marketing
5. Apply presentation and communication skills to produce design and business solutions appropriate
to a particular client or target audience

salary data, alumni success, and other important info on the Web Design & Development Diploma program.
PROGRAM COURSES
CGS2800C Basic Web Design
CGS3803C Intermediate Web Design
CGS3875C Interactive Motion Graphics
COP1845C Introduction to Scripting and Programming Languages
COP3846C Introduction to Dynamic Scripting
DIG1135C Design Concepts for Interactive Media
DIG2201C Desktop Video
DIG2250C Audio for Interactive Design
DIG2590C Digital Media/Interactive Portfolio
DIG3103C Interface Design
DIG3343C Broadcast Graphics I: Animated Text & Logo Design
GRA1120C Layout
GRA1852C Computer Graphics
GRA1853C Typography
PROGRAM COURSES
Credits Required 48
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ALL COURSES ARE 3 CREDITS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. Prerequisites may be waived by the Academic Program
Chair or Program Coordinator. General Education courses are listed at the end of this section. Where no prerequisite
is provided none is required. Course descriptions describe the learning opportunities that are provided through the
classroom and coursework. It is each student’s responsibility to participate in the activities that will lead to
successfully meeting the learning outcomes.
ADV1000 ADVERTISING INDUSTRY representative pieces that showcase management, creative, media, traffic,
SURVEY written, marketing, presentation, business, production) and as a member of an agency
This course is a basic introduction to design, and conceptual competencies that team. Students work with actual clients in
advertising, its history, potential, and meet the requirements of the Advertising in real assignments and are required to
limitations. Students examine the role of Bachelor Design program. (prereq: participate in client meetings, generate
advertising and different methods of ADV4806) contact reports, conduct research, develop
communication, as well as the advertising strategies, write media plans, ideate
spiral, advertising objectives, advertising ADV4804C DIGITAL MEDIA CAMPAIGNS concepts, and produce creative elements.
copy, and federal regulations. Students also Students design and implement advanced (prereq: acceptance into the Honors
analyze media choices and strategies, marketing campaigns utilizing emerging Program. ADV4808C & ADV4809C to be
research, target audiences, and creating digital media concepts, paradigms, and taken concurrently)
campaigns. The course also helps the business models. Students combine and
student to recognize emerging trends and integrate interactive business models using ARH2726C HISTORY OF ILLUSTRATION
to capitalize on them. both online and offline media. Students This course begins with an overview of the
integrate knowledge of e-commerce and history of illustration with an emphasis on
ADV3105C ADVERTISING COPYWRITING interactive media to include emerging the various illustration techniques in their
Students develop copywriting skills while technologies such as mobile marketing, historical contexts. It explores the unique
exploring the foundations of writing copy social media marketing (SMM), viral role illustration has played in Western
for advertising. Students also apply advertising, and video and user generated society and culture. It continues with
copywriting principles to a variety of content (UGC). (Prereq: MAR1010 or discussions of new developments and
products and services. The course focuses MAR2720) future trends in the illustration industry and
on developing effective verbiage and career opportunities within them.
advertising strategies that underlie and ADV4806 SENIOR PROJECT - INTEGRATED
enable creative executions while cultivating MARKETING CAMPAIGNS ART1201C DESIGN BASICS
solid concepts and writing skills. The creation of an integrated marketing This course explores the realm of visual
(prereq: ENC1145) campaign is the focus of the class. The communication with a concerned focus on
student works with a real client developing elements that form the basics of two-
ADV3702C HONORS PROJECTS IN all facets such as promotion opportunity dimensional design. It focuses on
PLANNING analysis, branding, creative brief media developing these concepts as a means of
Students study how to function in an planning, budgeting, and evaluating results. expressing ideas as well as the terminology
advertising agency as a specialist and as a In the following portfolio class, the student used in describing them.
member of an agency team. The course will create all of the advertising
culminates in the final production of components for the integrated media ART1211C ELECTRONIC COLOR
completed marketing campaign elements, campaign. (prereq: MAN4871) APPLICATION
enabling students to have published Students develop the foundation to apply
samples for their portfolios. (prereq: ADV4808C HONORS PROJECTS IN basic color design principles to a variety of
acceptance into the Honors Program. PRESENTATION visual effects. Students study the basics of
ADV3702C & ADV3910C to be taken Students become part of an advertising color as it applies to video and film.
concurrently) agency acting as a specialist (account Students also explore color theory,
management, creative, media, traffic, including additive and subtractive color.
ADV3910C HONORS PROJECTS IN production) and as a member of an agency
RESEARCH team. Students work with actual clients in ART1300C DRAWING AND PERSPECTIVE
Students work in an actual advertising real assignments and are required to Through the observation and application of
agency working on projects for real-world participate in client meetings, generate one-, two-, and multiple-point perspective
businesses and organizations seeking design contact reports, conduct research, develop techniques, students render three-
and direction within the graphic design and strategies, write media plans, ideate dimensional forms as they relate to product
advertising industry. (prereq: acceptance concepts, and product creative elements. and commercial illustrations. The
into the Honors Program. ADV3702C & (prereq: acceptance into the Honors fundamentals of light and shadow, line,
ADV3910C to be taken concurrently) Program. ADV4808C & ADV4809C to be form, and value are explored through the
taken concurrently) use of various media.
ADV4710C ADVERTISING PORTFOLIO
In preparation for job interviews, students ADV4809C HONORS PROJECTS IN ART1331C DRAWING AND ANATOMY
write, design, and refine an advertising DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION This course focuses on reproducing life
portfolio. Working individually with the Students become part of advertising forms in space. Emphasis is placed on the
instructor, each student selects agency, acting as a specialist (account
basic anatomical structure of human and ART2606C 3D ORGANIC MODELING ART3161C EXPERIMENTAL MEDIA
animal forms. In this introductory course to organic This course explores the use of
modeling, students integrate their previous nontraditional media and mixed media. The
ART2203C DESIGN BASICS 3D three-dimensional knowledge and creativity 2D and 3D work produced in this class
This studio course explores three- with new tools. Basic principles of organic functions as an illustration or may be
dimensional form and space and introduces modeling are explored. (prereq: ART3326C) incorporated into a variety of applied
students to the materials, techniques, and designs. (prereq: PGY2803C)
ideas that constitute the three-dimensional ART2623C INTRODUCTION TO 3D
world of natural and man-made objects. MODELING ART3270C SPECIALTY ILLUSTRATION
The process begins with the concept, This course introduces basic concepts of Students explore and execute descriptive
materials, or observations and continues computer-based modeling environments. representational art applied to subject
through lectures, demonstrations, critical The course covers topics such as 3D matter such as technical, scientific, medical,
analysis, and class discussion. coordinate systems, orthographic drawing, and legal illustration. (prereq: ART2251C)
(prereq: ART1201C) primitives, shapes into wireframes, lofting
and surface revolution, and transforming ART3271C SEQUENTIAL ILLUSTRATION
ART2205C COLOR APPLICATION 3D objects. The basics of surface mapping This course introduces students to the use
This course is an exploration of color theory and three-point lighting are covered, as of sequential art and graphic narrative as a
and its application in design. The expressive well. Students create original models based dynamic means of storytelling and
nature of color, spatial characteristics, color on photographs. (prereq: PGY2803C) communication. Both the historical roots
relationships, color mixing, and their uses in and modern trends in visual storytelling are
traditional media and digital design are ART2624C MODELING AND ANIMATION discussed and examined in depth. Students
explored. (prereq: ART1201C) This course explores the various techniques become familiar with and produce works in
used to create animation in a 3D the various forms of graphic narrative,
ART2251C ILLUSTRATION environment. Focus is placed on creating including comic books, graphic novels,
This course introduces the philosophy animated logo designs for use in broadcast comic strips, and picture books. (prereq:
behind illustration and its uses in industry. and corporate presentation venues. The ART2251C)
Assignments focus on black-and-white course also explores various methods of
and/or color techniques using contrast, compositing and compositing concepts to ART3272C CONCEPTUAL EDITORIAL
values, composition, and function. enhance and expand productivity. Specific ILLUSTRATION
(prereq: ART2205C & ART2330C) animation features and functions of the Students produce illustrations that interpret
given software are discussed and applied to written content. Students research current
ART2330C LIFE DRAWING the production of short 3D animation evolving cultures, both domestic and
This course introduces the student to projects. Emphasis is placed on the ability international, then apply these images to
drawing the human figure from life. The to break down a scene into various layers create original illustrations in the genre of
course focuses on drawing the figure in and integrate those layers into a completed, fantasy, humor, cartoons, and editorial
proportion in a manner that is anatomically seamless product. (prereq: ART2623C) commentary. Research and personal
convincing, with attention to rendering and references along with an exploration of
shading. Concepts of gesture and contour ART2626C MOTION/LIGHTING/ TEXTURE appropriate media, imagery and style
drawing, negative and positive space, MAPPING support the interpretation of the author’s
sighting, and contrast are reviewed. This course develops and refines message.
(prereq: ART1300C) competencies in texture mapping and (prereq: ART3161C)
lighting techniques. Focus is on the
ART2373C DRAWING FOR ANIMATION correlation between reality and computer ART3273C PRODUCT DISPLAY
This course emphasizes the importance of rendition, stressing the disparity between ILLUSTRATION
the “quick sketch” approach to creating real light and the technical facsimile of This course defines the role of illustration in
animation key drawings. Emphasis is placed artificial lighting to set moods and the context of package, product, and
on exercising good anatomical drawing atmosphere. (prereq: ART2624C) display design. Students examine the
skills, capturing the nuances of form and unique challenges of adopting illustration,
action in the human figure and creating ART2627 CHARACTER DEVELOPMENT AND typography, design, and materials to the
expression and character with fast, ACTING three-dimensional form. Research includes
deliberate sketching techniques. (prereq: This is a hands-on class in which students marketing objectives, structural integrity,
FIL2723C, TPP1500C) use scenes from various plays to identify and display aesthetics. (prereq: GRA1121C)
and work on the process of building a
ART2500C FUNDAMENTALS OF PAINTING character. Issues such as body movement, ART3339C DRAWING THE CLOTHED MODEL
Students begin the study of the use of paint subtext, and psychological examination are In this course, the students apply skills
media to represent form, value and color explored through improvisation. Emphasis developed in previous drawing and figure
and the manipulation of pigment on a is on animated character development. classes to render clothing and drapery. This
prepared surface. (prereq: ART2205C) (prereq: TPP1500C) course focuses on realistic interpretations
of the clothed human figure. Students
ART2540C WATERCOLOR ART2701C SCULPTING I: FOUNDATIONS explore the basic rules of drawing
Students concentrate on the creative A study of the principles, practices, and believable drapery as well as methods for
exploration of watercolor techniques and applications of sculpting the human figure simplifying the complex abstract patterns of
media with an emphasis on composition. in clay. The course covers armature draped cloth for use in 2D animation.
(prereq: ART1201C, ART1300C) construction, anatomy structure, modeling Techniques for researching and designing
the head and bust, and modeling the full historically based costumes are introduced.
figure. (prereq: ART1331C) The importance of clothing in terms of
establishing mood and reinforcing the ART4255C TRADITIONAL ILLUSTRATION competencies meeting the requirements of
physical and emotional attributes of a STUDIO the program. (prereq: completion of 150
character is discussed. Students are also Through the use of traditional media, credit hours in program)
shown how lighting can be utilized as a tool students produce industry-quality
to reveal and accentuate the intricacies of illustrations. Students also develop an ART4955C ILLUSTRATION PORTFOLIO
the clothing and the person wearing them. individual illustration style through the use PRESENTATION
(prereq: ART1331C) of studio setups, photography and model Students complete an illustration portfolio
sessions. (prereq: ART3270C) in preparation for job interviews. Working
ART3384C ANIMAL DRAWING individually with the instructor, each
In this course, the student continues to ART4274C ADVANCED DIGITAL student selects representative pieces that
develop the skills learned in Drawing & ILLUSTRATION showcase a unique style and demonstrate
Anatomy and Advanced Life Drawing & Students generate advanced vector-based overall conceptual abilities and technical
Painting. The focus is on the study artwork that builds on and enhances digital competencies meeting the requirements of
of basic animal anatomy and locomotion as illustration skills and develop an individual the degree program. (prereq: ART4954C)
it relates to animation and character design. illustration style using digital media.
Students sketch from life as well as from Students explore a wide range of illustration BUL3130 BUSINESS LAW
anatomical drawings, video footage, and styles and how they are created in vector- This course includes issues such as
photos of animals. The importance of based programs. Advanced concepts contracts, torts, legal/political/economic
developing observational and analytical include complex logo creation, object and aspects of ethics and the law, U.C.C.,
skills is discussed and implemented through portrait realism, drawing with perspective, antitrust law, employment law,
research assignments and field trips. The advanced shading techniques, advanced administrative law, securities law, and
structure of mammals, reptiles, marine life, text effects and advanced masking international business law topics. (offered
birds and insects is compared and techniques. (prereq: FND150 or GRA1852C) SP & FA quarters) (prereq: MAN2024)
contrasted, giving students a
comprehensive overview of the animal ART4505C ADVANCED PAINTING CAP4970C SENIOR PROJECT- RESEARCH
world. (prereq: ART1331C) This course develops advanced painting AND PROGRAMMING
skills and further explore various painting This course is the first in a 3-tier step
ART3504C INTERMEDIATE PAINTING media. Students are encouraged to begin towards completion of a student’s portfolio.
This course is a continuation of developing an individual style for Students will work with a real client and
Fundamentals of Painting. Emphasis illustration. (prereq: ART3504C) complete a project that showcases effective
includes painting the human form, using use of interface design, programming,
light and expanding the repertoire of ART4951C MEDIA ARTS PORTFOLIO videography, photography, object modeling
techniques. (prereq: ART2500C) PREPARATION and e-commerce as necessary. In this initial
This course identifies and organizes phase, students develop design
ART3560C FIGURE PAINTING elements of the student’s body of work in documentation for the proposed project
In this course students use the figure as a preparation for portfolio development and with emphasis on qualitative and
central theme, exploring composition, presentation. Students develop an action quantitative research, scheduling of the
anatomy, color relationships, environment, plan and begin its implementation. Working project, methods of presentation and
and mixing flesh tones. The student closely with the instructor, areas of focus qualitative results. (prereq: MAR2720 or
develops an individual approach to the are defined, areas of improvement are MAN4871)
figure. [prereq: ART2500C or GRA2761C] targeted, and project management is
emphasized. Print and digital portfolio CAP4971C SENIOR PROJECT - APPLICATION
ART3614C ELECTRONIC DESIGN requirements are delineated. Industry AND DEFENSE
This advanced course in design is a professionals participate in evaluation, This course is a continuation of the Senior
conceptually oriented computer class. demonstration, and preparation. Project- Research and Programming course
Students develop strong visual ideas which Professional demo reels are shown and and the second tier toward completion of a
are then produced digitally using a variety analyzed. (prereq: DIG4367C) (coreq: student’s portfolio. Students continue to
of software to achieve professional level DIG3542C) work with an actual client and complete a
results. Concepts from theoretical readings project that showcases effective use of
are translated into practical applications in ART4952C MEDIA ARTS PORTFOLIO interface design, programming,
projects in direct or indirect ways. (prereq: DEVELOPMENT videography, photography, object
GRA2858C) This course continues the refinement of the modeling and e-commerce as necessary.
student’s digital portfolio. Students focus Students create the professional Interactive
ART3710C SCULPTING II: CHARACTER on meeting digital portfolio requirements Media solution for the client based on the
DESIGN and showcasing their individual strengths research and parameters established in
This course focuses on designing and and areas of specialization. CAP4970C that showcases skills learned
sculpting characters or objects for (prereq: ART4951C) throughout the program. The project’s
animation. Attention is given to appropriate design incorporates both elements from a
proportion and form for an animated ART4954C ILLUSTRATION PORTFOLIO client- needs analysis and specified
character or object. Course assignments PREPARATION competency requirements from the
include gesture drawing action poses, Students develop an illustration portfolio in instructor. (prereq: CAP4970C)
turnarounds, and the creation of 3D preparation for job interviews. Working
characters or objects. (prereq: ART2701C) individually with the instructor, each CAP4972C DIGITAL MEDIA/ INTERACTIVE
student selects representative pieces that DIGITAL PORTFOLIO
showcase a unique style and demonstrate This is the third tier and the final step for
overall conceptual abilities and technical the development of a market-current
portfolio. Presentation techniques and self- develop, and produce practical applications appropriate choices in textile selection for a
promotion are also covered. (prereq: using the C++ programming language. product.
CAP4971C) (prereq: CGS1160C)
CTE1510 FASHION HISTORY
CGS2540C DATABASE CONCEPTS COP3846C INTRODUCTION TO DYNAMIC A study of current apparel designers,
Using a commonly available database SCRIPTING philosophies, inspirational basis and
program, students practice the theory of This course provides an introduction to markets acquaint and equip students with
database design by normalizing data, designing dynamic sites. Students study the the basic knowledge and vocabulary of
defining integrity relationships, and creating fundamentals of what software makes up a fashion styles, details, and specific periods
tables. Students also develop forms, web server, the differences between server- of costume. The course is designed to assist
reports, and search queries (SQL) as they sided and client-sided authoring and basic students to better understand basic apparel
learn how to manage and manipulate data scripting that uses this information to help silhouettes, detailed fabrications and
within a database. (prereq: COP1845C) design more dynamic sites. This course is fashion cycles, and fashion trends
the first in a series of three dynamic web throughout the course of western
CGS2800C BASIC WEB DESIGN courses that help the student to implement civilization to present.
Students acquire the skills needed to scripting with WYSIWYG editors and vector
develop, design, and produce basic web animation programs for the web. CTE1600 TRENDS & CONCEPTS IN APPAREL
pages, including conceptualization and (prereq: CGS3875C, CGS3803C) This course offers a comprehensive study of
design of a simple web site. HTML is studied trend forecasting, demographics, and social
as the basis for all web page layout, design COP4111C INTERMEDIATE WEB SCRIPTING issues that affect fashion and related
and delivery. Additionally, the course Through this course, students refine and industries. Students analyze the importance
examines the use of protocols over the enhance programming skills. The student of clothing with an emphasis on the
internet, web browser functionalities, file gains experience developing advanced twentieth-century period.
transfer utilities and domain name services. applications using specific computer
Students also begin the design languages. (prereq: COP1845C) CTE1708C FASHION DIGITAL DESIGN
documentation process. FUNDAMENTALS
COP4813C ADVANCED WEB SCRIPTING This course explores the realm of visual
CGS3803C INTERMEDIATE WEB DESIGN Through this course, students refine and communication in fashion using digital and
Students move beyond basic web design enhance programming skills. The student emerging technologies with a concerned
skills and acquire intermediate design skills gains experience developing advanced focus on elements that form the basics of
for web development. HTML/HTML5 and applications using specific computer two-dimensional design. The focus is on
CSS/CSS3 are applied. Students continue to languages. Students apply the development of these concepts as a means
refine design documentation skills. (Prereq: fundamentals of interactive web design of expressing ideas as well as the
CGS2800C) with a focus on active server pages terminology used in describing them.
programming. The course introduces (prereq: CGS1160C)
CGS3875C INTERACTIVE MOTION students to concepts related to web site
GRAPHICS creations based on server side processing. CTE1730C TECHNICAL DRAWING FOR
This is an intermediate level course focusing (prereq: DIG4593C, COP4111C) FASHION
on motion graphics as an interactive design This course covers manual, mechanical, and
solution. The course focuses on designing CRW3713 SCRIPTWRITING FOR GAMES technical sketching with an emphasis on flat
and delivering low-bandwidth animations, This course covers the creative process of garment drawing for specification sheets.
presentations, and web sites. It also developing and integrating storytelling and (prereq: CTE1313C, CTE1732C)
introduces students to scripting capabilities. character development in games. Topics
The course covers design, standards, covered include the distinction between CTE1732C FASHION ILLUSTRATION
procedures, and delivery. Emphasis is traditional and game specific storytelling, Students learn proportions and techniques
placed on industry standards, ensuring game character archetypes, character of garment illustration of fashion figures
compatibility (browser/platform), and triangles and arcs, game settings, game using a variety of media.
developing a complete product from genres, and the intersection of gameplay
concept to delivery. (prereq: COP1845C) and story. Students develop original game CTE1740C FUNDAMENTALS OF APPAREL
stories, characters, and concepts, and work PATTERNMAKING
COP1845C INTRODUCTION TO SCRIPTING in teams to integrate their ideas into a This course provides an introduction to the
AND PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES game story treatment, a three- level script, basic techniques of patternmaking. These
Students acquire basic programming skills and a game design document. (prereq: skills include measurement taking, pattern
needed to design, develop, and produce DIG1711C) drafting, pattern draping, and problem
practical applications with a specific solving. Students implement the most
scripting or programming language. The CTE1313C FUNDAMENTALS OF APPAREL appropriate method for a given design.
course addresses good programming CONSTRUCTION (prereq: CTE1313C, CTE1732C)
practices, structured logic, and object- Students analyze construction standards
oriented concepts, including methods, and learn sewing techniques as applied to CTE1741C APPAREL PATTERN DETAILS
properties, events, and handlers. (Prereq: the apparel industry. Students are given a Flat pattern techniques are taught in
CGS3803C) foundation to build upon in future projects. accordance with approved garment trade
practices. Students draft and manipulate
COP2363C INTRODUCTION TO CTE1400C FUNDAMENTALS OF APPAREL the various garment components and
PROGRAMMING WITH C++ TEXTILES construct muslin samples. (prereq:
Programming with C++ students study basic This course surveys textile terminology and CTE1740C, CTE1730C)
programming skills needed to design, properties to enable students to make
CTE1760 MANUFACTURING CTE2750C ADVANCED APPAREL DRAPING retail business environment. (prereq:
APPAREL CONCEPTS Students execute their own designs using MGF1211 or MAD1104 or MAC1105)
This course introduces students to advanced draping techniques including style
manufacturing processes. Students develop lines, fit, and balance. Additionally, students CTE2827C MERCHANDISE BUYING
a working knowledge of terms, methods, explore the couture market with its This course provides a foundation for the
and an understanding of production advanced construction and finishing study of retail buying. Theories are
operations. By the end of the course, processes. (prereq: CTE2342C, CTE2770C) analyzed through the study of merchandise
students are able to apply these concepts to classifications and the calculation of open-
their own uses. Students study various CTE2765C FASHION PRODUCT to-buys. (offered SP & FA quarters) (prereq:
production-time and quality-assurance DEVELOPMENT CTE2821C)
methods. Participation facilitates students Students implement design concepts from
in generating decisions in production product inception to completion. Specific CTE2893C FASHION DESIGN PORTFOLIO
operations. target markets, industry standards, and This course focuses on the completion of
global manufacturing sources are analyzed. the portfolio and enables the student to
CTE1841C APPAREL EVALUATION (prereq: CTE2465C or CTE2827C) begin their career search. Instruction
& PRODUCTION emphasis is on enhancing portfolio quality
Students analyze construction standards CTE2770C SWIMWEAR DESIGN and content. The student also completes a
and techniques used in the ready-to- wear Students research and analyze the professional resume and begins the job
industry. Research serves as the foundation swimwear market, creating a line from search. (prereq: CTE2342C, CTE2770C)
for developing skills in garment concept to garment production. (prereq:
specifications, assembly, and finishing. CTE1741C) CTE2894C GRAPHIC COMMUNICATION IN
(prereq: CTE1760) FASHION
CTE2771C COMPUTERIZED APPAREL This course is a workshop in which students
CTE2342C CHILDREN’S WEAR PATTERN SYSTEMS study the use of the computer as the tool of
Students demonstrate a working knowledge Students develop patternmaking skills using the fashion merchandiser and designer. An
of basic and advanced construction industry-specific CAD programs. Computer overview of vector-based programs and
techniques as they apply to complex patternmaking tools and input and output image manipulation gives students a
garments. Students identify and analyze devices are used in a laboratory setting. greater understanding of the immense
principles of garment fit. (prereq: (prereq: CTE1741C) power and control of computer hardware
CTE1741C) and software available to create graphic
CTE2772C COMPUTERIZED APPAREL marketing materials and solutions. (prereq:
CTE2465C TEXTILE AND APPAREL DESIGN PATTERNMAKING CTE2778C)
This course focuses on the identification of Students use industry-specific CAD software
laws and regulations that apply to the to study the theory and creation of CTE3110C FASHION STYLING FOR
textile and apparel industry. Students garments. Using skills learned in the PHOTOGRAPHY
identify general international and trade prerequisite course, students create a Through visual examples, assignments, and
practices, with a concentration on garment of their choice. Markers and critiques, this course introduces students to
researching and sourcing textile patterns from spec sheets are also the field of fashion styling and fashion
manufacturers and mills in a global market produced. (prereq: CTE2771C) photography. With the use of location and
relevant to product development. (prereq: studio assignments, students develop a
CTE2778C, CTE1760C) CTE2778C COMPUTER FASHION DESIGN basic understanding of the styling and art
This course is a comprehensive study of direction techniques required in the fashion
CTE2720C FASHION DESIGN STUDIO vector- and raster-based software used in photography industry and gain experience
Students develop a collection in a creating and rendering flats, worksheets, in sourcing models, clothing, and
specialized area of apparel. (prereq: and other fashion design-related accessories.
CTE2342C, CTE2770C) promotional aids. Internet trend forecasting
and sourcing are also covered. Other topics CTE33221C INDIVIDUAL FASHION STYLE
CTE2735C ILLUSTRATION & STYLIZED include the examination of social issues, DEVELOPMENT
DRAWING demographics, and historical references Students study how to develop an
Students further explore advanced that affect the fashion and related adaptable basic wardrobe to use as a guide
techniques of fashion illustration for design industries. (prereq: CTE1510, CTE1708C) when selecting clothing for themselves or
communication. (offered SU & WI quarters) for a client by analyzing the body separate
(prereq: CTE1732C) CTE2810 ELEMENTS OF RETAIL from clothing, then choosing clothing and
OPERATIONS accessory designs that are in harmony with
CTE2747C SPECIALIZED PATTERNMAKING This course examines the overall retail the body’s design pattern.
This course reinforces students’ environment. Emphasis is placed on
understanding of the art of draping consumer behavior, traditional store layout, CTE3351C MENSWEAR/TAILORING
patternmaking and diverse methods the e-commerce, and the importance of Students design and construct apparel for
industry uses to create production patterns. signage. The course also develops the the menswear market with special
Analytical thinking and hands-on class student’s knowledge and practical emphasis on tailoring techniques. (offered
experiences strengthen students’ skills, experience through field experience, text, WI & SU quarters) (prereq: CTE2750C)
enabling them to expand on their creativity and group projects. (prereq: MKA1041)
and provide proper fit to their creations. CTE3383C EMBROIDERY DESIGN
(offered WI & SU quarters) CTE2821C MERCHANDISE MATHEMATICS The study of machine embroidery design as
(prereq: CTE2772C) A survey of quantitative skills necessary for related to the garment, textile, and home
merchandise planning in the wholesale and furnishing industry. In this laboratory class,
students develop and implement designs CTE3775C ACTIVE SPORTSWEAR CTE4895C ADVANCED FASHION
using computerize embroidery design Students design and construct apparel for PORTFOLIO
software and equipment. (prereq: the active sportswear market. (offered FA & The student assembles a formal portfolio to
CTE2893C) SP quarters) (prereq: CTE2750C) represent their skills along with special
interests they have developed throughout
CTE3412C TEXTILE SURFACE DESIGN CTE3786C PRODUCT DATA MANAGEMENT the program. (offered WI & SU quarters)
This course explores textile design as Students study how to manage the flow of (prereq: CTE4936C)
related to the garment, textile, and home garment construction and costing from
furnishing industry. In this laboratory concept to shipping using both specialized CTE4896C DIGITAL FASHION PORTFOLIO
course, students develop and implement and standard computer software programs. Students convert their design portfolio into
designs using a variety of dyeing and (offered WI & SU quarters) (prereq: digital format. (offered FA & SP quarters)
painting techniques. (offered WI & SU CTE3533C) (prereq: CTE4895C)
quarters) (prereq: CTE2893C)
CTE3850C FASHION SHOW PRODUCTION CTE4930C COSTUME-TECHNICAL
CTE3413C ADVANCED DIGITAL TEXTILE Students plan and execute a major fashion Costuming is a three-part course series
DESIGN show. Hands-on experience is stressed as allowing students to develop and
This course enables students to identify the students take responsibility for coordinating implement their own costume collection
major categories of textiles, including knits activities to generate a theme, identify a from concept to completion, focusing on a
and wovens for digital rendering. Special target market, and implement successful special event, wearable art, or themed
emphasis is placed on accurately rendering publicity. location. Students complete the technical
fibers, fabrics, and prints and the portion of their designs, including technical
appropriate selection for a variety of end CTE3865C STRATEGIC MERCHANDISE drawings, specifications, and
uses, including apparel and home MANAGEMENT patternmaking. (prereq: CTE3931C)
furnishings. Items are rendered in An advanced course in the study of stock
proprietary software for use in digital textile control and managing open-to-buys which CTE4933 SENIOR MERCHANDISING
printing, traditional textile printing provides a practicum in buying and in PROJECT-PLANNING
methods, and fabric construction. (offered utilizing computer spreadsheets for data Senior Project is a three-part course series
FA & SP quarters) analysis. (offered WI & SU quarters) allowing students to develop and
(prereq: CTE3412C) (prereq: CTE2827C) implement their own fashion marketing and
merchandising project from concept to
CTE3464 TARIFF, TRADE, AND RESOURCING CTE3931C COSTUME-CONCEPTS completion. In Senior Merchandising
Students examine basic policies of Costuming is a three-part course series Project-Planning, students complete market
import/export trade regulations, tariff laws, allowing students to develop and research, develop concepts, and begin
and the enforcement of quotas. Current implement their own costume collection strategic planning for their project. (prereq:
world trade disputes and U.S. from concept to completion, focusing on a CTE2894C)
import/export policies are studied from the special event, wearable art, or themed
perspective of the manufacturer and location. Students complete research, CTE4934C SENIOR MERCHANDISING
retailer. (offered SU & WI quarters) (prereq: develop concepts, and begin sourcing PROJECT-DEVELOPMENT
ECO2013, MAR3156) materials for their collection. Senior Project is a three-part course series
allowing students to develop and
CTE3533C FASHION RESEARCH & CTE4411C SCREEN PRINT DESIGN FOR implement their own fashion marketing and
SOURCING TEXTILE INDUSTRY merchandising project from concept to
Through a variety of in-depth research and Students develop and implement their own completion. In Senior Merchandising
analysis, students make appropriate screen print designs from concept to Project-Development, students complete
selections of silhouettes, fabrications, completion, focusing on contemporary the planning portion of their project
colors, details, and findings. In addition, industrial requirements. Students develop including objectives, strategies, sourcing
students explore various presentation artwork, make color separations, and and financing. (prereq: CTE4933)
methods appropriate for their chosen produce actual screen prints for their
collection. (prereq: CTE2765C) portfolios. CTE4935C SENIOR MERCHANDISING
PROJECT-PRESENTATION
CTE3727C ACCESSORIES DESIGN CTE4746C TECHNICAL DESIGN Senior Project is a three-part course series
This course provides students with a This course focuses on the principles of allowing students to develop and
working knowledge of the design and grading patterns to achieve size variations. implement their fashion marketing and
execution of fashion accessories. A strong Students develop a grade table based on merchandising project from concept to
emphasis is placed on the changing fashion specifications and practice their application completion. In Senior Merchandising
image and the importance of accessories in to different size scale categories. Both Project-Presentation, students concentrate
creating a “total fashion look.” manual and computer techniques are used. on the presentation of their project,
Manufacturing and production processes (offered WI & SU quarters) presenting it a special Senior Show.
are discussed. Students are taught (prereq: CTE3533C) (prereq: CTE4934C)
techniques for working with suitable
materials used for fashion accessories. CTE4813 FASHION ENTREPRENEURSHIP CTE4936C SENIOR STUDIO-CONCEPTS
Decorative production methods are also Students create a business plan for the Senior Studio is a three-part course series
covered. Emphasis is on the correct use of opening of a fashion business. The plan allowing students to develop and
Swarovski product line. includes market research, financial implement their own 6-10 piece garment
planning, inventory planning, and staffing. collection from concept to completion. In
(prereq: CTE3533C) Senior Studio- Concepts, students complete
market research, develop concepts, and DIG1257C PRODUCTION SOUND via scripting in an interactive authoring
begin sourcing materials for their collection. RECORDING application. (prereq: CGS3875C)
(offered FA & SP quarters) (prereq: This is a course in the science and art of
CTE3533C) production sound. Students learn how to DIG2321C 3D MODELING I: FOUNDATIONS
use microphones, field mixers, and digital In this introductory course to 3D computer-
CTE4937C SENIOR STUDIO-TECHNICAL sound equipment to record dialogue and generated images, students integrate their
Senior Studio is a three-part course series sound effects in a variety of settings. The technical knowledge and creativity in a
allowing students to develop and fundamentals of sound editing and mixing three-dimensional environment. Students
implement their own 6-10 piece garment for picture are introduced. (prereq: apply design principles using the computer
collection from concept to completion. In RTV1213C) as a tool to further their understanding of
Senior Studio-Technical, students complete the creative process in developing three-
the technical portion of their designs DIG1561 PROJECT MANAGEMENT dimensional models and environments.
including technical drawings, specifications, Students working independently and in (prereq: PGY2803C, coreq: GRA1762C)
and patternmaking. (offered WI & SU groups are introduced to the interactive
quarters) (prereq: CTE4936C) design, IT project-management process, DIG2340C PAINTING AND ROTOSCOPING
and development of the project team as the This course explores various techniques to
CTE4938C SENIOR STUDIO- PRODUCTION key to successful achievement of interactive create and implement CGI into live action.
Senior Studio is a three-part course series design project goals. The process examines Utilizing various painting and compositing
allowing students to develop and the main elements required in every packages, students study the principles of
implement their own 6-10 piece garment proposal/plan, time frames and budgeting. rotoscoping and digital painting as applied
collection from concept to completion. In Key areas of interactive project design to rig removal and special effects. (prereq:
Senior Studio- Production, students teams serve to support the fundamental DIG3343C)
concentrate on the construction of their approach that every project team is tailored
collection, presenting final garments in a to achieve project results efficiently and DIG2363C CHARACTER MODELING
special Senior Show. Students must earn a effectively. Students create low-polygon characters for
“C” or higher to exit this course. (offered FA use in game prototypes and levels. This
& SP quarters) DIG1711C GAME DESIGN class focuses on facial definition and
(prereq: CTE4937C) & GAME PLAY anatomical balance in biped, quadruped,
A well-designed game is an integration of and poly-ped characters. During coursework
DIG1021 INTRODUCTION TO VISUAL artistic and technological components that the student demonstrates low-polygon
EFFECTS AND MOTION GRAPHICS must have modeling and conversions of polygon
This course begins with an overview of the a clearly defined goal, a set of game criteria, counts to fit various requirements.
history of visual effects with emphasis on and rules for gameplay. Students study the (prereq: DIG2791C & ART1331C)
the various effects processes in their fundamentals of what makes a game
historical contexts. It continues with enjoyable, playable, challenging, and DIG2590C DIGITAL MEDIA/ INTERACTIVE
discussions of the field of postproduction, marketable. (prereq: ENC1145) PORTFOLIO
animation, and broadcast graphics and This course begins the student’s
analysis of major sectors of those industries DIG1717 INTRODUCTION TO GAME development of a market-current portfolio.
and career opportunities with them. DEVELOPMENT Presentation techniques and self-promotion
This course begins with an overview of the are also covered. (prereq: DIG2250C or
DIG1022 HISTORY OF ANIMATION history of video games with emphasis on approval of Dept. Chair)
This course begins with an overview of the the various gaming processes in their
history of animation with emphasis on the historical contexts. It continues with DIG2790C TEXTURING FOR GAMES
various animation processes in their discussions of the various game genres and In this course students develop and refine
historical contexts. It continues with analysis of major sectors of those industries competencies in texture creation
discussions of new developments and and career opportunities within them. techniques specific to gaming applications.
future trends in the animation industry and Focus is placed on the correlation between
analysis of major sectors of the animation DIG2201C DESKTOP VIDEO reality and computer rendition, stressing
industry and career opportunities within Students examine advances in desktop the disparity between real texture and
them. video, computer graphics, special effects, facsimile of artificial texture to set mood.
editing, and the important role these new (prereq: GRA1106C or ART1211C)
DIG1135C DESIGN CONCEPTS FOR technologies play in digital video
INTERACTIVE MEDIA production. (prereq: FND135 or PGY1892C DIG2791C GAME MODELING
Students are introduced to layout and or PGY2803C or PGY1801C) Students work with the game industry
organizational design elements and explore standard 3D software package to create 3D
basic graphic design principles for a variety DIG2250C AUDIO FOR INTERACTIVE models for use in future game prototypes.
of visual effects. In addition, students DESIGN Students also create low-polygon and high-
explore the basics of color and related Students are introduced to the principles polygon models and practice conversions of
design variables. This course also examines and practices of digital audio in an polygon counts to fit various requirements.
the adaptation of typography for different interactive and/ or design setting. Students (coreq: CGS1160C)
information delivery systems including print learn to prepare and use current digital
and electronic media. (prereq: PGY1892C or audio and video programs for recording, DIG3103C INTERFACE DESIGN
PGY2803C or GRA1106C or PGY1801C) editing, sequencing, and mixing for In this course, students produce advanced
a variety of outputs and applications. conceptual, aesthetic and production
Emphasis is placed on the implementation design strategies utilizing web authoring
WYSIWYG editors. Students develop and
manage the issues of project management, DIG3314C ADVANCED 2D ANIMATION expand productivity. Specific animation
design development and documentation, This course continues the development of features and functions of the given
navigation, and plan implementation. 2D animation skill through the use of a software are discussed and applied to the
Students create plans and designs that computer and a professional 2D animation production of short 3D animation projects.
ensure cross browser compatibility. software package. The course applies the The course emphasizes creation of CG
(prereq: CGS3803C, GRA2130C) concept of short animation production from environments and integration of elements
the beginning to the end. (prereq: into live action. (prereq: DIG3114C)
DIG3114C BROADCAST GRAPHICS II: FIL2723C)
COMPOSITING DIG3346C MOTION TRACKING
This course exposes students to the DIG3323C 3D MODELING II: CHARACTER This course introduces students to the
disciplines used in finalizing a video or MODELING various methods of matching the motion
animation project using compositing This course introduces new tools, concepts, shot on a live-action plate and applying that
software. The course reinforces and techniques. Students apply and motion to a digital element. The course
compositing concepts, techniques, and implement 3D modeling techniques learned introduces 2D and 3D tracking methods.
vocabulary that were learned in previous in previous 3D courses and explore more (prereq: DIG3114C)
courses and introduces more sophisticated sophisticated techniques. Primary focus is
tools and techniques. Each student on 3D character modeling. DIG3354C 3D ANIMATION II:
produces a final edited project using these (prereq: DIG2321C, ART1331C) APPLICATIONS
skills. (prereq: DIG3343C) This course improves on the tools,
DIG3326C 3D MODELING III: DESIGNING concepts, and techniques developed in the
DIG3139C ELECTRONIC ILLUSTRATION ENVIRONMENTS previous 3D animation courses. Students
This course refines the student’s This course expands the students’ apply techniques to 3D character
competencies in the techniques of image knowledge of 3D modeling concepts and animation. (prereq: DIG3306)
manipulation and natural media electronic techniques. By applying advanced 3D
illustration. Assignments are designed to modeling techniques learned in previous 3D DIG3356C MATTE PAINTING
explore surface qualities, texture, image courses, students produce original 3D Students study the art and craft of matte
cloning and layering, color mixing with light, environments. (prereq: DIG4373C) painting. Students focus on the history and
and digitizing. Cell animation is explored. evolution of matte painting from its origins
Hardcopy and reproduction are DIG3343C BROADCAST GRAPHICS I: to its current form. 2D matte paintings are
emphasized. (prereq: PGY2803C or ANIMATED TEXT & LOGO DESIGN created using photographs provided by the
GRA1762C or DIG2790C) This course provides an overview of the instructor or from the student’s research.
working aspects of the broadcast industry Students take photographs and create a
DIG3306C 3D ANIMATION I: PRINCIPLES and how broadcast integrates animation. visual record of the process. (prereq:
This animation course builds on tools, Topics include production needs, GRA1762C)
concepts and techniques learned in the 3D equipment, and computer graphics and
modeling course. Techniques in animation how they are used in a variety of broadcast DIG3362C 3D ANIMATION III: STAGING
are developed. This course provides a solid content. Students create animation AND INTERACTION
understanding of 3D computer animation. sequences for news, industrial, educational/ Building on previous 3D animation
(prereq: DIG2321C, GRA2854C) informational, and training programs experience, students apply their knowledge
including station ID, opening sequences, of the principles of animation in order to
DIG3307C VFX FUNDAMENTALS titling, and slates. (prereq: GRA1762C or demonstrate an advanced understanding of
This course explores basic techniques in [PGY1892C or DIG2790C] or PGY2803C) character action and acting. Multi-character
digital compositing. Compositing techniques interaction, cycles, animation-to-audio, and
such as alpha mattes, blending modes, color DIG3344C KEYING AND COLOR concrete animation will be covered.
correction, keying, rotoscoping, procedural CORRECTING (prereq: DIG3354C)
matte extraction, and multi-pass rendering This course exposes students to the
are explored. (prereq: GRA1762C) disciplines used in creating and compositing DIG3368C 3D GAME ANIMATION
video shot on a blue- or green-screen. More Students apply traditional animation
DIG3308C WEB ANIMATION sophisticated methods are introduced for techniques to 3D characters created
This course develops familiarity and skill in color correcting and adjusting video to specifically for a video game environment.
applying animation to the internet. produce seamless composites. The course Concepts such rigging, forward kinematics,
Students move from the level of the reinforces compositing concepts, inverse kinematics and are discussed and
creation of web projects with HTML and techniques, and vocabulary that students implemented. Students rig and develop
web editors through the addition of motion have learned in previous courses. skills in animating low polygon 3D
graphics to those projects. (prereq: Each student produces a final edited project geometry. (prereq: DIG3371C)
GRA2854C, CGS1160C) utilizing these skills. Concepts presented
include various methods of keying, matte DIG3371C 3D CHARACTER RIGGING
DIG3313C 2D ANIMATION TECHNIQUE extraction, garbage matting, track mattes, Students learn to attach control
This course expands the exploration of 2D traveling mattes, RGB color space, and color mechanisms on biped and quadruped
animation, utilizing skills learned in previous correction. (prereq: DIG2340C) characters so that the 3D mesh can be
courses and examines new techniques. animated for use in level modifications.
Concepts are integrated to create a single DIG3345C CGI AND COMPOSITING Various methods and skeletal systems used
2D animated piece that demonstrates This course explores various techniques to in rigging a character are explored. The
balance, weight, appeal and dialogue. create and implement CGI into live action students also learn to use character
(prereq: FIL2723C) as well as various methods of compositing constraints such as inverse kinematics.
and compositing concepts to enhance and (prereq: DIG2363C or DIG3323C)
DIG3372C MODELING WITH SUBDIVISION DIG3724C ADVANCED 3D GAME SCRIPTING DIG4123C DESIGNING FOR DYNAMIC SITES
SURFACES This course is a continuation of 3D game Students plan and apply user-centered
Students create low and high polygon scripting with a focus on advanced design principles, database structures, and
characters. This class focuses on facial techniques of scripting inside a game server side scripting to construct dynamic
definition and anatomical imbalance in the engine. Students study how to customize web sites. Students analyze the specific
facial structure and anatomy of characters attributes of game assets including design issues relating to the display of
and creatures. Students create high quality animation, vehicle, cameras, etc., and to dynamic content on the screen and
displacement and normal maps for use in modify play parameter and elements of strategize on effective methods for how
3D game applications. Students explore the content, while maintaining clean and legible that dynamic content will be delivered.
uses of materials, textures, paint, and code. (prereq: DIG3723C) Students then use this data to improve
illustration tools as well. and/or present finalized design and
(prereq: DIG2363C) DIG3743C INTERFACE DESIGN programming modules. (prereq: DIG3103C,
In this course students apply the value and COP3846C)
DIG3392C THREE- DIMENSIONAL EFFECTS techniques of creating efficient interfaces
This course focuses on creating digital for interactivity. Concepts covered include DIG4144C NET BROADCASTING
effects for TV and film. Topics covered are user friendliness, images as language issues, Students analyze the practical application of
modeling, lighting, texturing, dynamics, and coherent design principles. Students a variety of software, hardware, and
particles, and particle systems. (prereq: develop an appropriate interface for their management issues relating to broadcasting
ART2626C) work and study the coding to make it video and audio online. Students plan and
interactive. (prereq: DIG3722C) construct projects that use streaming audio,
DIG3394C MOTION GRAPHICS: ADVANCED video, and other multimedia elements for
COMPOSITING DIG3792C TEXTURE/ LIGHTING FOR delivery over the internet.
This course focuses on techniques in GAMING (prereq:DIG3103C,DIG2201C,CGS3803C)
creating high-end motion graphics. The This course develops and refines
student is exposed to more advanced competencies in texture mapping and DIG4263C SOUND FOR NEW MEDIA
techniques that include 3D modeling, lighting techniques used in making video The main emphasis in this course is on
texturing, lighting, particles, and games. Emphasis is placed on creating the developing sound for new forms through
compositing. Students utilize this course to illusion of high detail with low polygon sound installation, interactive media,
create motion graphics for their final models. The student is also exposed to the digitalization, improvisation, and acoustic
portfolio. limitations of lighting for video games and experimentation. (prereq: RTV4268C)
alternative techniques used to compensate
DIG3542C ANIMATICS & for these limitations. (prereq: DIG2791C) DIG4315C INTERACTIVE ACTION SCRIPTING
PREVISUALIZATION In this course students present and manage
This course examines the necessary tasks in DIG3793C LEVEL DESIGN advanced interactive dynamic scripting with
the pre-production phase of an animation Students are introduced to the level editor animation. Students construct and program
project. Students utilize artistic and editing for an existing game engine. Working with applications involving dynamically updating
skills for creating storyboards, video the elements and tools within the editor, animations, web sites and data. They must
animatics and basic scene timing, and students create and modify aspects of a determine effective methods of sending
layout. A working model of their final demo game level. Using learned concepts from and receiving dynamic data and must
reel is produced. (prereq: DIG3343C) the Game Design & Game Play course, defend effective design in a dynamic
(coreq: DIG4951C or ART4951C) students analyze, break down, and improve setting. (prereq: DIG4123C)
upon the game play aspects of the level.
DIG3722C 2D DIGITAL AUTHORING (prereq: DIG1711C) DIG4316C ADVANCED WEB ANIMATION
Game design students develop an In this course, students construct complex
interactive 2D internet-based game site DIG3794C ADVANCED LEVEL DESIGN web animations utilizing programming
displaying levels, 3D animations and graphic Building upon skills learned in the Level through use of HTML, web editors and web
design files of their work. Students acquire Design course, students continue work with animation software. Students program
skills in HTML, CSS and java coding, graphic the level editor. Students begin to build these animations through the addition of
rules, site layout, and FTP. File formats for more advanced levels using static meshes, scripting languages to these projects.
displaying game files and optimization karma and collision while still maintaining (prereq: DIG3308C)
of graphics, video, and sound for the web focus on the gameplay aspects of the level.
are discussed as well as methods to display (prereq: DIG3793C, DIG3792C, DIG2363C) DIG4367C 3D ANIMATION SCRIPTING
the site on the web. Students develop a This course builds on all previous 3D
functioning internet site displaying their DIG3797C DESIGNING INTERIOR SPACES courses, concentrating on advanced topics
works. AND WORLDS relating to 3D scripting language in relation
Most levels of popular games are designed to character animation and rendering.
DIG3723C 3D GAME SCRIPTING as building interiors and contain (prereq: DIG4376C)
This course introduces the student to game characteristics common to interior design
scripting. The student becomes familiar layouts. This course provides the DIG4369C 3D ANIMATION IV: ACTING AND
with compiling and scripting to modify in- opportunity for students to create DIALOGUE
game play. This class employs a next- architectural interiors representing houses, This course focuses on expanding students’
generation game engine. The student buildings, and entire worlds contained knowledge of creating animation
modifies existing scripts to create a custom under a roof in which to place their performances with character and emotion.
weapon, health sphere, vehicle, decoration, animation and game characters. (prereq: Students delve into the intricacies of
and character. (prereq: COP2363C and DIG3794C) character acting through animation and lip-
DIG3793C) synch to dialogue. Students produce 3D
character animation scenes that develop team in developing a finished professional DIG4594C APPLICATION QUALITY AND
their ability to make acting choices, show product for use in their portfolio. ASSURANCE
thoughts and emotions of character, and (prereq: DIG4525C) In this course students implement the
reinforce applying the principles of concepts and techniques used in testing,
animation to the scene. Components of the DIG4566C INTERACTIVE GAME managing, deploying and supporting
course include phonemes and visimes, PROTOTYPING interactive media applications. Through
facial landmarking, emotional transitions, Students work in a controlled production theories presented, students construct
blinks and solid facial animation environment and are exposed to production testing procedures, effective
procedures. (prereq: DIG3362C) pipeline processes including naming communication/production protocols, and
conventions, work flow processes, and tight support issues surrounding production.
DIG4373C 3D LIGHTING & TEXTURES I deadlines. Students develop and use (prereq: CAP4970C )
This course improves on the tools, concepts problem-solving skills to handle real-world
and techniques taught in previous 3D production issues that arise in every game DIG4781C ADVANCED INTERFACE DESIGN
animation courses. Students apply lighting development cycle. (prereq: DIG3797C) Students will implement advanced
and surface attributes, improving previous computer interface design models. This will
work using techniques developed in this DIG4567C ADVANCED GAME include the theoretical principles of the
class. (prereq: DIG3323C) PROTOTYPING human-computer interface, practical
In this continuation of Interactive Game techniques for designing and delivering
DIG4376C 3D LIGHTING & TEXTURES II Prototyping, students work in teams to effective interfaces, and working in a target
In this class students expand their create and produce a stand-alone game user driven project environment. (prereq:
knowledge of materials, textures and prototype demonstrating game design DIG3103C and CGS3875C)
lighting strategies to add detail and realism principles acquired in preceding courses.
to objects without adding complexity to the The culmination of course work is the fine- DIG4784C INTERACTIVE MOTION
model. Students simulate real world tuning of designs, scripting, storyboarding, SCRIPTING
surfaces containing reflection, radiosity, and production skills. (prereq: DIG4566C) This is an advanced course that applies
and other effects. (prereq: DIG4373C) motion graphics as an integrated interactive
DIG4568C GAME PROJECT PLANNING solution; students script interaction,
DIG4381C PARTICLES/ DYNAMICS/PAINT The student is part of a design team of their sequencing, and motion for interactive
EFFECTS choosing that creates a game document projects. Optimization is a critical
This course improves on the tools, and production plan for a game of their consideration in the creation of the user-
concepts, and techniques learned in creation. The game concept and documents centered experience. (prereq: DIG2250C)
previous 3D animation courses. Students are presented to a panel of faculty and/or
analyze advanced animation techniques department chairs for approval. (coreq: DIG4795C GAME PRODUCTION I
involving particle and dynamic systems. DIG4567C) Using the game documents and production
Students research basic compositing plan approved in the game project planning
techniques. (prereq: DIG3354C) DIG4591C MULTIMEDIA PRODUCTION AND course, the design team begins the
DESIGN GROUP production of 1-3 working levels of the
DIG4383C ADVANCED 3D GAME This course is the application and game of their creation. (prereq: DIG4568C)
ANIMATION implementation of business, design, and
Students continue to develop animation programming skills students have acquired. DIG4796C GAME PRODUCTION II
skills for use in a video game environment. Students work in production groups to Continuing the production of the 1-3
Students study facial animation for low examine business problems and must working levels from Game Production I, the
polygon characters. Students also study the determine the source problem, ascertain a design team must finish and present their
basics of a physics engine to apply real- working solution, and implement a game to a panel of academic professionals
world motion to objects and characters functional model complete with proposals, and/ or professionals from the gaming
such as gravity, mass, fluids, cloth, and soft design, technical, and quality assurance industry. (prereq: DIG4795C)
and rigid body objects. Students develop documentation. Design solutions
research methods specific to video game appropriate to a targeted market are DIG4798C HARD SURFACE
creation. (prereq: DIG3368C) emphasized. Critical analysis, problem & ORGANIC MODELING
identification, and idea refinement are the In this advanced modeling course for the
DIG4525C PRODUCTION STUDIO 1 focus in producing a portfolio quality gaming industry, students create game
Students build upon previously learned project. assets with a focus on polygon and/or face
foundation skills in broadcast design and (prereq: COP4813C or DIG4123C) count. Research plays an integral part in
visual effects by simulating a real-world modeling for the gaming industry and in this
production environment. The course DIG4593C ADVANCED WEB DESIGN course students demonstrate an
emphasizes both the competitive and Students plan, construct and program understanding of creating game assets
collaborative aspects of production as well advanced interactive media presentations within a specific context and technical
as various professional methods, utilizing CSS and AJAX to be delivered over guidelines. (prereq: DIG3372C)
procedures, techniques, skills, resources, the internet. Students further analyze the
and equipment. (prereq: DIG3394C) expectations of the business community in DIG4799C ADVANCED MATERIALS AND
areas such as server implementations and LIGHTING
DIG4526C PRODUCTION STUDIO 2 security implications. Students also This is an advanced level design course with
This course exposes students to the research further strategies in advanced a specific focus on lighting techniques and
disciplines used in compositing, broadcast scripting. (prereq: CGS3803C) advanced material application within a
design, animation, and related industries. game engine. Concepts covered in this
Students continue to work as a production course include alpha channels, specularity
maps, cube maps, UVW wrapping, and participate in evaluations. Students finalize graphics, animation, and special effects in
baking textures. (prereq: DIG3792C) and present their portfolio to the instructor film and video. The computer is utilized as a
and a faculty committee for review and pre-production tool for writing,
DIG4951C VISUAL EFFECTS PORTFOLIO critique. (prereq: ART4952C) [treatments, scripts, and storyboard
PREPARATION descriptions] creating images, designing
Students create treatments, scripts, DIG4957C GAME ART PORTFOLIO storyboards, real-time animations, and
storyboards, and shooting schedules for the DEVELOPMENT combining written and visual formats. A
acquisition of source material for their final This course focuses on the refinement of brief history of 2D and 3D animation is
portfolio. (prereq: completion of 135 credit the student’s portfolio to meet portfolio presented, with videotaped examples of
hours In program) (coreq: DIG3542C) requirements while showcasing their critical evaluation. (prereq: ART1300C)
individual strengths and areas of
DIG4952C VISUAL EFFECTS PORTFOLIO specialization. (prereq: DIG4953C) FIL1552C FUNDAMENTALS OF EDITING
DEVELOPMENT This course introduces students to video
This course continues the refinement of the DIG4958C VISUAL EFFECTS PORTFOLIO editing of visuals and sound using video
student’s digital portfolio. Students focus PRESENTATION recorders and players. Students practice the
on meeting digital portfolio requirements Students compile the digital portion of their techniques of dubbing, assembling, and
and showcasing their individual strengths portfolio to assess its strengths and inserting visuals and sound from source to
and areas of specialization. Students apply weaknesses, to correct those weaknesses, source and the fundamentals of non-linear
time-management, technical, and artistic and to augment the student’s strengths to editing. (prereq: CGS1160C)
skills to complete a final video. (prereq: produce a professional demo. The student
DIG4951C) applies time- and resource- management FIL2108 MEDIA INTERPRETATION
principles to the development and & ADAPTATION
DIG4953C GAME ART PORTFOLIO production of visual special effects projects. This course focuses on interpreting media
PREPARATION (prereq: Permission by Director or faculty) content and adapting original literary and
This course identifies and organizes nonfiction work for media production.
elements of the student’s body of work in ENC0020 INTRODUCTION TO Students employ critical thinking, problem-
preparation for portfolio development and COMPOSITION solving, research, and organizational skills
presentation. Students develop an action This course focuses on strengthening to create or recreate scripts for media
plan and begin its implementation. Working grammatical, mechanical and usage skills in production. (offered WI & SU quarters)
closely with the instructor, areas of focus writing. The course provides basic
are defined, areas of improvement are instruction and practice in writing one- FIL2553C NONLINEAR EDITING
targeted and project management paragraph and multi-paragraph essays. (3 This course covers the process of nonlinear
emphasized. Students continue to build credits. Does not count toward video editing. Using a computer and
upon their level design and creation skills degree/diploma) appropriate software, students explore the
based on principles acquired in preceding essentials of editing video and audio in a
courses. Using scripts combined with ETD1106C MECHANICAL DRAWING digital environment, from digitizing to
animation skills, students work with more Requiring students’ knowledge of basic outputting to videotape.
complex elements within the level. (prereq: drafting skills, the course stresses isometric
Completion of 135 credit hours in program) and oblique representations, sections, and FIL2723C 2D ANIMATION II: APPLICATIONS
auxiliary views. (offered SP & FA quarters) This course presents the techniques
DIG4954C ILLUSTRATION DIGITAL (prereq: IDD1100C) necessary to produce an animation with a
PORTFOLIO purpose. Addition of multiple characters
The student creates a digitally based ETD2320C COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING increases the level of complexity and
portfolio and website. Multimedia This course introduces students to necessitates a short storyline. Use of a
presentation techniques and self-promotion mechanical drafting using computer capture device, pencil tests, inking, and
are covered showcasing the individual software through lectures, demonstration, other 2D animation skills are explored.
students area of specialization. (prereq: and hands-on experience. Sketches are (prereq: GRA2854C & FIL1104C)
GRA1852C) transformed into accurate layouts for
production. The course explores the uses FIL2950C VIDEO PRODUCTION PORTFOLIO
DIG4955C GAME ART PORTFOLIO and influences of the computer in industrial PREPARATION
PRESENTATION design. (offered FA & SP quarters) (prereq: This course explores client-based
This course completes the presentation of a [CGS1160C or ETD1102C]) production from idea conception to
cohesive and professional working demo shooting of the project. Special emphasis is
and game document requirement for ETD2343 COMPUTER AIDED MODELING placed on professional conduct as well as
graduation. Industry professionals Computer-aided design and drafting are on the application of high-end professional
participate in evaluations. Students finalize applied to the development of 3D models video production techniques.
and present their portfolios to the and layouts for prototypes. The course
instructor and a faculty committee for introduces coordinate systems, solid FIL2970C VIDEO PRODUCTION PORTFOLIO
review and critique. (prereq: DIG4957C) modeling, and computer rendering. (offered Students compile their written and visual
WI & SU quarters) (prereq: ETD1106C & pieces into a final portfolio. They complete
DIG4956C MEDIA ARTS PORTFOLIO CGS1160C) the shooting, editing, audio mixing, and
PRESENTATION integration of graphic elements and special
This course completes the presentation of a FIL1104C SCRIPTING/STORYBOARDING effects for their video projects. Emphasis is
cohesive and professional print and digital This course examines the necessary tasks in placed on the creative and professional
portfolio that meets requirements for the production phase of an animation packaging of their portfolios. (prereq:
graduation. Industry professionals project and explores the creation of FIL2950C)
FIL3485C ART OF DIRECTING (offered WI & SU quarters) (prereq: FIN3400 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
This course provides an overall view of the RTV3255C) This course examines budgeting, short-
director in television, video, film, and term and long-term financing, billing and
animation productions. Students take on FIL4600 MEDIA BUSINESS the economics of financial markets. (prereq:
the tasks of a director in directing the This course examines the business side of GEB2011)
talent, script, camera, and production crew; production in the TV, film, video, and
they experience production challenges related electronic media industries. FND105 Design Fundamentals
including keeping the production on Emphasis is placed on legal issues such as This introductory course will explore the
schedule and on time. Students also direct copyright laws, permits, and contracts. principles of design, and introduce and
short movies in class. Students are also taught basic marketing, develop the creative process. Design
sales, and budgetary constraints as they elements and relationships will be identified
FIL3545C ADVANCED SOUND DESIGN relate to media. and employed to establish a basis for
This course explores the methods and aesthetic sensitivity and critical analysis.
techniques adopted by digital video FIL4746C DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Design will be presented as a tool of
production professionals in the final design Students study and apply advanced communication.
and multi-track mixing process. Students cinematic camera techniques and concepts
focus on automated dialogue replacement, as they relate to various media applications. FND110 Observational Drawing
sound effects creation, and the final Emphasis is placed on mastering specific This course involves the observation and
layering and mixing process. (prereq: skills as they relate to single camera field translation of three-dimensional form into
RTV3217C) and studio productions. Students focus on two-dimensional drawings. Starting with
specific shooting situations that may simple shapes and progressing to more
FIL3700C INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL require specific support or camera gear and complex organic forms, students will build
VIDEO EFFECTS are exposed to various camera systems and skill levels in composition, line quality,
This course covers the fundamental shooting formats. (offered WI & SU through the use of tone light and shadow.
concepts, terminology, and techniques of quarters) (prereq: RTV3203C)
special effects. From pre-visualization to FND120 Perspective Drawing
compositing, students explore the history of FIL4951C DIGITAL FILMMAKING This course is a fundamental drawing
engaging visual imagery in film, TV, and PORTFOLIO PREPARATION course where the students will explore
business media. Classes consist of lectures, In this first portfolio course, students assess various art and media and learn to use a
demonstrations, and hands-on projects that personal strengths to establish a career goal variety of drawing tools with an emphasis
focus on the integration of live action and decide how to organize their media on perspective, where the students will
footage and special effects. (prereq: design and production work in a graduation draw three-dimensional objects in one-,
RTV3203C) portfolio. Guided by faculty members, each two-, and three-point perspective. (prereq.:
student assembles a preliminary portfolio FND110 Observational Drawing)
FIL4363C DIGITAL FILM ANDAND and identifies areas for more work and/or
DOCUMENTARY content enhancement. FND135 IMAGE MANIPULATION
Students work in teams to produce a digital In this introduction to raster-based digital
drama or documentary film. Using an FIL4971C DIGITAL FILMMAKING image manipulation, students become
original or adapted script, students must PORTFOLIO AND DEFENSE acquainted with the concepts, hardware,
plan out the whole process of production Built on the preliminary collection of work and software, related to digital image
but may choose to produce one or more from Portfolio Preparation, this course acquisition, image editing, manipulation,
episodes of the long-form work. (offered SP allows students to determine and design color management basics, masking,
& FA quarters) the final organization and presentation of layering, retouching, scanning and output.
the graduation portfolio. Each student
FIL4471C DIGITAL VIDEO EFFECTS verbally presents their portfolio and FND150 Digital Color Theory
This course focuses on designing and addresses audience questions as a format Introduction to the principles of color and
creating special effects in media content of defense. (prereq: FIL4951C) an exploration of color theory as it relates
and delivery. Special effects elements are to media.
employed to enhance storytelling and the FIL4972C DIGITAL FILMMAKING SENIOR
overall communication process. Working in PROJECT PRODUCTION FSS1010 CONCEPTS AND THEORIES OF
groups, students apply lens and filter Students employ cumulative skills to CULINARY TECHNIQUES
effects, professional camera mounts, digital produce a significant, sophisticated digital The fundamental concepts, skills, and
editing techniques, and compositing skills to film in a chosen genre. Projects are techniques involved in basic cookery are
a variety of projects. (prereq: FIL3700C) produced individually or in groups based on covered in this course. Special emphasis is
the needs of the class as determined by the given to the study of ingredients and
FIL4575C MANAGEMENT OF POST- instructor. (prereq: RTV3203) cooking theories. Lectures teach
PRODUCTION organization skills in the kitchen and work
This course covers the advanced technical, FIL4973C DIGITAL FILMMAKING SENIOR coordination. The basics of stocks, soups,
theoretical, and aesthetic principles of PROJECT POST-PRODUCTION sauces, vegetable cookery, starch cookery,
management of the post-production Students complete the comprehensive meat, and poultry are covered. Emphasis is
process used in the editing of TV project begun in Senior Project Production. given to basic cooking techniques such as
documentaries and other programming. Students employ cumulative skills to edit sautéing, roasting, poaching, braising, and
The focus is on developing continuity, and post-produce a significant, frying. (coreq: completion of TAPS or
building sequences, refining dramatic sophisticated digital film in a chosen genre. current certificate documenting completion
structure, narration, and special effects. (prereq: FIL4972C) of at least 15 hours of instruction in food
safety and sanitation)
Various wines and spirits are used as part of representative of these cuisines. (prereq: techniques. Instruction is provided on the
the curriculum. These products are tightly FSS1743C or Approval of Dept. Director) preparation of yeast-raised dough mixing
controlled and monitored in the storeroom methods, fillings, icings, pastry cream, and
and kitchen. Participation in this program Various wines and spirits are used as part of finishing techniques. Emphasis is also
may be limited by local drinking age the curriculum. These products are tightly placed on dessert plating and presentation.
requirements. Please contact your campus controlled and monitored in the storeroom (6 credits) (prereq: completion of TAPS or
Dean for information. and kitchen. Participation in this program current certificate documenting completion
may be limited by local drinking age of at least 15 hours of instruction in food
FSS1290C GARDE MANGER requirements. Please contact your campus safety and sanitation).)
This course provides students with skills and Dean for information.
knowledge of the organization, equipment, Various wines and spirits are used as part of
and responsibilities of the “cold kitchen.” FSS1745C AMERICAN REGIONAL CUISINE the curriculum. These products are tightly
Students are introduced to and prepare The course reinforces the knowledge and controlled and monitored in the storeroom
cold hors d’oeuvres, sandwiches, salads, as skill learned in the preceding classes and and kitchen. Participation in this program
well as basic charcuterie items while helps students build confidence in the may be limited by local drinking age
focusing on the total utilization of product. techniques of basic cookery. The requirements. Please contact your campus
Reception foods and buffet arrangements development of knife skills is accented. Dean for information.
are introduced. (6 credits) (prereq: American Regional Cuisine explores the use
FSS1743C and completion of TAPS or of indigenous ingredients in the preparation FSS2068C ARTISAN BREADS AND BAKING
current certificate documenting completion of traditional and contemporary American PRODUCTION
of at least 15 hours of instruction in food specialties. The concepts of mise en place, Students are introduced to the fundamental
safety and sanitation) timelines, plate presentation, and concepts, skills, and techniques of hearth
teamwork in a production setting are breads and the production of a working
Various wines and spirits are used as part of introduced and accentuated. Timing and bakery. Special significance is placed on the
the curriculum. These products are tightly organization skills are emphasized. (6 study of ingredient functions, product
controlled and monitored in the storeroom credits) (prereq: FSS1743C) identification, and weights and measures as
and kitchen. Participation in this program applied to Artisan breads. Lectures and
may be limited by local drinking age Various wines and spirits are used as part of demonstrations teach pre-fermentation,
requirements. Please contact your campus the curriculum. These products are tightly sponges, and sourdoughs. (6 credits)
Dean for information. controlled and monitored in the storeroom (prereq: FSS2067C or approval of Dept.
and kitchen. Participation in this program Director)
FSS1743C FUNDAMENTALS OF CLASSICAL may be limited by local drinking age
TECHNIQUES requirements. Please contact your campus Various wines and spirits are used as part of
The fundamental concepts, skills, and Dean for information. the curriculum. These products are tightly
techniques involved in basic cookery are controlled and monitored in the storeroom
covered in this course. Special emphasis is FSS1747C ASIAN CUISINE and kitchen. Participation in this program
given to the study of ingredients, cooking This course emphasizes both the influences may be limited by local drinking age
theories, and the preparation of stocks, and ingredients that create the unique requirements. Please contact your campus
broth, glazes, and soups, thickening agents, character of selected Asian cuisines. Dean for information.
the grand sauces and emulsion sauces. Students prepare, taste, serve, and evaluate
Lectures and demonstrations teach traditional, regional dishes of the four FSS2069C ADVANCED PATISSERIE AND
organization skills in the kitchen, work regions of China, Japan, Korea, Vietnam, DISPLAY CAKES
coordination, and knife skills. The basics of Thailand, and Indonesia. Importance is Students explore the techniques of plated
vegetable cookery, starch cookery, meat placed on ingredients, flavor profiles, desserts and the theory behind building
and poultry are covered. Emphasis is given preparations, and techniques edible art for a la carte service, competition,
to basic cooking techniques such as representative of these cuisines. (prereq: and banquet functions. Students also study
sautéing, roasting, poaching, braising, and FSS1743C or approval of Dept. Director) decorating techniques to produce a variety
frying. (6 credits) (prereq: FSS1010) of specialty decorated cakes. The proper
Various wines and spirits are used as part of use of a pastry bag with various shape tips
Various wines and spirits are used as part of the curriculum. These products are tightly to produce shells, stars, rosettes, and butter
the curriculum. These products are tightly controlled and monitored in the storeroom cream roses are taught as well as the
controlled and monitored in the storeroom and kitchen. Participation in this program design, assembly, and decorating of
and kitchen. Participation in this program may be limited by local drinking age wedding cakes. (6 credits) (prereq:
may be limited by local drinking age requirements. Please contact your campus FSS2067C or approval of Dept. Director)
requirements. Please contact your campus Dean for information.
Dean for information. FSS2292C CLASSICAL EUROPEAN CUISINES
FSS2067C INTRODUCTION TO BAKING & Through lectures, research,
FSS1744C LATIN CUISINE PASTRY TECHNIQUES demonstrations, and hands-on cooking,
This course emphasizes both the influences This course is a combination of theory, students are introduced to the history,
and ingredients that create the unique lecture, demonstration, and hands-on menu terminology, cooking techniques,
character of selected Latin cuisines. production to provide an introduction to ingredients, and presentation unique to
Students prepare, taste, serve, and evaluate baking and pastry techniques for use in a Classical French Cuisine. Timing,
traditional, regional dishes of Mexico, South commercial kitchen. Special focus is placed organizations, mise en place, and plate
America, and the Caribbean Islands. on the study of ingredient functions, presentations are stressed. (prereq:
Importance is placed on ingredients, flavor product identification, and weights and FSS1743C)
profiles, preparations, and techniques measures as applied to baking and pastry
Various wines and spirits are used as part of GEB2011 FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS concentration on creative solution
the curriculum. These products are tightly In this course, students are introduced to generating exercises.
controlled and monitored in the storeroom the fundamentals of business.
and kitchen. Participation in this program Macroeconomics, labor relations, time GRA1762C MAPS, MATTES, MASKS
may be limited by local drinking age management, human resources This course continues the development of
requirements. Please contact your campus management, budgeting and basic digital imaging skills with an emphasis on
Dean for information. marketing principles are covered. advanced techniques in masking, maps,
channels, and compositing. (prereq:
FSS2298C EUROPEAN CAKES AND TORTES GEB2216 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS ART1211C or GRA1106C or PGY2803C)
Students are introduced to the fundamental This course focuses on the need to
concepts, skills and techniques of European communicate professionally in a general GRA1852C COMPUTER GRAPHICS
cakes and tortes. Special significance is business environment. Students will This course explores vector-based
placed on the study of ingredient functions, develop their written communication skills illustration and typographic skills. Students
product identification and weights and by learning to write memos, letters, develop their skills in scanning, tracing,
measures as applied to pastry. Lectures and proposals, presentations and various typography, and illustration. Computer skills
demonstrations teach cake mixing methods, electronic communications clearly and define and solve a variety of creative and
filling, and techniques on finishing classical effectively. Oral presentations and team conceptual problems.
tortes with various ingredient communication skills will be practiced.
such as marzipan, ganache and glazes. (prereq: ENC1101 and [COM1041, GRA1853C TYPOGRAPHY
(prereq: FSS2067C) COM1442 or SPC1608]) The focus of this course is the application of
historical and digitally current trends in
Various wines and spirits are used as part of GRA1103C INTRODUCTION TO VISUAL typography within the context of symbolic
the curriculum. These products are tightly DESIGN APPLICATIONS communication. The use of type in relation
controlled and monitored in the storeroom This course is designed to provide an to graphic design elements is explored.
and kitchen. Participation in this program introduction to the industry-related graphic (coreq: GRA1852C)
may be limited by local drinking age software applications currently used in the
requirements. Please contact your campus design professions. Students will be GRA2109C HISTORY OF GRAPHIC DESIGN
Dean for information. introduced to basic skills and technical This course examines the influences of
devices for electronic production of visual societal trends, historical events,
FSS2299C CHOCOLATE, CONFECTIONS, communication. The three areas of technological developments, and the fine
AND CENTERPIECES concentration are digital illustration, arts on contemporary graphic design,
Students are introduced to the fundamental image/photographic manipulation, and illustration, typographic design, and
concepts, skills and techniques of page layout. (prereq: none) photography. The students insight into a
chocolates and confections. Special variety of major design influences through
significance is placed on the study of GRA1106C GRAPHICS lectures, supplied visual examples, and
ingredient functions, product identification, This course explores vector-and raster- independent research. (prereq: ENC1145 or
and weights and measures as applied to based illustration, typographic skills, and LIT1020)
confections. Lectures and demonstrations image manipulation. Students study
teach chocolate tempering, candy scanning, tracing, typography, and GRA2125C GRAPHIC DESIGN
production, and the rules that apply when illustration. Computer skills are used to APPLICATIONS
creating centerpieces. (6 credits) (prereq: define and solve a variety of creative and This course concentrates on practical
FSS2067C) conceptual problems. Students also study industry applications of design principles
the use of vector and raster images for use and theory. Professionalism and attention
Various wines and spirits are used as part of in digital design. (prereq: CGS1160C) to detail in creating production-ready art
the curriculum. These products are tightly are emphasized and refined. (prereq:
controlled and monitored in the storeroom GRA1120C LAYOUT GRA2858C)
and kitchen. Participation in this program The student uses a variety of design media
may be limited by local drinking age to develop an awareness of the use of visual GRA2130C INTRODUCTION TO USER
requirements. Please contact your campus elements in design. CENTERED DESIGN
Dean for information. This course examines the design and
GRA1121C ART FOR REPRODUCTION implementation of the computer-user
This course introduces the student to interface to create effective interactive
FSS2746C WORLD CUISINES computer-based page layout and the media content. The student creates
This course emphasizes both the influences printing process. Students study compelling and potent designs using
and ingredients that create the unique terminology used in the industry, page advanced interface elements such as color
character of selected International cuisines. design and layout, digital typography, and and organization of content. This course is
Students prepare, taste, serve, and evaluate preparing files for print. (Prereq: GRA1120C an application approach to practical theory.
traditional, regional dishes of Europe, & PGY2803C or GRA1120C & PGY1801C)
Africa, the Mediterranean, and Latin GRA2159C GRAPHIC SYMBOLISM
America. Importance is placed on GRA1190C CONCEPT DEVELOPMENT This course examines the importance of
ingredients, flavor profiles, preparations, This course identifies the components of graphic symbols in design. Logos and other
and techniques representative of these the design process and focuses on creative symbolic images are examined in historic
cuisines. (prereq: FSS1743C) problem identification, research methods, and contemporary contexts. Graphic
and creative solutions. The course includes elements including typography, simplified
design purpose and function and a imagery, and abstract shapes are then
utilized to create individual symbolic
designs and compositions. (prereq: and expressive uses of color, color GRA2950C GRAPHIC DESIGN
ART1201C or DIG1132C & GRA1852C) relationships and practical applications. PORTFOLIO/PROFESSIONAL
(prereq: GRA1852C ) DEVELOPMENT
GRA2171C PACKAGE DESIGN The student completes a graphic design
This course defines the role of packaging in GRA2584C DIGITAL MEDIA PRODUCTION portfolio in preparation for job interviews.
product identification, presentation, and This course explores alternative methods of Working individually with the instructor,
production. The unique challenges of page compositions and functions, utilizing each student selects representative pieces
adapting typography, illustration, design, various layout and presentation that showcase a unique style and
and materials to three-dimensional forms applications for interactive media such as demonstrate overall conceptual abilities
are explored. Research includes marketing forms and interactive files which include and technical competencies meeting the
objectives, structural integrity, and display information, graphics, music, and video. requirements of the Associate of Science in
aesthetics. (prereq: GRA1852C & Through hands-on projects, the student Graphic Design program. (prereq:
PGY2803C) navigates through the applications while completion of 72 credit hours in program)
employing complex issues relating to print
GRA2175C PROMOTIONAL DESIGN verses web production. GRA2954C DESKTOP PORTFOLIO
The emphasis of this course is on the role of (prereq: GRA1121C) In preparation for job interviews, students
design in creating promotional materials complete a graphic design portfolio.
through the use of folders, brochures, GRA2841C FUNDAMENTALS OF WEB Working individually with the instructor,
flyers, and unconventional media. DESIGN each student selects representative pieces
Marketing research, objectives and This course focuses on the fundamentals of that showcase a unique style and
strategies are explored and applied. web site creation and usage. Differences demonstrate overall conceptual abilities
(prereq: GRA2177C) and limitations of browsers, hosting and technical competencies to meet the
services, internet terminology, file transfer requirements of the Associate of Science in
GRA2177C CORPORATE IDENTIFICATION utilities, domain name services and internet Graphic Design degree program. (prereq:
This course explores the application of a usage are covered. Introduction to the completion of 27 credit hours in program)
company logo onto business-related items basics of HTML are discussed as well as on
and how to reinforce perception and overview of graphic web applications such GRA3154C ADVANCED DIGITAL IMAGERY
awareness in the industry. Students acquire as a WYSIWYG editor in the development of This course enhances the students overall
an understanding of corporate graphics and an introductory web site. This course is for illustration skills and reviews various styles
company image creation. (prereq: students outside the Web Design & that combine traditional concepts with
GRA2199C) Interactive Media. (prereq: Approval of computer technology. Discussions include a
Program Chair) more comprehensive knowledge base in
GRA2199C SIGNS, SYMBOLS, & CIPHERS GRA2854C 2D ANIMATION I: PRINCIPLES 2D computer- generated techniques with
Students examine and create signs and This course examines the necessary tasks in an emphasis on creating original imagery as
symbols, marks, gestures, and words that the production phase of an animation. well as the manipulation of imported
represent abstract ideas and concrete Students are introduced to the fundamental images. (prereq: FND135 or PGY2803C)
images. Students explore the use of concepts of traditional [cel] animation.
symbols in art and communication. These concepts are applied through GRA3176C COLLATERAL DESIGN
Additionally, students study the history of storyboarding and character studies The role that collateral design plays in the
symbolism. including the production of a short original support of advertising campaigns is
(prereq: GRA1852C) 2D animation. (prereq: ART1331C) introduced and developed. The student
explores various collateral design
GRA2195C ADVERTISING DESIGN GRA2858C DESKTOP PUBLISHING techniques, direct mail, business-to-
This course defines the role of design in an In this intermediate course, the student business, business- to-consumer, nonprofit,
advertising context. Advertising strategy focuses on competencies in computer- and trade. The process of multiple-
based on media and marketing realities is based page layout. Emphasis is placed on presentation techniques and media formats
investigated and applied. Students explore design, multiple page layout, type are emphasized.
specific areas of advertising, including management, high-end output file (prereq: GRA2125C)
consumer goods, consumer service, and management, and production. (prereq:
public service. (prereq: GRA2177C) GRA1121C, PGY2803C) GRA3202C CONTEMPORARY TYPOGRAPHY
Students study corporate and industrial
GRA2412 MEDIA LAW GRA2931C DESIGN HONORS photography and the application of images
This course closely analyzes current laws This course focuses on practical industry for the purpose of internal and public
affecting media works including copyright design solutions using a variety of media. relations. Through the production of in-
law, trademark law, and laws regarding The Design Honors Group is a functioning plant and location images students expand
libel, slander, publicity rights, privacy rights, advertising agency and works on in-house their understanding of corporate and
misappropriation, unfair competition, projects as well as projects for nonprofit industrial imagery. Students prepare the
moral rights, and trade disparagement. organizations. Students are selected to images for print and digital delivery and
(prereq: ENC1101) participate in the group based on high focus on meeting the corporate needs of
grade point averages and recommendations their clients. (prereq: GRA1853C &
GRA2508C COLOR SYSTEMS FOR GRAPHIC from instructors. (Prereq: 3.0 CGPA and GRA2125C)
DESIGN instructor approval)
This course explores the nature and use of GRA3224C PRINT PRODUCTION
color as it applies to art and design TECHNIQUES
Emphasis will be placed on the examination This advanced course in practical industry
of color systems and models, the physical design principles and theories focuses on
design and print situations. The emphasis is GRA4178C CORPORATE representative pieces that showcase a
on identifying production problems and COMMUNICATIONS unique style and demonstrate overall
finding and preparing files for a service This advanced design course deals primarily conceptual abilities and technical
bureau in a time-constrained industry. with the development of corporate imaging competencies that meet the requirements
Additional focus is placed on paper choice, and annual reports. Building on of the Bachelor of Science in Graphic Design
cross-platform use, and implementation of competencies developed in Corporate program. (prereq: completion of 150 credit
multiple software programs to complete Identification, further development of the hours in program)
numerous pieces in various design medias. corporate ID and its place in the graphic
(prereq: GRA2125C) standards manual is employed. GRA4952C GRAPHIC DESIGN PORTFOLIO
Understanding a corporate “look” in which PRESENTATION
GRA3521C CREATIVE WEB DEVELOPMENT all aspects of a company’s communication is In preparation for job interviews, a graphic
This course explores alternative methods of unified (both graphic and otherwise) is the design print and digital portfolio is
web design, including typography, imaging, objective. (prereq: GRA2858C) completed in this course. Working
and advanced asset management. Upon individually with the instructor, each
completion of this course, students use the GRA4196C INFORMATION MEDIA student will select representative pieces to
web page user interface program to PRODUCTION discuss and refine. Emphasis is on
effectively create pages with well- This course prepares students to prepare showcasing a unique style and
structured HTML content. Emphasis is and present information to professional demonstration of conceptual abilities and
placed on the design of multi-page layout audiences. Students acquire skills necessary technical competencies that meet the
for various types of web sites. Through to develop, prepare and present graphics, requirements of the Bachelors in the
hands- on projects, students navigate charts, copy and data. Professionalism and Graphic Design program. (prereq:
through the program, while understanding presentation techniques are also covered. GRA4951C)
complex issues. (prereq: [PGY2803C or (prereq: DIG2201C)
PGY1801C or GRA1762C or PGY1892C or GRA4953C SENIOR PROJECT
DIG2790C or CTE2894C]) GRA4591C ART DIRECTION AND CREATIVE Students select an area of design and
PROCESS develop a research project. The course
GRA3816C CONCEPTUAL THINKING The role of the art director in producing emphasizes quantitative research,
This course focuses on personal creative multi- faceted design projects is examined. scheduling the project, methods of
problem solving and strategic thinking that A team environment further enhances presentation, and qualitative results.
strengthen and expand the student’s leadership, communication, and negotiation Students present and defend a project
conceptual processes. Exercises and skills. Emphasis is placed upon coordinating suitable for professional presentation.
industry-level projects in creative problem creative efforts from concept to finished (prereq: completion of 135 credit hours in
solving and strategic thinking are employed product. (prereq: GRA3816C) program)
to develop the student’s conceptual
processes. The focus is on critical analysis, GRA4725C INTERMEDIATE INTERFACE HFT2009 CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND
problem identification, and idea DESIGN SUPERVISION
refinement. (prereq: GRA1190C) This course is a continuation of the skills This course focuses on managing people
introduced in Creative Interface Design. from the hospitality supervisor’s viewpoint.
GRA3867C PHOTOGRAPHY/ ART Advanced concepts and techniques of The emphasis is on techniques for
DIRECTION interactive web-based multimedia increasing productivity, controlling labor
This course provides a comprehensive presentations incorporating action, script, costs, time management, and managing
review of the role of the art director in the sound, graphics, and video are explored. change. It also stresses effective
visual marketplace. The primary focus is (prereq: GRA3873C) communication and explains the
placed on designing layouts using responsibilities of a supervisor in the
photography to create editorial pages, and GRA4930C HONORS STUDIO foodservice operation. Students develop
ads that meet the specific needs of the Students execute advanced design concepts techniques and strategies for marketing
clients. (Prereq: PGY1103C and GRA2858C) based on various media. Using a themselves in their chosen fields. Emphasis
multidisciplinary approach, students is placed on student’s assessing their more
GRA4139 TIME-BASED DESIGN employ principles of design and interactivity marketable skills, developing a network
Using industry standard tools, students appropriate for the client and/or target of contacts, generating interviews, writing
develop a body of work with an emphasis audience.(prereq: 3.0 CPGA and instructor cover letters and resumes, preparing for
on interactive animated web sites and recommendation) their employment interview, developing a
applications. Students are encouraged to professional appearance, and closing and
explore interactivity through the eyes of the GRA4950C DIGITAL PORTFOLIO follow-up.
producer as well as the viewer and create a This course begins the student’s
positive user experience. During this course, development of a digitally based portfolio. HFT2454 FOOD AND BEVERAGE
students will discuss and evaluate design Multimedia presentation techniques and OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
examples to further develop critical thinking self-promotion are also covered. (prereq: This course addresses front-of-the-house
skills. Technical considerations such as PGY2803C) Associate students only. operations and is designed to provide
scripting, online distribution, dynamic students with an introduction from a
content and the integration of sound and GRA4951C GRAPHIC DESIGN PORTFOLIO managerial perspective of providing
video are examined. (prereq: GRA2841C or PREPARATION exceptional service to increasingly
GRA3521C) The student develops a graphic design sophisticated and demanding guests.
portfolio in preparation for a job interview. Included is a survey of the world’s leading
Working individually with the instructor, wines classified by type, as well as other
each student begins the selection of distilled beverages. Topics include the
management and training of personnel to merchandising method for reaching Costing for all standardized recipes, and
be responsible, professional alcohol servers, patrons. Menu and Facilities Design. The course
product knowledge, the income statement, covers techniques for developing and
job descriptions, sales forecasting, and cost Various wines and spirits are used as part of presenting sections of the plan. (prereq:
control. Students produce a complete the curriculum. These products are tightly Approval of Department Chair)
dining room and bar operation manual. This controlled and monitored in the storeroom
project should be saved on disk or jump and kitchen. Participation in this program Various wines and spirits are used as part of
drive, as it will be used during the Capstone may be limited by local drinking age the curriculum. These products are tightly
course or the development of a business requirements. Please contact your campus controlled and monitored in the storeroom
plan. Dean for information. and kitchen. Participation in this program
may be limited by local drinking age
Various wines and spirits are used as part of HFT3191C ART CULINAIRE requirements. Please contact your campus
the curriculum. These products are tightly This course celebrates the culinary styles, Dean for information.
controlled and monitored in the storeroom restaurants, restaurateur, and chefs who
and kitchen. Participation in this program are in the current industry spotlight. Their HFT4221 HUMAN RESOURCE
may be limited by local drinking age style, substance, and quality are discussed MANAGEMENT
requirements. Please contact your campus and examined. During the hands-on This course introduces the principles and
Dean for information. production aspect of the class, students practices of human resources management
have the opportunity to be exposed to relevant to hospitality organizations with
HFT2821 SUSTAINABLE PURCHASING & specialty produce and products. (prereq: emphasis on the entry-level manager’s role.
CONTROLLING COSTS FSS1744C) Topics covered include employment laws,
This course introduces the student to the workforce management, compensation and
methodologies and tools used to control Various wines and spirits are used as part of benefits administration, labor unions,
costs and purchase supplies. This course the curriculum. These products are tightly employee safety, diversity, and ethics.
helps the student value the purchasing, controlled and monitored in the storeroom
planning, and control processes in the food and kitchen. Participation in this program HFT4284 QUALITY SERVICE MANAGEMENT
and beverage industry. Primary focus is on may be limited by local drinking age & TRAINING
supplier selection, planning, and controlling requirements. Please contact your campus This class examines the role of service in the
costs, with an emphasis on the study of Dean for information. foodservice industry and explores how to
sustainable products and approaches. give quality customer service. Service
Topics include planning and controlling HFT3277 CLUB OPERATIONS systems and training programs in quality
costs using budgeting techniques, standard MANAGEMENT operations are examined through the use of
costing, standardized recipes, performance This course provides students the basic case studies and hypothetical scenarios.
measurements, and food, beverage, and understanding of the organization and The course covers employee training and
labor cost controls. management of various types of private development from both a strategic and
clubs including city, country, and other operational perspective. The class
HFT2842C A LA CARTE AND DINING ROOM recreational and social clubs. It also covers culminates by examining Charlie Trotter’s
OPERATIONS the unique sensitivities required in service standards in what is often the best-
Introduces students to the A La Carte managing and operating the increasingly rated restaurant in the United States.
kitchen, emphasis is on “a la minute” lucrative club management market.
method of food preparation and dining HFT4285 GLOBAL MANAGEMENT
room service standards. Industry HFT3845 FUNDAMENTALS OF & OPERATIONS IN THE HOSPITALITY
terminology, correct application of culinary PROFESSIONAL SERVICE INDUSTRY
skills, plate presentation, organization and This introductory course provides students This course provides students with an
timing in producing items off both a fixed- with the basic skills required to serve guests introduction to the dimensions and nature
price menu and a la carte menu are within various types of hospitality of the international hospitality industry. It is
stressed. The principles of dining room environments. These skills include designed to review the principles of
service are practiced and emphasized. The technology, service styles, organization management and to apply management
philosophy of food is explored and skills, handling and storage procedures for theory to the global marketplace. Students
examined in light of today’s understanding food and beverages and other supplies. examine the social, cultural, political, and
of food, nutrition and presentation. Communication methods between the front economic environments within which
(6 credits) (prereq: FSS1743C, FSS1745C, and back of the house are also be international hospitality operators compete
FSS2067C, and HFT2454) addressed. Emphasis is be is placed on for survival and growth. Topics emphasized
classic service techniques and how they include cultural dimensions of
HFT2852 MANAGEMENT BY MENU have evolved in the modern context. management, international management
This course prepares future foodservice strategy, international marketing, and
managers by giving a clear picture of the HFT3915 CULINARY CAPSTONE international human resource
important role menu planning plays within Through competencies developed with management.
operations. It covers topics ranging from previous related studies course work,
menu development, pricing, and evaluation students develop a business plan for a HFT4292 INNOVATION &
to facilities design and layout. Students minimum one hundred-seat restaurant ENTREPRENEURSHIP
benefit because good menu development is focusing on operational aspects. The project This course provides an introductory
crucial to the success of any foodservice includes: Market Analysis and Marketing overview to the knowledge and skills
operation, i.e., a planning tool, a source of Strategy, Operating Budget, Sales needed for entrepreneurship. The course
operational information, and a Projections, Opening Inventories, Capital offers a chance to gain new knowledge and
Equipment, Standardized Recipes and skills about how to identify and pursue
entrepreneurial opportunities that can be HFT4474 FOODSERVICE FINANCIAL course focuses on understanding the
applied to a student’s own interests. Topics MANAGEMENT catering role within the hospitality industry
include: how entrepreneurs find, screen, In this course, students develop a working and the various catering disciplines.
and evaluate ideas and new business knowledge of the current theories, issues, Students also discuss topics such as
opportunities. Creativity: imagination, and challenges involved with financial contracts, checklists, legal considerations,
ingenuity; the ability to create; the act of management. Students are introduced to staffing and training, food production, and
relating previously unrelated things; the the tools and skills that financial managers sanitation. This course is project driven
application of a person’s mental ability and use in effective decision making. Topics which requires significant creative and
curiosity to discover something new. include budgeting, cash management, cost independent work.
Innovation: the introduction of something concepts and behavior, investment analysis,
new; the development of new processes, borrowing funds, and financial forecasting. Various wines and spirits are used as part of
methods, devices, products, and services the curriculum. These products are tightly
for use by oneself and/or others. HFT4493 FOODSERVICE TECHNOLOGY AND controlled and monitored in the storeroom
Entrepreneurship: the pursuit of INFORMATION and kitchen. Participation in this program
opportunity without regard to resources This course is a survey course in foodservice may be limited by local drinking age
currently controlled; the process of creating Information Systems and Technology (IS&T) requirements. Please contact your campus
value by combining resources in unique designed to introduce students to the many Dean for information.
ways to exploit opportunity. Involves taking diverse facets of IS&T in the foodservice
responsibility for implementing innovative industry. Current systems and issues of HFT4865 EXPLORING WINES AND THE
concepts. major importance in the field of IS&T are CULINARY ARTS
considered as they relate to the foodservice This course provides an introduction to the
HFT4295 LEADERSHIP AND industry. Emphasis is placed on the production of wine from vineyard to bottle
ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT managerial and business aspects of IS&T, as well as a review of the basic grape
Students examine leadership, rather than the technical perspectives. Core varietals that are used to make wine.
organizational management, and culture topics include key foodservice systems (e.g., Through lectures, research, and tasting,
with focus on the role of the mangers as accounting and property management students are exposed to different types,
facilitators of change within the systems, point-of-sale, sales and catering, styles, and quality levels of wine. Students
organizations. The course emphasizes etc.), guest service and customer become familiar with the world’s most
the concepts of motivation, interpersonal relationship management (CRM), important wine regions and study the
relationships, group dynamics, leadership, knowledge management, and IS&T strategy. common criteria by which wines from these
and organization culture. Examination of different regions are evaluated. This course
leadership styles, development of strategic HFT4503 HOSPITALITY MARKETING is designed to teach students the applied
plans, and critical problem solving in the This course is an introduction to service approach to matching wine and food and
hospitality industry are covered in the marketing as applied to the hospitality using flavors, textures, and components
course. industry. The course covers the application present in food and wine as complementing
of basic marketing concepts, research strategies. The course emphasizes menu
HFT4343 FACILITIES AND MANAGEMENT methods, and design and delivery of planning, preparation of foods, cooking
DESIGN marketing components for a hospitality methods, and tasting wines with food.
This course provides students with business. Topics included but not limited to
information related to hospitality facility unique attributes of service marketing, Various wines and spirits are used as part of
design and maintenance. Foodservice consumer orientation, consumer behavior, the curriculum. These products are tightly
layout and design is related to operating market segmentation principles, target controlled and monitored in the storeroom
issues, new building construction, and marketing, product planning, promotion and kitchen. Participation in this program
renovations. Planning and design of planning, market research, and competitor may be limited by local drinking age
facilities including equipment, space and analysis. requirements. Please contact your campus
functional relationships, cost and operating Dean for information.
efficiencies; emphasis on maintenance HFT4603 LEGAL ISSUES AND ETHICS FOR
programs, safety regulations, building code CULINARIANS HFT4916 CULINARY CAPSTONE/PORTFOLIO
requirements, and energy conservation. The course is designed to give the student Students continue and build on the
an overview of legal issues arising in the development of the operational aspects a
HFT4403 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING foodservice environment. Students examine business plan started in the Associates level
PRINCIPLES laws pertinent to the Culinary Capstone course for a minimum
This course introduces the basic concepts of hospitality/foodservice industry and one hundred-seat restaurant by focusing on
financial accounting including the principles investigate the relationship of these laws to the managerial aspects. The project
upon which the determination of a the administration of a service organization. includes: Market Analysis and Marketing
company’s net income and financial This course also identifies common ethical Strategy, Operating Budget, Sales
position are based. The course presents the dilemmas encountered by culinarians and Projections, Opening Inventories, Capital
accounting cycle, recording process, introduces the student to the foundations, Equipment, Balance Sheet, Income
financial statements, budgetary planning, purpose, and content of ethical codes, and Statement, and Cost Analysis, Standardized
and performance evaluation. Basic financial approaches to ethical decision making. Recipes and Costing for all standardized
statements are introduced, the items recipes, Menu and Facilities Design. The
included in these reports, and the economic HFT4802 CATERING AND EVENT course covers techniques for developing
events and accounting related to them. The MANAGEMENT and presenting sections of the plan.
course provides information to facilitate This course introduces students to the Business related competencies are
how to use and interpret accounting fundamentals of catering, special events, reviewed as necessary for completion of the
information. and sales in the hospitality industry. The
project. (prereq: Approval of Department of problem solving, form development and IDD2220C MODEL SHOP
Chair) communication are introduced. The course This course focuses on the execution of
explores effective critiquing techniques to finished, painted, and detailed models from
Various wines and spirits are used as part of help evaluate the effectiveness of designs. original ideas developed in Intermediate
the curriculum. These products are tightly Basic drafting using mechanical drawing Product Design. Finished scale models are
controlled and monitored in the storeroom tools to refine elementary drafting skills, made from wood, plastic, metal, and hard
and kitchen. Participation in this program including perception of scale and dimension foam. (offered FA & SP quarters) (prereq:
may be limited by local drinking age is covered. IDD1200C)
requirements. Please contact your campus
Dean for information. IDD1101C PRODUCT DESIGN IDD3020C COMPUTER AIDED INDUSTRIAL
Students investigate the processes of DESIGN
HFT4943 MANAGEMENT EXTERNSHIP universal product design. They examine This course explores the utilization of
Students observe and participate in the how products are developed, incorporating design software to create realistic product
supervisory operation of a successful concept, working drawings, and model models. Emphasis is placed on tools that
foodservice business. They apply their making. Prototype development, mass allow the student to consider requirements
professional skills to gain experience in production, and marketability are covered. for form development and manufacturing.
order to enter and become successful in the (offered WI & SU quarters) (prereq: (offered WI & SU quarters) (prereq:
foodservice business. Emphasis is placed on IDD1520C, IDD1031C) ETD2343C)
developing hospitality management skills.
IDD1130C EXHIBIT DESIGN IDD3021C COMPUTER MODELING FOR
Various wines and spirits are used as part of In this design and detailing course, students MANUFACTURING
the curriculum. These products are tightly create exhibits for commercial trade shows, In this course, students utilize computer
controlled and monitored in the storeroom retail stores, and stage sets involving software to create three-dimensional
and kitchen. Participation in this program product display, signage, graphics, lighting, models of products. Emphasis is placed
may be limited by local drinking age and traffic flow. (offered SP & FA quarters) interpreting design intent while creating
requirements. Please contact your campus (prereq: IDD1101C) surfaces that would be appropriate for
Dean for information. product manufacturing processes.
IDD1200C MODELMAKING (prereq: ETD2320C)
IDD1031C DRAWING AND RENDERING The principles of modelmaking are
In this course students examine freehand introduced using paperboard, wood, plastic, IDD3044C DIGITAL PRODUCT
drawing techniques of industrial objects metal, and other media. Students become ILLUSTRATION
using a variety of media such as pencil, ink, familiar with a variety of current tools and Students explore and apply two-
and markers. Also, one-and two-point techniques. (offered WI & SU quarters) dimensional graphic design techniques
perspective renderings of industrial objects (prereq: IDD1100) through the utilization of the computer,
are applied to student designs. (offered FA scanner, and various software programs to
&SP quarters) (prereq: IND1403C) IDD1310C MATERIALS AND PROCESSES better explain their products for portfolio
Students explore the various materials and presentation. (prereq: IDD1101C,
IDD1032C INDUSTRIAL RENDERING their properties used in today’s products. IDD3045C)
This course is an introduction to the This includes plastics, metals, and natural
rendering techniques required for Industrial materials. Production methods associated IDD3045C COMPUTER DESIGN AND
Designers. Students apply various media with manufactured products are examined GRAPHICS
(markers, pastel, pencil) to realistically for their application and selection in the This course explores practical applications
visualize form, materials, and composition. design process. (offered SP & FA quarters) of graphics software for the Industrial
The emphasis is placed on communicating (prereq: IDD1200C) Design field. Students create two-
design ideas and preparing client dimensional computer graphics to
presentations. (offered WI & SU quarters) IDD1400 HISTORY OF INDUSTRIAL DESIGN emphasize product form imitating
(prereq: IDD1031C) Students explore industrial design history, traditional rendering techniques. Students
evolution, and application. (offered WI & SU produce illustrations, drawings, logos, and
IDD1033C ADVANCED INDUSTRIAL quarters) graphic layouts that can be used in project
RENDERING presentations. (offered FA & SP quarters)
In this course, students apply visualization IDD1520C DEVELOPMENT OF FORM (prereq: CGS1160C, IDD1032C, or
and presentation techniques used in the Introduction to the understanding and IND1304C)
industrial design profession. This course development of visual and tactile forms,
promotes the skill of drawing quickly by emphasizing the transformation of concept IDD3102C INTERMEDIATE PRODUCT
emphasizing visual note taking, generating sketches into three- dimensional form DESIGN
visual ideas, working from non-visual studies utilizing a variety of materials. This course explores creative design
sources, and establishing a method for (offered SP & FA quarters) methods, problem identification, research,
accurate freehand and perspective drawing. (prereq: IND1020C, IND1403C) setting objectives, and extensive problem
(offered SP & FA quarters) (prereq: solving through conceptual ideation,
IDD1032C) IDD1600C HUMAN FACTORS IN DESIGN renderings, and finished models in scale.
This course involves the study and use of (offered WI & SU quarters) (prereq:
IDD1100C INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL proper psychological and physical factors IDD1032C, IDD1101C)
DESIGN that affect humans on a daily basis while
This course introduces the concept of the interacting with products, facilities, and the IDD3103C ADVANCED PRODUCT DESIGN
design process and how it is used in the environment. (offered WI & SU quarters) This advanced course utilizes the
field of Industrial Design. The core elements (prereq: IDD1100C) experience gathered from previous courses
while emphasizing an extensive IDD3166C RECREATIONAL BOAT DESIGN IDD4112C CONVERTIBLE FURNITURE
understanding of the product development Students research the needs and desires of DESIGN
and teamwork processes. The course people who use boating for recreational In this course, students consider style and
culminates with a finished model or purposes. A finished concept is presented function to design furniture for small living
prototype. (offered SP & FA quarters) using the criteria developed in the research. spaces or multi- se areas. Design solutions
(prereq: IDD3102C, IDD3020C, IDD1033C) (prereq: IDD1101C) consider ergonomics, manufacturing
techniques and use of applicable hardware.
IDD3104C DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURING IDD3167C PERSONAL WATER CRAFT (prereq: IDD1101C)
This course explores the design process DESIGN
with real-world emphasis on The unique characteristics of personal IDD4180C ECOLOGY AND DESIGN
manufacturing. Students develop an watercraft are studied in comparison to In this course, issues related to the
awareness of form and design elements traditional boat design. New concepts are environmental impact of products are
within the constraints of mass production developed, considering the lifestyles and discussed. The implications of man-made
requirements. A product is developed activities of the boat enthusiast. (prereq: and natural materials used in today’s
through the use of sketches, research, IDD1101C) products and packaging are explored.
detail drawings, models, and product Students consider the creative re-
presentation. (prereq: IDD3102C, IDD3190C PRODUCT BRAND DESIGN utilization and/or substitution of
IDD3020C) Students explore brand identity, including manufacturing materials to promote a
brand name, logo, positioning, brand sustainable environment (prereq:
IDD3105C GAME & TOY DESIGN association, and brand personality. (prereq: IDD1101C)
Through researching child and adult IDD3045C, IDD1101C)
attitudes and activities, students design and IDD4900C GRADUATE PROJECT
develop action toys and games for IDD3300C STRUCTURAL DESIGN APPLICATION & DEFENSE
education and entertainment. Finished This course introduces the student to the In a continuation of Graduate Project
concepts are presented through scale principles and application of structure as Research & Programming, students
models and prototypes of various materials they relate to the design of products, prepare, present, and defend a graduate
and media. packaging, displays, and facilities via mock- project suitable for professional
ups in foam, cardboard, and wood. (offered presentation and address the preparation
IDD3120C AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN WI & SU quarters) (prereq: IDD1200C) of final portfolio projects. (6 credits)
In this course, students use the methods of (prereq: IDD4905C)
the Automotive Designer to develop a IDD3320C PRINCIPLES OF MECHANICAL
vehicle design. Lifestyle research is utilized ENGINEERING IDD4905C GRADUATE PROJECT
to evaluate a current vehicle package to This course examines the principles of RESEARCH AND PROGRAMMING
create a unique concept. Marker renderings engineering that help industrial designers Selecting an area from Industrial Design,
lead to a fifth-scale line drawing and clay understand the mechanical properties of students research and program graduate
model for presentation. (prereq: IDD1101C) the products they design. Fundamentals are projects. Emphasis is placed on quantitative
observed through test models and the and qualitative research, project scheduling,
IDD3140C ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN application to design principles. (offered SP methods of presentation, and qualitative
In this design and detailing course, students & FA quarters) results. (6 credits) (prereq: completion of
create shelters, pavilions, zoos, 135 credits)
playgrounds, landscape features, and IDD3601C ANATOMY DRAWING FOR
outdoor accessories. Emphasis is placed on INDUSTRIAL DESIGN IDD4910C INDUSTRIAL DESIGN PORTFOLIO
signage and both natural and man-made This course utilizes developed drawing skills This course emphasizes graphic
lighting. (offered SP & FA quarters) (prereq: as they pertain to human factors in presentation techniques with particular
IDD1101C) relationships to products. (offered FA & SP focus on the development of a professional-
quarters) (prereq: ART1331C) level portfolio utilizing various media.
IDD3150C PACKAGE DESIGN Verbal presentations, resume/business card
FOR PRODUCTION IDD4022C ADVANCED COMPUTER preparation, and related presentation
Design packaging is created through the use APPLICATION techniques are also discussed and explored.
of a good layout, images, typography, and Students render complex shapes, 3D (graduation quarter)
color in a cost-effective way. Students models, and computer-generated
explore the associations and the attributes presentation of products, packages, and IDD4950C INDUSTRIAL DESIGN PORTFOLIO
that customers think of when they see the displays. (offered SP & FA quarters) (prereq: PREPARATION
brand name of a product. ETD2343C) Students determine the proper applications
(prereq: IDD1101C, IDD3045C) to illustrate design ideas. Techniques for
IDD4110C FURNITURE DESIGN effective design communication are
IDD3151C PACKAGING AND POINT OF In this course, lifestyles and functional discussed. Drawings, renderings, and
PURCHASE DESIGN considerations are examined to develop photos are prepared for the graduation
This course examines the concepts and furniture pieces for a particular portfolio. (offered WI & SU quarters)
application of two-and three-dimensional environment. Students design and (prereq: IDD3045C)
principles related to the design of construct prototype pieces. (prereq:
packaging, point-of-purchase, and IDD1101C) IDS2990 TRANSFER CREDIT -
merchandising systems. (offered WI & SU MATHEMATICS/COMPUTER SCIENCE
quarters) (prereq: IDD1101C, IDD3045C) This course number and prefix indicate the
award of prior learning credit in
Mathematics or Computer Science. This format. Presentation drawings are rendered INTA112 DESIGN BASICS 3D
course is repeatable up to 12 credits. using CAD advance technology. This course This course explores the basic elements and
also reinforces and further develops the principles of three-dimensional design.
IDS2996 TRANSFER CREDIT - PROGRAM graphics and technical skills introduced in Students will use traditional and /or digital
ELECTIVE Interior Design communications. Students tools to help them visualize their designs
This course number and prefix indicate the become proficient in computer rendering volumetrically and apply 3D design
award of prior learning credit in a program and perspective, and have the opportunity elements to the spatial envelope. (prereq.:
area. (prereq: approval of program Chair) to work with various schematic design level INTA101)
3D virtual reality and walk-through
IND1020C DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS animations. Students customize AutoCAD to INTA122 TEXTILES
This course in graphic representation is increase speed and accuracy in operation. This course explores the nature of man-
concerned with the structure of our Drawings are imported and manipulate in made and natural materials used to
environment as the ultimate source of other software (Word/Excel/ PowerPoint produce textiles for use in interior design.
form, and with effective communication in /Photoshop) and into the web. Content includes discussion of fibers, yarn,
the world of art. (prereq: IND4469C) fabrics, finishes, design methods,
construction, and proper application of
IND1024C DESIGN BASICS/COLOR INTA101 ARCHITECTURAL DRAFTING these materials from technical,
Students gain a working ability on which to This course is an introduction to the basic environmental, and aesthetic approaches.
base design studies by combining the basic drafting techniques, terminology, and
principles and elements of 2D design with symbols used on drawings, including use of INTA201 MATERIALS & SPECIFICATIONS
color theory. Illustrated lectures and drafting equipment, lettering, plan and This course explores materials and finishes
applied projects enhance the creative elevation construction with an emphasis on utilized in interior applications through
process. (prereq: IND1020C) proper line weight, quality, and scale. lecture, demonstrations, and/or field trips.
Various methods of specification and
IND1403C DRAWING TYPES INTA102 INTRODUCTION TO INTERIOR estimation are covered. Students research
Through the observation and application of DESIGN and assess performance criteria including
one-, two-, and multiple-point techniques, Students are introduced to the aesthetics, function, and environmental
students render three-dimensional forms as responsibilities of today’s interior design factors. (prereq: INTA122)
they relate to form and space installations. professional. Assignments require the
The fundamentals of light and shadow, line, application of the elements and principles INTA202 PRESENTATION TECHNIQUES
form, and value are explored through the of design for interior spaces to create This course explores alternate methods of
use of various drawing mediums. aesthetic solutions. Basic lessons in creating and producing interior design
ergonomics, space planning, and human presentations. Combining a variety of
IND1605C ERGONOMICS factors introduce the skills used to make software, reproduction methods, and digital
This in-depth study of residential functional and purposeful design decisions. rendering techniques, students explore
components is an investigation of the ways to manipulate images into a cohesive
impact that physical dimensions, clients, INTA103 CAD I graphic presentation. (prereq.: INTA103)
and functional requirements have on a This course is an introduction to the
given design. (prereq: IND1405C, IND1024C) principles and operation of computer-aided INTA203 CAD II
drafting to produce floor plans, elevations Students will enhance their CAD skills while
IND3104 SURVEY OF ARCHITECTURE and other components of construction increasing their speed and problem solving
Students learn the historical evolution of drawings. (prereq.: INTA101) capabilities. Students will gain proficiency in
architecture and how architectural forms computer-assisted drafting through
are affected by materials, religion, INTA105 SKETCHING & IDEATION progressively complex applications.
government, technology, and weather. Students visually conceptualize design (prereq.: INTA103)
solutions through rapid sketching in this
IND3456C RENOVATION/ WORKING course. (prereq.: FND120) INTA207 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE,
DRAWINGS INTERIORS & FURNITURE II
Students produce a comprehensive set of INTA107 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE, This course covers the development of
working drawings illustrating demolition as INTERIORS & FURNITURE I architecture, interiors, furniture, and design
well as new construction. (prereq: This course covers the evolution of from the Industrial Revolution to the
ARC2461C) architecture, interiors, furniture, and design present. The cultural, political, social,
from the ancient world to the mid-19th and/or economic conditions of the times
IND4322C ADVANCED DELINEATION Century. The cultural, political, social, are included. Assignments provide
This course is a further and continuous and/or economic conditions of the times opportunities to recognize how the styles of
study of drawing, construction, and media are included. the past continue to influence design today.
application to rendered presentation
drawings. The work is individualized to INTA111 SPACE PLANNING INTA211 CODES & REGULATIONS
meet and address student requirements. This course begins the design series by This course studies the principles, policies,
(prereq: IND1400C, IND1335C, IND1304C) introducing the interior design process and practices required by regulatory bodies
including programming, schematics, design and jurisdictions having authority over
IND4472C AUTOCAD ADVANCED development, space planning and alternate interior construction building, fire codes
PRESENTATION TECHNIQUES design solutions. (prereq.: INTA101) and ADA regulations as they apply to
This course uses the previously learned interior design projects.
advanced techniques to produce
presentation drawings both in 2D and 3D
INTA212 RESIDENTIAL DESIGN I INTA313 DIGITAL MODELING II industry by assisting them with the
This course explores the design of This course compliments the skills gained in development and presentation of an
residential interiors as a problem solving 3D Modeling. Students apply camera and interior design portfolio that reflects the
process, with applications to a variety of lighting techniques as it applies to interior stated exit competencies. Students will
residential interiors. Areas of study include environments. (prereq.: INTA303) demonstrate an advanced skill-set in areas
concept development, human factors, as process, conceptual thinking, design,
programming and space planning, color, INTA322 BUILDING & MECHANICAL web design, craftsmanship, and other skills,
furniture and finish selection as well as SYSTEMS as projects are refined and assembled into a
concepts of universal design and This course is a study of the materials, cohesive, comprehensive body of work.
sustainability. (prereq.: INTA111) principles and sustainable concepts utilized Particular emphasis will be placed on
in basic construction, building, and identifying short- and long-term
INTA222 HUMAN FACTORS mechanical systems for interiors. (prereq.: professional employment goals, industry
This course covers the principles and INTA211) and professional related resources and
considerations related to human factors, standards, portfolio development and
universal design, anthropometrics, INTA332 ENVIRONMENTAL & presentation strategies. (prereq.: Approval
ergonomics and the psychological response SUSTAINABLE DESIGN of Program Chair/Program Coordinator)
of users to interior spaces. This course covers the principles and
practices of sustainable and environmental INTA412 INSTITUTIONAL DESIGN
INTA232 LIGHTING DESIGN design as applied to a design project. This course is the design and presentation
This course covers a comprehensive study (prereq.: INTA242) of an Institutional Project with emphasis on
of the various natural and artificial lighting anthropometrics, human factors, and
techniques as they apply to interior INTA342 COMMERCIAL DESIGN II human behavior. (prereq.: INTA342)
environments. (prereq.: INTA111) This course is the design and presentation
of a complex commercial project with INTA422 SENIOR STUDIO II
INTA242 COMMERCIAL DESIGN I emphasis on universal and barrier free In this culminating studio course, students
This course is the design and presentation design. (prereq.: INTA242) continue the development of a viable
of a commercial project with emphasis on solution for the project initiated in Senior
the workplace environment. (prereq.: INTA352 HOSPITALITY DESIGN Studio I. Skills from the entire program are
INTA111) This course is the design and presentation leveraged into a final portfolio project
of team-based hospitality project with motivated by environmentally sound, cost-
INTA252 INTERIOR DETAILING emphasis on innovation and creativity. effective and responsible design practices.
In this course students study the materials (prereq.: INTA342) (prereq.: INTA402)
and fabrication techniques involved in the
design and construction of interior details. INTA402 SENIOR STUDIO I INTA432 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS II
(prereq.: INTA203) Students select a subject based on their This course expands upon the concepts
individual career aspirations and develop a examined Construction Documents I.
INTA262 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I project of a substantial scope. Emphasis is Students produce an advanced set of design
This course introduces students to the on real-world needs that could be better drawings to support their senior studio.
contract document process for interior met through more responsible interior (prereq.: INTA262)
spaces. (prereq.: INTA203) design and architecture. Content includes
problem identification, analysis of user MAN2024 FASHION BUSINESS
INTA302 RESIDENTIAL DESIGN II needs, observation and information MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
This course is the design and presentation gathering. Ultimately a design program and This course develops the student’s
of a complex residential project with an schematic solution are prepared that will be knowledge and practical experience in
emphasis on historic precedent. (prereq.: further developed into a complete design current business theory and business
INTA212) solution in Senior Studio II for an interior practices. (prereq: CTE1760, ENC1145, or
environment that will better support the Approval of Dept. Chair)
INTA303 DIGITAL MODELING I psychological and physiological health,
This course introduces students to 3D safety and welfare of the public. (prereq.: MAN3143 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT –
modeling software as a communication Approval of Program Chair/Program LEADERSHIP
tool. Students produce design solutions Coordinator) A study of human resources management
volumetrically as part of the design process. from the perspective of influencing and
(prereq.: INTA202) INTA406 INTERNSHIP motivating others. (offered WI & SU
Through a field internship experience, quarters) (prereq: MAN2024)
INTA306 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE students will be able to apply their skills in a
This course presents the principles real and practical situation. The main MAN3240 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
governing the business, legal, and objectives of the internship are to allow This course is an examination of human
contractual aspects of the interior design students the opportunity to observe and relations theory and individual, group, and
profession. (prereq.: Approval of Program participate in the operation of successful organizational performance in relation to
Chair/Program Coordinator) businesses related to their fields of study. the organizational structures of
(prereq.: Approval of Program contemporary businesses and public
INTA312 GLOBAL DESIGN Chair/Program Coordinator) agencies. (prereq: PSY2012)
This course covers the research and
application of global design and the study of INTA409 PORTFOLIO MAN4801 ENTREPRENEURSHIP
different cultures as they relate to design This course aims to prepare students to The organization, management, and
issues and concerns. (prereq.;: INTA111) seek entry-level employment within the promotion of a business is examined with a
focus on the development of professional addition, students study international and apply a new fundamental
skills in client interaction, contracts, marketing concepts, cross-cultural understanding to developing e-Commerce
estimates and invoicing, budget, taxes and sensitivities, political and legal influences, environments. Marketing on the Web,
legal issues. Emphasis economic considerations, and how these addressing the elements and requirements
is on the process of developing career goals concepts relate to decision making in an of information distribution, advertising, and
and actions to reach the potential of international environment. (prereq: sales are also covered. This course is based
successful freelance or an outright business. MAR1010) on intensive case studies of sites on the
(prereq: ENC1145) web as well as lecture.
MAR3322C CAMPAIGN ADVERTISING
MAN4871 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT This course defines the role of design media MAR3939 CURRENT TOPICS IN FASHION
This course focuses on the management in an advertising context. Students are MARKETING
strategies designed to integrate the basic introduced to informational and This course examines specific, current areas
disciplines of business through case analysis administrative approaches in the of fashion marketing (i.e., niche marketing)
and other methods. The course also helps development of advertising that include and gives students an opportunity to look at
students discover how to establish goals marketing objectives and goals. Campaign this area in-depth. Students study through
based on long-term and short-term strategies and class projects are based on lecture, field trips, hands-on experience,
strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and marketing realities as applied to print, and experimentation. A final project is
threats. (prereq: MAR2612) broadcast, out-of-home, and other media created in the specific area studied. (offered
applications. A final project in which teams SU & WI quarters) (prereq: MAR1010)
MAR1010 FUNDAMENTALS OF create an entire ad campaign is presented
MARKETING to an audience of faculty, peers, and field MAR4800 BRAND MARKETING
This course addresses the fundamental professionals. (prereq: (GRA3867C & & STRATEGY
concepts and principles of marketing. The GRA2195C) or (MAR2612 & RTV2107C) This advanced course focuses on the
overview of marketing provided helps essential concepts, skills, and strategies of
students place their knowledge in a MAR3323 MEDIA PLANNING AND BUYING brand marketing. Emphasis is placed on
framework to understand how each Media as part of a delivery channel for a understanding consumer needs and
component contributes to the strength and marketing message is the focus of this motivations in a changing marketplace to
utility of a marketing plan. Students also course. Topics include media as critical to support sales, increase brand recall,
learn how to identify how world events and the fulfillment of the overall marketing recognition, awareness and repositioning.
cultural assumptions influence marketing strategy, cost effectiveness, and alternative In addition, the factors that make a brand
and advertising. and new media. (prereq: MAR1010) successful, such as price pressure,
fragmented markets and media, and
MAR2411 PERSONAL SELLING MAR3414C DESIGN SALES proliferating competition are discussed.
This course focuses on the essential skills Students explore techniques in the selling (prereq: MAR1010)
and knowledge one needs to affect a sale, process, focusing on the marketing and
as well as the ways that the sales pitch can merchandising of design products. MKA1041 INTRODUCTION TO RETAILING
be focused to solve customer problems. Students investigate consumer motivation This course provides an overview of the
This course also covers persuasive and lifestyle influences and prepare a retail environment. It examines and
communication techniques in the area of formal sales presentation based on this addresses basic terminology and concepts
advertising. research. Students develop skills in related to retail trends, traditional and non-
communication, acquire in-depth product store retailing, operations, and planning.
MAR2612 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING knowledge, study how to differentiate
RESEARCH between features and benefits, prepare for MKA2100C VISUAL MERCHANDISING
The use of the marketing research process sales calls, explore various presentation Students develop creative merchandise
as a tool for solving advertising problems is methods, including multi-media formats, presentations to strengthen brand image
the focus of this course. The source of data, and practice techniques for overcoming and build sales of merchandise.
sampling procedures, questionnaire design, objections and closing the sale. (prereq:
data collection and analysis, and who uses MAN2024) MKA3101C STORE PLANNING
the information and how is covered. Students implement and evaluate the
(prereq: MAR1010) MAR3500 CONSUMER BEHAVIOR elements that combine to make a
This course examines the cultural, social, successful store layout: traffic patterns,
MAR2720 WEB MARKETING and individual variables involved in furnishings, fixtures, and security. (prereq:
This course focuses primarily on marketing consumer behavior. It also reviews how MKA2100C and CTE2810)
on the web, addressing the elements and they are incorporated into buyer decision
requirements of information distribution, processes and marketing practices. Areas MMC1124 MEDIA CONCEPT
advertising or sales in the Interactive Media covered include emotional hot buttons, DEVELOPMENT
medium. Students study how to use mass appeal, snob appeal, and the This course covers the fundamentals of media
traditional marketing theories and bandwagon effect. (prereq: MAR1010) script writing, development of visual elements,
strategies as well as how to modify those and the entire process of creating, designing,
strategies for utilization within the demands MAR3730 E-COMMERCE BUSINESS and producing media content for targeted
and opportunities unique to the Web. Students compare traditional and electronic audiences and intended delivery systems.
sales outlets to develop a clear (prereq: ENC1101)
MAR3156 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING understanding of the differences and
This course examines global marketing similarities between businesses in this new
opportunities, problems, and strategies that environment. Students apply traditional
impact the international environment. In principles where appropriate and discover
MMC3008 MEDIA DELIVERY SYSTEMS & PGY1800C PRINCIPLES OF PHOTOGRAPHY PGY2210C PORTRAITURE
DISTRIBUTION WITH DIGITAL TECHNOLOGY This course introduces the student to basic
This course addresses the end part of media In this foundational course, students portrait techniques which are applicable
production: delivery and distribution. identify the basic photographic tools of the not only to general photography but any
Students study a variety of media delivery digital age and their intended purposes. field which includes photographing people.
methods and examine the relationship Students explore the principles of camera The class practices classical posing and
between delivery systems and distribution operation to control photographic exposure lighting techniques in both studio and
methods. They also evaluate the relative and image aesthetics while employing the outdoor situations. (prereq: PGY1201C)
efficiency, cost, and effectiveness of each. proper use of digital camera systems and
(offered SP & FA quarters) (prereq: light meters. Additionally, students examine PGY2221C ADVERTISING PHOTOGRAPHY
MAR1010) photographs to identify their attributes and Students study the advertising industry and
learn to replicate these on their own the application of images for the purpose of
PGY1050 SURVEY OF PHOTOGRAPHY images. (coreq: PGY1806C) selling. Through the production of images
This course is designed as an overview of for magazine, billboard, point-of-sale, and
the history of photography and current PGY1801C INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRONIC other advertising uses students expand
trends in the industry, including specialty IMAGING APPLICATIONS their understanding of advertising imagery
fields available to professional While studying basic integrated media and shooting to layout. Students prepare
photographers. Students begin to explore capture and image manipulation using the images for print and digital delivery and
the selection of their own areas of interest. industry- standard applications and focus on meeting the advertising needs of
programs, students are introduced to their clients. (prereq: PGY1050 and
PGY1103C PHOTOGRAPHY TECHNIQUES current operating system platforms. PGY2202C)
Students discover and explore the basic Students utilize the internet as well as basic
principles of photography and its use in archiving and storing of digital files. (prereq: PGY2223C CORPORATE AND INDUSTRIAL
graphic design through the creative PGY1806C) PHOTOGRAPHY
technical uses of the camera. Fundamental Students study corporate and industrial
functions, exposure, effect of the shutter PGY1806C PHOTOGRAPHIC DESIGN photography and the application of images
and aperture, composition for impact, lens Students study the fundamentals of image for the purpose of internal and public
selection, and the qualities of light will be processing and explore timeless elements relations. Through the production of in-
covered. Students create images for their that form the foundations of all design arts. plant and location images students expand
own stock photography library including Using contemporary technology to produce their understanding of corporate and
backgrounds and textures. (prereq: none) images, students become familiar industrial imagery. Students prepare the
with basic production techniques and begin images for print and digital delivery and
PGY1150C LARGE FORMAT PHOTOGRAPHY to develop creative expression. Through focus on meeting the corporate needs of
Students become familiar with large format class discussion students examine their their clients. (prereq: PGY1050 and
photography and the view camera. Through own color images to identify components PGY2202C)
hands-on projects students begin to gain an that make images aesthetically pleasing.
understanding of and technical proficiency (coreq: PGY1800C) PGY2224C LOCATION PHOTOGRAPHY
with the control and operation of the view This course is designed to familiarize
camera. (prereq: PGY1800C) PGY1811C COLOR MANAGEMENT AND students with location photography
APPLICATIONS through the use of SLR, medium format,
PGY1201C LIGHTING Students explore basic color theory as it and large format cameras. It offers students
Students are introduced to basic aspects of relates to the optical characteristics of light. an opportunity to gain technical proficiency
lighting as it relates to photography and the Expansion on this foundation encompasses in the control and operation of various
photographic process. Emphasis is placed the various color models used in electronic location lighting equipment with emphasis
on quality, direction, measurement and imagery such as RGB, CMKY, and indexed on portable electronic flash systems.
control of light and the effect on the and LAB color. Color correction and (prereq: PGY2202C)
photograph. Basic techniques, applications, retouching techniques are refined. System
and variations are demonstrated and color management is stressed in all aspects PGY2232C CONSUMER PHOTOGRAPHY
students acquire knowledge and skills of the course. (prereq: PGY1801C) Students study the consumer industry and
through the use of visuals, assignments, and the creation of images for the purpose of
critiques. (prereq: PGY1150C, PGY1806C) PGY1892C DIGITAL GRAPHIC PRODUCTION personal or private use. Through the
This course presents digital imaging input production of portraits, event photographs,
PGY1401C PHOTOGRAPHY TECHNIQUES and output techniques. Students study how and photographs for other consumer uses
FOR GRAPHIC DESIGN to digitize and capture images and produce students expand their understanding of
Students discover and explore the basic digital files for reproduction. consumer imagery. Students prepare the
principles of photography and its use in images for print and digital delivery and
graphic design through the creative PGY2202C ADVANCED LIGHTING focus on meeting the needs of their clients.
technical uses of the DSLR camera. Expanding skills developed in Lighting, this (prereq: PGY2202C)
Fundamental functions, exposure, effect of course emphasizes advanced lighting and
the shutter and aperture, film selection, metering techniques. Students study the PGY2271C STUDIO OPERATIONS
composition for impact, lens selection, and color qualities of light under various MANAGEMENT
the qualities of light are covered. Students conditions while focusing on using light to Important business management skills and
create images for their own stock create a mood, to tell a story, or to a range of practical, legal, and ethical issues
photography library including backgrounds communicate effectively. for the self-employed professional
and textures. (prereq: PGY1201C) photographer form the basis of this course.
Students learn how to set up a business,
research potential clients and contacts, put PGY2802C INTERMEDIATE ELECTRONIC PGY3217C CONTEMPORARY PORTRAITURE
together price lists and invoices, and gain a IMAGING APPLICATIONS Students apply the experience, skills, and
general understanding of client needs. Using techniques and skills developed in the techniques acquired in Portraiture. To
Course material includes promotion, introductory course, this course allows further develop their visions, students
pricing, accounting, studio overhead, and students to expand their skills in research a conceptual and stylistic approach
the development of a business plan. contemporary and emerging technologies to props and location elements in
(prereq: PGY2273) of imaging. Students are expected to portraiture and produce portraits that
integrate previously learned techniques and engage the viewer and convey meaning
PGY2273 THE BUSINESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY skills with newly acquired information and through image style. (prereq: PGY2210C)
In this course students study the basic design skills to produce unique images.
concepts of running a photographic-related (prereq: PGY1801C) PGY3229 WEDDING AND EVENT
business. Emphasis is placed on legal and PHOTOGRAPHY
pricing aspects that are peculiar to the PGY2803C DIGITAL IMAGING This course is an exploration of the history,
photographic industry. (prereq: Approval of This course explores the realm of digital current trends, and photographic
Dept. Chair) image manipulation. Students learn to techniques utilized in wedding and social-
manipulate photographic and other images event photography. This is accomplished by
PGY2274 ADVANCED BUSINESS OF to create concise advertising and graphics. lecture, demonstration, guest speakers, and
PHOTOGRAPHY The focus includes scanning, photo field trips. Students observe at least two
This course explores professional development restoration, working in layers, and special actual weddings (or one wedding and one
tools including resumes, cover letters, effects overlay Bar Mitzvah). (prereq: PGY2273)
networking, and interviewing. Students
develop individual plans for marketing their PGY2830C PRINTING PGY3233C ARCHITECTURAL
talents and finding work after graduation with Printing expands on the competencies of PHOTOGRAPHY
an emphasis on targeting markets to suit their color management and applications by Students study architectural photography
personal goals. (prereq: PGY2273) integrating a variety of current output including planning, lighting, and
methods commensurate with industry photographing interiors and exteriors. By
PGY2470C PHOTOGRAPHY PORTFOLIO needs. Students apply their contemporary researching methodology, equipment,
PREPARATION output knowledge and skills to refine black aesthetics, and client needs students
Portfolio Preparation provides students and white printing skills and utilize print determine the most advantageous
guidance and direction in producing images theory to create a benchmark for quality approaches to photographing a variety of
for their graduation portfolios. Creating digital output. Students acquire architectural challenges. Class participants
unique images that collectively proficiencies in file preparation, image implement combinations of natural and
demonstrate a clear application of technical resolution selection, device profiling, paper artificial lighting while managing
skills and vision is emphasized throughout selection, and soft-proofing techniques. composition, styling, and use of props to
the portfolio process. (prereq: Approval of (prereq: PGY1811C) maintain integrity of architectural moods
Dept. Chair) and elements. (prereq: PGY3205)
PGY3006 HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY
PGY2600C PHOTOJOURNALISM Students study the development of PGY3234C FASHION PHOTOGRAPHY
Students apply the basics of setting up and photographic processes from the origins of While implementing their technical and
shooting news, features, sports, and photo the craft to contemporary technology. They photographic skills students produce
essays in this course that focuses on research key people that contributed to the commercially viable images of clothing and
photojournalism within the editorial development of photography as an artistic accessories. Students research industry
market. Students study professional medium and how their influences drove trends and apply what they have discovered
examples of photojournalism to acquire an movements within the photographic in the creation of their own fashion images
understanding of the elements required in industry. Ultimately, students develop an designed to meet client expectations. Each
each category. Each student creates a understanding of varied photographic student develops an awareness of and the
picture story that demonstrates news techniques in historical context and how ability to create mood through makeup,
writing, photo editing, and layout skills and they apply to individual styles and then lighting, and set design in the studio and on
delivers it to an FTP site for publication. create final projects that demonstrate the location. (prereq: PGY2202C)
(prereq: PGY1201C) connection between historical references
and commercial photography. PGY3275 ASSISTING FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS
PGY2650C EDITORIAL PHOTOGRAPHY This course helps the student refine their
Students study the editorial industry and PGY3205C LIGHTING APPLICATIONS knowledge of the transition process from
the application of images for the purpose of Students solve lighting problems that arise student to working assistant and on to
illustration. Through the production of in the advertising, editorial, consumer, and emerging photographer. The course covers
images for magazine, newspaper, and other corporate and industrial markets. Students methodology, equipment, aesthetic
illustrative uses students expand their apply combinations of lighting techniques approaches, client needs and relations,
understanding of editorial imagery. and light sources both in the studio and on portfolio, professional rates, and other
Students prepare the images for print and location. By studying existing commercial business issues. The course provides
digital delivery and focus on meeting the images and researching available resources, practical experience in solving various real
illustrative needs of their clients. students create lighting schemes that problems encountered by studio and
(prereq: PGY1050, PGY2202C) produce commercially viable images. location photographers as well as the major
(prereq: PGY2202C) disciplines of the industry.
(prereq: PGY2274)
PGY3278C IMAGE MANAGEMENT AND presentation materials in their designated plotting, writing for specific target
PRESENTATION market of interest. (prereq: PGY4953C) audiences, messages, and script format.
While implementing the digital capture (prereq: ENC1101)
workflow process, students develop PGY4477C ART DIRECTED PHOTOGRAPHY
strategies to manage and present image Students synthesize their image creation RTV1213C INTRODUCTION TO AUDIO
files. Through visual examples, assignments, talents with a production team to develop a RECORDING
and critiques, students analyze many of the concept from inception to final product. In Students study the principles of audio
technological challenges faced in today’s collaborative exercises that present the recording. Students examine the tools and
photographic industry when managing an dynamics and complexities experienced techniques used in digital multi-track
assignment and preparing images for client when involved with creative teams, recording and mixing. This course includes
delivery; the students create solutions for students must strategize with each other to the basics of critical listening, microphone
each challenge. Students use location and achieve their collective goal. Students technique, digital recorder and console
studio assignments to improve their defend their roles in an environment where operation, signal flow, signal processing,
understanding of the technology and the art director, not the photographer, is and general studio operations.
processes required for maintaining responsible for the final outcome of the
sophisticated digital asset management assignment. (prereq: GRA1121C, PGY3205C) RTV1218 AUDIO TECHNOLOGY I
(DAM). (prereq: Approval of Dept. Chair) This course examines the principles of audio
PGY4484C EXHIBITION PRINTING signals and the equipment used to record,
PGY3823C ADVANCED ELECTRONIC In this laboratory class participants produce process, and distribute audio content.
IMAGING APPLICATIONS final portfolio and exhibition prints of Students begin to develop an understanding
Using techniques and skills developed in gallery quality. Attention is paid to quality of signal flow of audio systems using block
Intermediate Electronic Imaging control as demonstrated in effective dust diagrams. A survey of audio transmission,
Applications, students explore advanced and artifact- aberration, tonal and color manipulation, and delivery systems
emerging technologies and the various adjustment, archival preparation, and including cables, connectors, basic stereo
professional uses of advanced digital gallery-quality presentation. mixers, microphones, amplifiers, and
imaging. Students are expected to combine (Prereq: PGY4821C) loudspeakers are presented. (prereq:
previously learned techniques and skills RTV1213C )
with newly acquired information and design PGY4821C SPECIAL EFFECTS AND IMAGING
skills to produce unique digital images. TECHNIQUES RTV1224C PRINCIPLES OF LIGHTING
(prereq: PGY2802C) Students continue to implement previously The student studies and applies lighting
learned imaging techniques and apply their techniques and concepts as they relate to
PGY4104 CREATIVE CONCEPTS visual communication skills through the various media applications. Emphasis is
Students concentrate on the exploration of application of sophisticated special effects. placed on mastering the skills required to
image concepts, content, symbolism, and They research, analyze, and plan visual make appropriate lighting decisions under
the narrative potential of photography as solutions to challenges associated with a variety of field and studio situations.
they relate to culture and society. They imaging projects using a variety of software There is also a focus on pre-production skills
research and promote alternatives to the and analog technology. as well as problem solving on the set.
single documentary style traditional (prereq: PGY3823C)
approach to photography. Students are RTV1241C INTRODUCTION TO VIDEO
challenged to determine a wide range of PGY4953C PHOTOGRAPHY PORTFOLIO PRODUCTION
photographic solutions to problems that PRESENTATION Students gain knowledge of the technical
arise while creating images for Continuing the portfolio construction terms of video production and industry uses
communication and self-expression and process, students prepare for transition of basic video production equipment and
that reflect current industry trends and from the role of student to active techniques.
contemporary culture. (prereq: PGY3006) participant as an assistant or employee in
the photographic industry. Each student RTV2107C WRITING FOR INTERACTIVE
PGY4277C BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND develops methods and media to present MEDIA
MANAGEMENT their work in a manner that meets This is a specialized writing course for
Important business management skills and professional and creative goals. interactive design production. Students
a range of practical, legal, and ethical issues (Prereq: PGY2470C) identify the requirements of different types
for the self-employed professional of writing and the unique characteristics
photographer form the basis of this course. PUR3008 PUBLIC RELATIONS AND and techniques of interactive media writing.
Students examine how to set up a business, PROMOTION Students examine how various forms of
research potential clients and contacts, put This course examines the historical media work together
together price lists and invoices, and gain a development of public relations, showing to reach audiences. Students further
general recognition the principles, methods, and means of explore how to use interactive media to
of client needs. Course material includes influencing public opinion. (prereq: express ideas. These techniques are then
promotion, pricing, accounting, studio ENC1102 or ENC1145 or Approval of applied to various forms of interactive
overhead, and the development of a Program Chair) media. (prereq: ENC1145 or ENC1102 or
business plan. LIT1020)
(prereq: PGY2274) RTV1100 SCRIPTWRITING
This course focuses on the planning, RTV2205C BROADCAST MEDIA
PGY4476C PHOTOGRAPHY PORTFOLIO storyboarding, and scripting of video, radio, PRODUCTION
REFINEMENT and narrative film. Scripts are developed Students become responsible for every
Through independent advisement, students with an emphasis on characterization, phase of a news or magazine format
complete their graduating portfolios and production, culminating in a broadcast to
the community through cable access, RTV3217C DIGITAL AUDIO POST- SLS2943 INTERNSHIP - ASSOCIATE
closed-circuit, or other distribution PRODUCTION This course is for students in their final
avenues. Each student assumes a role on Students are responsible for editing, quarter(s) of an associate’s degree program
the production team in the pre-production, capturing, enhancing, processing, mixing, and provides students the opportunity to
production, and post-production phases of and synchronizing audio for post- study within an established, industry-
the shows. (prereq: RTV2248C) production. Additionally, they integrate related business. By working as an intern
digital audio and video techniques to within their chosen fields, students expand
RTV2214C DIGITAL AUDIO PRODUCTION create professional broadcast-quality their knowledge and acquire experience in
Students record and produce high-quality projects. (prereq: RTV2214C) current business practices. Successful
audio in interior and exterior field locations completion of internship prepares students
that are then incorporated into a digital RTV3255C ADVANCED NONLINEAR to seek employment upon graduation.
video production. This is mastered onto EDITING (Repeatable two times for up to six [6]
a broadcast-quality stereo DVD. (prereq: This course covers techniques of nonlinear credits) (prereq: approval of Student
RTV1213C) editing, including layering of video, Services, Sponsor, Program Chair, and if
integration of graphics, multi-track audio applicable, International Advisor.)
RTV2245C VIDEOGRAPHY mixing and equalization, special effects, and
This course introduces the student to the workflow. (prereq: RTV2250C) SLS3355 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
video camera as a technical and creative This course examines the historical
tool for communication. Students recognize RTV3262C ADVANCED CAMERA & development of public relations, showing
the principles of visual design for motion LIGHTING the principles, methods, and means of
pictures, develop their ability to evaluate Students are immersed in the process of influencing public opinion. (prereq:
the visual potential of locations, interpret professional video field production in two ENC1102 or ENC1145 or Approval of
the technical requirements of motion styles: ENG and EFP. News encompasses on- Program Chair)
picture photography, and operate the- spot coverage and storytelling in a
professional video cameras. spur-of- the-moment reporting format. The SLS4943 INTERNSHIP - BACHELOR
(prereq: RTV1241C) course also examines EFP, single-camera This course is for students in their final
location shooting as expressed in quarter(s) to gain additional experience
RTV2248C TELEVISION STUDIO documentaries, corporate projects, or within an outside business establishment.
PRODUCTION commercials. Both styles are edited to Students may secure their own positions,
This course focuses on the theoretical as completion. (prereq: RTV2245C) with approval of the program chair, or they
well as technical aspects of news or may work through the Student Services
magazine format television production and RTV4227C TEAM MEDIA PRODUCTION employment office. A faculty member
production segments. The study of video Students work in teams to plan, design, coordinates the program and evaluates
production in the studio takes previously develop, and execute media production student performance. (Repeatable two
learned skills and applies them in a projects. Guided by an instructor, students times for up to six [6] credits) (prereq:
controlled environment. set up realistic production goals and work SL3355, approval of Student Services,
(prereq: RTV1241C) toward full achievement of multi-camera Sponsor, Program Chair, and, if applicable,
and multi-source productions. The course International Advisor.)
RTV2250C POST PRODUCTION emphasizes live production techniques.
Students apply previously acquired skills to (prereq: RTV3262C or DIG3346C) TPP1500C ACTING AND MOVEMENT
digital workflow. A/B roll editing, SMPTE This course introduces students to the
time code, video effects, audio mastering, RTV4268C DIGITAL INTERACTIVE perception and rendition of movement in
and character generator capabilities AUTHORING animation through references in the real
are explored. Aesthetic and technical This course introduces students to the basic world. The student learns to observe and
considerations are practiced through the concepts of DVD authoring. The issues of reproduce movement, human or otherwise,
completion of editing projects. (prereq: project requirements, media preparation, in a convincing manner and transcribes
FIL1552C) design development, project management, those motions to 2D and 3D environments.
navigation, and delivery are discussed.
RTV3203C VIDEO PRODUCING & Emphasis is placed on interactivity, GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
DIRECTING presentation, and industry standards. In
The course focuses on creative and addition, students are introduced to current ARH2000 ART APPRECIATION
aesthetic concerns as well as technical skills trends and possible future technologies in This course is a comparative and interactive
a producer and director need to function this field. (prereq: RTV1213C, [PGY1892C or study of the arts from prehistoric to
successfully in video production. Students GRA1762C], [DIG2201C or FIL2553C]) modern times, with emphasis on cultural
undertake individual and group projects relationships in the world to the visual arts:
that explore production budgeting, location RTV4280C WEB BROADCASTING DESIGN & two-dimensional (painting, printmaking,
scouting, equipment planning, permits, and DELIVERY and photography), three-dimensional
other critical pre-production and This course addresses the end part of media (sculpture and architecture), and
production methods. Documentaries, production — delivery and distribution. experiential (theatre and film).
commercials, and corporate projects are Students explore a variety of media delivery
scripted, shot, and edited to completion. methods and systems and determine the ARH2050 ART HISTORY - ANCIENT TO
(prereq: FIL2553C, RTV3262C) advantages and limitations of each. They MEDIEVAL
also examine the relationship between This course examines the historical
delivery systems and distribution methods development of painting, sculpture, and
and evaluate the relative efficiency, cost, architecture, and compares the visual arts
and effectiveness of each. from different time periods and cultures.
The chronological progression of techniques COM1442 TEAM EFFECTIVENESS & demand for small business, price
and the evolving styles of artistic expression Students study the required communication elasticity, & how these affect the
are covered as well. Beginning with the art skills for effective discussion to achieve profitability of individual market sectors
of ancient cultures, the course proceeds positive outcomes within formal and within a larger market.
through early Western art to the Italian informal groups. This course focuses on
Renaissance. (prereq: ENC1101, ENC1145) problem solving, decision making, ENC1101 ENGLISH COMPOSITION
leadership, and interpersonal This course centers on the development of
ARH2051 ART HISTORY - RENAISSANCE TO communication within small groups. the student’s writing skills including a study
PRESENT of prewriting techniques, syntax,
This course examines the historical CRW2000 INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE introductory, body, and concluding
development of painting, sculpture, and WRITING paragraphs, and various methods of essay
architecture, and compares the visual arts Students experiment with a variety of development.
from different time periods and cultures. writing genres. They also read within a
The chronological progression of techniques variety of genres to determine which ENC1102 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
and the evolving styles of artistic expression techniques work and which ones do not. Students study various types of literature,
are covered as well. Beginning with the art Students participate in a variety of pre- including fiction and non-fiction works, the
of the Italian Renaissance to the Post- writing exercises, create rough drafts, and short story, various types of poetry, and
Modern era. (prereq: ENC1101, ENC1145) learn revision techniques. (prereq: ENC1101 drama. (prereq: ENC1101)
and [ENC1102, ENC1145, or LIT1020])
BSC1001 FUNDAMENTALS OF BIOLOGICAL ENC1145 TOPICS FOR COMPOSITION
SCIENCE CRW2100 INTRODUCTION TO FICTION This course develops the student’s
This course introduces biological principles WRITING expository and argumentative writing skills.
such as taxonomy, cellular and molecular Students study to write a complete story Students are required to think creatively
levels of organization, reproduction, with a beginning, middle, and end. Students and critically about a specific topic selected
development, and genetics as they relate to read examples of successful pieces of fiction by the instructor and then incorporate such
the human organism. Fundamentals of and write their own, which are critiqued in ideas into various writing assignments.
ecology are also addressed. a workshop environment. (prereq: (prereq: ENC1101)
ENC1101)
CGS1160C COMPUTER SCIENCE EVS2001 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
This course explores foundational computer CRW3310 CREATIVE WRITING: POETRY Students examine environmental problems
concepts along with hands-on use of the Students experiment with a variety of from a scientific perspective. Focus is on
internet and popular office applications. poems. They also read a variety of poems to South Florida ecosystems with particular
Students complete projects utilizing word learn what techniques work with their attention on hydrology, pollution, global
processing, spreadsheet, and presentation writing skills and which ones do not, warming, and increasing human population
software. Course topics include identifying participate in a variety of pre-writing pressures on the environment.
the major sub-systems of a personal exercises, create rough drafts, and learn
computer, practical use of a computer in a revision techniques. FIL2000 FILM APPRECIATION
networked environment, and exercises for This course is designed to provide an
effectively searching the internet. DEP2004 HUMAN GROWTH AND introduction to film as an art form, cultural
DEVELOPMENT product, and social artifact. It includes the
CLP1006 PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONAL This course explores brain development and understanding of basic analytical and
EFFECTIVENESS human behavior across the human technical forms, concepts, issues and
This course provides an understanding of development cycle, from infancy to development of critical analysis skills. It also
the principles of effective human behavior adolescence to adulthood through to old includes the history, development, theory,
and their application to the areas of age. Students examine the social, cognitive, and criticism of the basic principles of
personal awareness, interpersonal linguistic, and biophysical developments filmmaking and film production.
relations, communication, and work/career across the life cycle. (prereq: PSY2012)
developments. (prereq: None) HUM3530 CREATIVITY: THINKING OUTSIDE
ECO2013 PRINCIPLES OF THE BOX
CLP3144 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY MACROECONOMICS This course defines and explores the
This course covers many areas of This course introduces students to the concept of creativity in the areas of art,
psychological dysfunction, including panic concepts behind economic systems within psychology, and design. The course includes
disorder, post- traumatic stress disorder, the United States. Students discuss current intellectual problem solving, literary word
rape trauma, and autistic disorder. This economic issues including unemployment games, and mixed media art projects.
course is a fascinating study of behaviors, and inflation, economic cycles, interest (prereq: ENC1101)
thought processes, and many challenges rates and their impact on households and
faced by those who struggle with national income, and the Federal Reserve HUN2204 NUTRITION
psychological disorders. (prereqs: PSY2012) System policies. This course centers on an explanation of the
basic principles of nutrition and their
COM1041 INTERPERSONAL ECO2023 PRINCIPLES OF relationship to health. The structure,
COMMUNICATION MICROECONOMICS functions, and source of nutrients—
Students explore human interaction and its The student will study the economic including proteins, carbohydrates, fats,
impact on the development of self- identity behavior of individuals and firms. Students vitamins, minerals, and water—are
and relationships, both personal and will examine why firms maximize profits discussed. Current issues in nutrition are
professional. Students discover ways to and consumers maximize satisfaction. reviewed including dietary guidelines,
improve communication techniques. Students will learn supply
energy balance, vitamin supplements, and MET1001 WEATHER AND CLIMATE physics perspective. The course emphasizes
food fats. An introductory course on weather patterns the conceptual foundations of physics.
and the climate and an introduction to the Topics include fluids, waves,
ISC1004 FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL atmosphere of the earth. thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism,
SCIENCE optics, heat, musical instruments,
This course introduces students to physics, MGF1211 GENERAL COLLEGE MATH telecommunications, sports, energy
chemistry, astronomy, meteorology, and Generalized topics of mathematics are sources, transportation, and computers.
geology. The course has elements of history presented covering set theory, logic, (prereq: MGF1211 or MAD1104 or
and philosophy of science as well as the numeration systems, number theory, MAC1105)
interrelationships among the sciences and computing, algebra, measurement,
with science and other disciplines. Much geometry, probability, and statistics. PSY2012 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY
of the course is devoted to the application Students practice solving related This course introduces students to the basic
of these concepts to solving problems mathematical problems and investigate the concepts of human behavior, personality
related to everyday experiences. application of math in their field of study development, emotion, perception,
and in everyday life. motivation, and adjustment to conflict.
LIT1020 THE SHORT STORY
Students examine elements of the short MTG2206 GEOMETRY PSY3025 PSYCHOLOGY OF COLOR
story. Students are introduced to The student investigates how to become a This course is a review of the fundamental
structural components of the short story better problem solver through the use of elements of psychology as applied to
including plot, setting, characterization, geometry. Constructions, coordinate human response to color. Color responses
symbols, point of view, and theme. (prereq: geometry in two and three dimensions, and derived from environmental and applied
ENC1101) transformation geometry are introduced psychology, human physiology,
and used as tools. Students apply concepts societal/cultural experiences as stimuli are
LIT2100 SURVEY OF WORLD LITERATURE from this course to their other course work emphasized. Illustrated lectures and applied
A study of literature across the globe. and to their future vocations. [prereq: projects support the learning process.
(prereq: ENC1101) MGF1115 or MAD1104 or MAC1105] (prereq: PSY2012 or SYG2000)
LIT3132 ARTHURIAN LITERATURE OCB1010 MARINE BIOLOGY SOP2332 PSYCHOLOGY OF DRUGS AND
This class explores the legend of King An introduction to the major groups of ADDICTION
Arthur, looks at subsequent retellings, and living marine organisms that inhabit the This course examines the psychological,
examines how these elements are familiar oceans of the world. social, and biological issues involved with
in the modern world. (prereq: ENC1101) substance abuse. In this course, we explore
OCE2001 OCEANOGRAPHY problems associated with abusing
LIT3326 FAIRYTALES AND ARCHETYPES An introduction to the chemical, biological, substances and their impact on both the
Students examine the more popular and geological features of the oceans of the individual and society. We take an in-depth
fairytales compiled by the Brothers Grimm world. look at drugs of abuse, the history of
in terms of the archetypal messages they substance use/abuse, prevention,
contain. Students scrutinize the truths PHI2010 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY intervention, and treatment.
embodied in these tales and determine This course is an in-depth study of
their relevance in the contemporary world. prominent philosophies, major SPC1608 PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC SPEAKING
Students are encouraged to re-construct philosophers and major philosophical This course helps students develop the skills
their favorite tales and components to movements emphasizing their contributions necessary to make presentations before an
more closely reflect their own truths. to the world of thought and demonstrating audience. The course introduces students
(prereq: ENC1101) the importance of reason in the to speechmaking, the steps necessary to
contemporary world. develop a well-organized speech with the
MAC1105 COLLEGE ALGEBRA necessary supporting material, and the
This course expands on concepts of algebra PHI2630 INTRODUCTION TO ETHICS process for the development and use of
studied in high school. By thinking This course is presented in modules visuals needed for an effective
abstractly, students solve, graph, and apply covering the following areas: morality, presentation.
equations and inequalities. methods of reasoning, environmental and
business ethics, bioethics, and ethical SYA3330 RESEARCH METHODS IN ACTION
MAD1104 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS questions such as taking of human life, Students are introduced to the survey
This course uses mathematical models to abortion, mercy death, and human method for conducting research and its
explore practical, real-world problems in sexuality. (prereq: ARH2000 or THE2000) many applications in the real world. The
two branches of discrete mathematics: course looks at how research is used to
management science and social choice PHI3800 PRINCIPLES OF AESTHETICS determine public opinion and identify
theory. In management science, students Aesthetics is the philosophical study of the trends. Students collect and analyze data
employ graph theory models to find nature of art. Students examine various and draw conclusions about how to apply
efficient solutions to routing problems, and aspects of “art,” including the relationship their results. [prereq: ENC1101 and
to solve scheduling problems using the between various arts and concepts of [MGF1211, MAD1104, or MAC1105])
critical path method. Students also beauty, the creative process, principles of
investigate the mathematics of social art criticism, style, and symbolism. SYD3704 SOCIOLOGY OF RACE AND
choice, including voting theory and fair ETHNICITY
division problems. PHY2020 FOUNDATIONS OF PHYSICS Students study the sociological perspective
Students examine phenomena and in minority-majority relations, assimilation
technology encountered in daily life from a ideologies, dynamics of prejudice and
discrimination as well as biological, Students explore what art is and why some
historical, and sociological explanations of people are considered an art genius while
ethnicity. Emphasis is placed on the others’ work is looked down upon, what
definition and understanding of how race makes art vulnerable and indispensable to
and ethnicity are constructed, the modern societies, and whether the arts
importance of culture, and the experiences promote social change or reproduce the
of various racial and ethnic groups. (prereq: status quo. The course focuses on diverse
PSY2012 or SYG2000) understandings and approaches, social
conditions, institutions, media, technology,
SYD3800 SOCIETY AND SEXUALITY and production and consumption of the
Students explore the sociological arts. (prereq: PSY2012 or SYG2000)
perspective on human sexuality (as
opposed to the biological or the THE2000 THEATRE APPRECIATION
psychological explanation). The course This course introduces students to the
discusses contemporary controversies historical and technical components of the
regarding sexual issues, i.e., viewpoints on performing arts. Students examine the
norms, pop psychology, culture, research elements critical to an effective production
methods, communication skills, therapeutic and the aesthetics, background, and origins
approaches, diseases, and the of those elements.
commercialization of sex. (prereq:
[SYG2000 or PSY2012] and COM1442) WOH2012 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL
CIVILIZATIONS
SYG2000 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY Students explore the origins of civilizations
Students explore the dynamics and through the Renaissance from the African,
structure of human society. The Asian, European, and Native American
fundamental structures and processes perspectives. Students examine such issues
responsible for the social organization of as ethnicity, gender, work and social order,
behavior are examined. Topics include spirituality, religion and the state, material
culture, socialization, deviance, social invention, and the environment along with
structure, social stratification, and various art forms from each civilization.
institutions. Current issues in society are
also addressed. WOH2022 MODERN AND POST- MODERN
CIVILIZATIONS
SYO3100 SOCIOLOGY OF MARRIAGE AND Students explore the Reformation through
FAMILY Post-Modern eras from the African, Asian,
This course introduces students to the European, Latin American, and Anglo-
general theories on marriage and family American perspectives. Students examine
relations in the U.S. and other countries. such issues as ethnicity, gender, work and
Special emphasis is placed on the role of social order, spirituality, religion and the
women around the world within the state, scientific and technological invention,
context of marriage and family. (prereq: along with various art forms from each
PSY2012 or SYG2000) civilization.
SYO3370 WORKING IN AMERICA

Students take a realistic look at and critical
evaluation of working life in the United
States from a sociological perspective.
Possible topics include racism, sexism and
homophobia at work, unemployment, job
dissatisfaction, workplace violence, stress,
and small business ownership.
(prereq: SYG2000 or PSY2012)
SYP3322 ADVERTISING AND SOCIETY

Students examine the criticisms and
benefits of advertising in society. A main
theme of the course is to evaluate whether
advertising channels desire or creates
desire. Topics discussed include sexual
images in advertising, sexism and racism,
images of children, ethnic advertising,
adcult, and false needs. (prereqs: ENC1101
and [MGF1211 or MAD1104 or MAC1105])
SYP3600 ART AND SOCIETY
POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
COLLEGE POLICIES AND GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS
Non-Discrimination Policy
The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale does not discriminate or harass on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex,
gender, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, disability, age, religion, veteran’s status, genetic marker,
or any other characteristic protected by state, local or federal law, in our programs and activities. The Art Institute
of Fort Lauderdale provides reasonable accommodations to qualified individuals with disabilities. The Art Institute
of Fort Lauderdale will not retaliate against persons bringing forward allegations of harassment or discrimination.
The following person has been designated to handle inquiries and coordinate the school’s compliance efforts
regarding the Non-Discrimination Policy: The Director of Student Services, 1799 SE 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL
33316, 954-308-2231 has been designated to handle inquiries and coordinate the institution’s compliance efforts
regarding the non-discrimination policy.
No Harassment Policy
The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale is committed to providing workplaces and learning environments that are free
from harassment on the basis of any protected classification including, but not limited to race, sex, gender, color,
religion, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, age, national origin, disability, medical condition, marital
status, veteran status, genetic marker or on any other basis protected by law. Such conduct is unprofessional,
unproductive, illegal, and generally considered bad for business. Consequently, all conduct of this nature is expressly
prohibited, regardless of whether it violates any law. (Please note that sexual harassment is more thoroughly
addressed in the Sexual Misconduct & Relationship Violence Policy.)
Anti-Hazing Policy
Hazing involving The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale students or student groups is strictly prohibited. Hazing is
defined as any action or situation that recklessly or intentionally endangers the mental or physical health or safety
of a student for the purpose of initiation or admission into or affiliation with any club or organization operating under
the sanction of an institution of higher education.
For purposes of this definition, any activity as described in this definition that the initiation or admission into or
affiliation with a club or organization is directly or indirectly conditioned shall be presumed to be “forced” activity,
the willingness of an individual to participate in such activity notwithstanding. This policy is applicable to all students
and members of a student club or organization at The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale. Every student and member
of a student club or organization is responsible for complying with this policy.
Individuals and/or student clubs that force, require, and/or endorse violations will be held directly responsible
through the College’s student conduct process and if appropriate, through local authorities, which may pursue
criminal action. Students who wish to make a complaint under this policy should contact the Dean of Student
Services. The negligence or consent of a student or any assumption of risk by the student is not a defense to an
action brought pursuant to this policy. Student club activities or programs must not interfere with the rights and
activities of others and should always reflect the best interests of the members of the organization it represents and
the College community as a whole. In all cases of alleged violations of this policy, faculty and staff advisors and the
national/international headquarters, if applicable, of any organization will be notified
Non-Fraternization Policy
Because of the unequal status that exists between faculty and students and the possibility of favoritism, dating
and/or sexual relationships between faculty and the students they teach or may teach are prohibited.
Student Conduct Policy
Section I – Guiding Principles
The College recognizes its students as responsible and dedicated men and women who are preparing for career
employment. An integral part of their career and professional development is the expectation that they conduct
themselves during the education process in the same manner as will be expected in all employment situations. As
members of the College community, students have responsibilities and duties commensurate with their rights and
privileges. In this policy, the College provides guidance to students regarding those standards of student conduct
and behavior that it considers essential to its educational mission. This policy also provides guidance regarding the
types of conduct that infringe upon the fulfillment of the Institute’s mission.
Section II - Scope
This Student Conduct Policy applies to all students and student organizations at the College.
Section III - Reach
The Student Conduct Policy shall apply to student conduct that occurs on college premises including online
platforms, at college-sponsored activities, student organization sponsored events or in Campus Sponsored
Housing. At the discretion of the Chief Conduct Officer (Director of Student Services, Dean of Academic Affairs or a
delegate as appointed by the President of the College), the Policy also shall apply to off-campus student conduct
when the conduct, as alleged, adversely affects a substantial college interest and potentially violates a campus
policy.
Section IV - Responsibilities of Dual Membership
Students are both members of the College community and citizens of the state. As citizens, students are
responsible to the community of which they are a part, and, as students, they are responsible to the academic
community of the College and to other individuals who make up the community. By enforcing its Student Conduct
Policy, the College neither substitutes for nor interferes with other civil or criminal legal processes. When a student
is charged in both jurisdictions, the College will decide on the basis of its interests, the interests of affected
students, and the interests of the community whether to proceed with its disciplinary process or to defer action.
Section V - Disciplinary Offenses
The offenses listed below are given as examples only. The College may sanction other conduct not specifically
included on this list.
Scholastic Dishonesty
• Plagiarism
• Cheating on assignments or examinations
• Engaging in unauthorized collaboration on academic work
• Taking, acquiring or using test materials without faculty permission
• Submitting false or incomplete records of academic achievement
• Altering, forging or misusing a college academic record
• Fabricating or falsifying data, research procedures, or data analysis
• Deceiving the College and/or its officials
Misuse or abuse of school assigned email address and log-in information Sharing your username or
password for any school assigned system with any student or non-student individual
• Logging-in to a school assigned system with the intention to display classroom environment to other student
or non-student individuals
• Allowing an individual access to post information in the on line environment on your behalf or with the
intention of impersonation.
Note: on ground students cannot share or give access to other students or non-student
individuals to access the student portal (unless designated for training purposes at the direction
of a campus official)
Illegal or Unauthorized Possession or Use of Weapons
• Possession or use of firearms, explosives, fireworks, ammunition, dangerous chemicals, or other weapons,
likenesses of weapons, on college property, Campus Sponsored Housing or at college sponsored
functions, except where possession is required by law.
Sexual Assault or Nonconsensual Contact
• Any form of unwanted sexual attention or unwanted sexual contact. (See the Sexual Misconduct and
Relationship Violence Policy for more detail. For all cases covered by the Sexual Misconduct and
Relationship Violence Policy, the investigation and disciplinary procedures outlined in that policy shall
govern.)
Threatening, Violent or Aggressive Conduct
• Assault, battery, or any other form of physical abuse of a student or college employee.
• Fighting or physical altercation.
• Conveyance of threats by any means of communication including, but not limited to, threats of physical
abuse and threats to damage or destroy college property or the property of other students or college
employees.
• Any conduct that threatens the health or safety of one’s own self or another individual. Threats to commit
self-harm and/or actual incidents of self-harm by any student.
Theft, Property Damage and Vandalism

• Theft, attempted theft, vandalism/damage, or defacing of college property, college controlled property or
the property of another student, faculty, staff member or guest.
• Extortion.
• Setting fires, tampering with fire safety and/or firefighting equipment.
Disruptive or Disorderly Conduct

• Disruptive Behavior, such as, Interference with the normal operations of the College (i.e., disruption of
teaching and administrative functions, disciplinary procedures, pedestrian or vehicular traffic or other
college activities)
Disruptive Classroom Conduct, such as:

• Engaging in behavior that substantially or repeatedly interrupts either the instructor’s ability to teach or
student learning. The classroom extends to any setting where a student is engaged in work toward
academic credit or satisfaction of program-based requirements or related activities, or
• Written or verbal acts or uses of technology, which have the effect of disrupting the online classroom
learning environment.
• Use of cell phones and pagers during scheduled classroom times.
Disorderly Conduct, such as:

• Disorderly, lewd, indecent, or obscene conduct.
• This would include but is not limited to any type of clothing, gang colors, gang symbols or materials worn or
brought onto the premises by any student or guest deemed to be lewd, indecent or obscene as
determined by college officials;
• Breach of peace on college property or at any college-sponsored or supervised program; or
• Any in-school, online classroom, or off-campus act considered inappropriate or as an example of misconduct
that adversely affects the interests of the College and/or its reputation.
Illegal or Unauthorized Possession or Use of Drugs or Alcohol

• Use, sale, possession or distribution of illegal or controlled substances, drug or drug paraphernalia on college
property or at any function sponsored or supervised by the College.
• Being under the influence of illegal or controlled substances on college property, or at any college function.
• Use, sale, possession or distribution of alcoholic beverages on college property or at any function sponsored
or supervised by the College.
• Being under the influence of alcohol on college property or at any college function is also prohibited.
Verbal Assault, Defamation and Harassment, Verbal Abuse of a Student or College Employee.
• Harassment by any means of any individual, including coercion and personal abuse. Harassment includes but
is not limited to, written or verbal acts or uses of technology, which have the effect of harassing or
intimidating a person.
• Harassment based on sex, race, color, national origin, religion, sexual orientation, age, disability or any other
criteria protected by state, federal or local law.
Hazing
• Any form of “hazing” and any act that endangers the safety of a student, or that destroys or removes public
or private property, for the purpose of initiation, admission into, affiliation with, or as a condition for
continued membership in a group or organization. “Hazing” includes any method of initiation or pre-
initiation into a student club or any pastime or amusement engaged in with respect to such a club that
causes, or is likely to cause, bodily danger, physical harm, or personal degradation or disgrace resulting in
physical or mental harm, to any student or other person attending the College.
Falsification
• Willfully providing college officials with false, misleading or incomplete information.
• Forgery, falsification, alteration or misuse of college documents, records or identification with the intent to
injure, defraud, or misinform.
Abuse of the College’s Disciplinary System, including but not limited to:
• Failure to obey the summons of a disciplinary body or college official.
• Falsification, distortion, or misrepresentation of information before a disciplinary body or college official.
• Disruption or interference with the orderly conduct of a disciplinary proceeding.
• Attempting to influence the impartiality of a member of a disciplinary body prior to and/or during the course
of the disciplinary proceeding.
• Verbal or physical harassment and/or intimidation of a member of a disciplinary body prior to, during, and/
or after the disciplinary proceeding.
• Failure to comply with the sanction(s) imposed under the student conduct policy.
• Influencing or attempting to influence another person to commit an abuse of the disciplinary system.
Unauthorized Use or Misuse of College Facilities

• Unauthorized entry into, unauthorized use of, or misuse of college property, including computers and data
and voice communication networks.
Violation of Federal or State Laws
• Violation of federal, state or local laws and college rules and regulations on college property or at college-
sanctioned or college-sponsored functions. In addition, students must disclose any criminal conviction
received while a student to the Director of Student Services within 5 days of the conviction.
Insubordination
• Persistent or gross acts of willful disobedience or defiance toward college personnel.
• Failure to comply with direction of college officials, faculty, staff or security officers who are acting in the
performance of their duties.
• Failure to exit during fire drill.
• Failure to identify oneself when on college property or at a college- sponsored or supervised functions, upon
request of college official acting in the performance of his/her duties.
Violations of College Rules
• Violations by guest of a student on college property. Students are responsible for the actions of their guests.
• Violation of school safety regulations, including but not limited to setting fires, tampering with fire safety
and/or firefighting equipment, failure to exit during fire drill, turning in false fire alarms and bomb threats.
• Smoking in classrooms or other college buildings or areas unless designated as a smoking area.
• Any violation of the student housing license agreement, rules and regulations and/or the College- sponsored
housing student handbook.
• Any violation of the institution’s policies on the responsible use of technology including but not limited to:
• The theft or abuse of computer, email, Internet or Intranet resources
• Unauthorized entry into a file, to use, read, or change the contents, or for any other purpose
• Unauthorized transfer of a file
• Unauthorized downloading of copyrighted materials in violation of law
• Unauthorized use of another individual’s identification and/or password
• Use of computing facilities to interfere with the work of another student, faculty member, or
school official
• Use of computing facilities to send obscene or abusive messages
• Use of computing facilities to interfere with normal operation of the school’s computing system
• Failure to satisfy school financial obligations.
The above list is illustrative only, and the College may sanction other conduct not specifically included
on this list.
Section VI - Sanctions
The College may impose sanctions for violations of the Student Conduct Policy. The type of sanction imposed may
vary depending upon the seriousness of the violation(s). The College reserves the right to immediately impose the
most severe sanction if circumstances merit.
Although not exhaustive, the following list represents the types of sanctions that may be imposed upon any
student or student organization found to have violated the Student Conduct Policy:
1. Warning: A notice in writing that a student has failed to meet some aspect of the school’s standards and
expectations.
2. Probation: Probation is used for repeated violations or a specific violation of a serious nature as a first
course of action. The Chief Conduct Officer or his/her delegate defines the terms of probation.
3. Discretionary Sanctions: The student will be required to complete an educational service, attend counseling,
or have restricted privileges.
4. Removal from Sponsored housing: The student will be immediately dismissed from Campus Sponsored
Housing. The student will be required to vacate the premises according to the terms of the sanction.
5. Suspension: Separation of the student from the campus for a pre-determined period of time. The student
may be able to return to campus once specified conditions for readmission are met. The student may not attend
classes, visit campus-sponsored housing, use school facilities, participate in or attend college activities, or be
employed by the school during his/her suspension.
6. Expulsion: The student will be expelled from the College immediately. The student will not be permitted to
continue his or her studies at the College and may not return to the College or to Campus Sponsored Housing or
activities at any time or for any reason.
7. Restitution: Compensation for loss or damage to property leased, owned or controlled by the school. This
may take the form of monetary or material replacement.
The above list is only a general guideline. Some sanctions may be omitted, and other sanctions not listed above
may be used.
Section VII – Disciplinary Procedures
Complaint
Any member of the College community may file a complaint against any student for misconduct or for otherwise
being in violation of the College policies.
1. The complaint shall be prepared in writing or in an incident report and directed to the Chief Conduct Officer
or his/her delegate.
2. The written complaint or incident report should include the nature of the offense, date, approximate time
and location of incident. The name of the victim, offender and any witness/s may be included.
3. Complaints or incident reports should be submitted within 48 hours after the alleged violation occurred
unless there are extenuating circumstances requiring a longer timeframe.
The Chief Conduct Officer or his/her delegate may review and investigate the complaint to determine if the
allegations have factual merit, to identify violations of the Student Conduct Policy, and to impose sanctions for
such violations.
Generally, the accused should be given the opportunity to tell his or her account of the situation and to provide
this information, in writing, unless the College determines that the circumstances do not warrant disclosure of
some or all of the facts.
Search of Student’s Property
Students have no expectation of privacy in their personal property while on campus. The College reserves the right
to search the contents of students’ personal property or belongings at any time and for any reason, including when
there is reasonable suspicion on the part of the Institute staff that a risk to the health, safety or welfare of
students, and/or the school community exists and including searches pursuant to an investigation of potential
wrong doing. This includes but is not limited to vehicles brought onto property leased, owned or controlled by the
school, backpacks, portfolios and clothing. This policy also applies to student property in Campus Sponsored
Housing, student e-mail and/or computers.
Notification and Determination of Violations that Warrant Disciplinary Meeting
1. The Chief Conduct Officer or a delegate may choose to conduct a disciplinary meeting. Potential attendees
include a student or students, the Chief Conduct Officer or his/her delegate and others who may have relevant
information. The Student should receive advance notice of the allegations and the reason for the meeting.
2. After the meeting the Chief Conduct Officer or his/her delegate will determine whether it is more likely than
not that a violation occurred, may render and communicate the decision to the student in writing, which shall
describe the violation and the sanctions imposed, if any, and the student’s right to appeal. If the Chief Conduct
Officer determines that there was no violation, that decision may be documented in writing to the student as well.
• If a student fails to appear for the meeting, the Chief Conduct Officer or his/her delegate may make a
determination of violations of The Art Institute policies on the basis of the information available, and
impose sanctions for such violations.
Notification and Determination of Violations that Warrant Disciplinary Hearing or Panel
In some cases, involving serious violations, the Chief Conduct Officer or his/her delegate, hereby referred to as
“Hearing Officer”, in his or her sole discretion, may choose to assemble a Disciplinary Panel to adjudicate the
process.
1. The Hearing Officer may immediately (before a hearing takes place) remove the student from the campus
community pursuant to an Interim Suspension until the Disciplinary Panel is convened. (see interim suspension)
2. The Student should receive advance notice of the allegations and the reason for the meeting. A student may
forgo attendance at the hearing and a determination of the sanction will be made by the Disciplinary Panel.
3. Hearings normally shall be conducted in private. The Disciplinary Hearing is an academic hearing, not a legal
hearing. Therefore, legal counsel is not allowed at the hearing.
4. The student may be accompanied by one person (family member, friend, etc.) to provide support. The
committee may prohibit from attending or remove any person who disrupts the proceedings of the committee
5. In Hearings involving more than one student, the Hearing Officer, in his or her discretion, may permit the
hearing concerning each student to be conducted separately.
6. The Disciplinary Panel may hear from any person who may have relevant information and the Panel may
review any documents presented to them. a) Pertinent records, documents and written statements may be
considered by the Hearing Officer at his/her discretion. b) The Disciplinary Panel may ask questions and may seek
information not provided to it.
7. The Disciplinary Panel may determine whether it is more likely than not that a violation occurred. The Panel
should communicate to the Hearing Officer its decision and its recommended sanction, if any.
8. After the Hearing, the Hearing Officer will issue a written decision to the accused student which identifies
the accusations and the panel’s conclusions, any sanctions, and the student’s right of appeal.
9. In general, the accused should have access to the documentation reviewed by the panel, however
identifying names and information may be removed from the documentation when necessary to protect other
student’s privacy rights.
Disciplinary Panel
A Disciplinary Panel may consist of members of the College Executive Committee, Campus Staff, Faculty or Student
Body. When students are permitted on the Panel, the accused student should sign a form granting permission to
release his/her educational records to a student serving on the Panel. Failure to sign the permission constitutes an
agreement to have no student on the Panel.
Administrative Interim Suspension
Students may be administratively suspended on an Interim basis when:

1. Serious allegations are being investigated;
2. Serious allegations are pending before a disciplinary panel;
3. In advance of a disciplinary panel hearing; or
4. When a student potentially poses a threat of harm to himself, to others, or to property of the Institute or a
member of the Institute community.
During the Interim Suspension, students are denied access to Campus Sponsored Housing and/or to the school
(including classes, labs, Library) and/or all other school activities or privileges for which the student might
otherwise be eligible, as the Chief Conduct Officer or his/her designee may determine to be appropriate.
This Interim Suspension period should last no longer than three business days, and the Chief Conduct Officer or
his/her delegate may make reasonable provisions to provide for accommodations of a student in Campus
Sponsored Housing.
The Interim Suspension is not to be considered disciplinary, but it is a tool to separate potential adversaries until a
reasoned decision can be made.
Section VIII – Appeal Procedures
Students have a right to appeal disciplinary actions when they believe they have extenuating circumstances or
believe themselves to have been treated in an arbitrary or biased fashion or without adherence to the College
policies and procedures.
• During an appeal, the student should continue to obey the terms of the decision, i.e., a student who has
been suspended from school may not be on school property, a student dismissed from Campus
Sponsored Housing must leave in accordance with the directions indicated in the decision
• The student must write a letter of appeal in the student’s own words, addressed to the President of the
College or his/her delegate. This letter must clearly state the extenuating circumstances or the grounds
for believing the decision was arbitrary or biased or that it was without adherence to the College’s policies
and procedures, and provide any supporting documentation. It must be delivered to the President or
his/her delegate within seven calendar days following the student’s receipt of the decision.
• Students should provide documentation to support the allegations of the appeal.
• The President or his/her delegate may appoint an ad hoc committee to review appeals and make a
recommendation regarding disposition of the appeal within 30 days of the date of receipt of the appeal.
This committee will be comprised of faculty or staff members not involved in making the initial
disciplinary decision.
• The President and/or the committee may decide to convene an appeal hearing. The student will be
notified in writing of the date and time of the appeal. The student is expected to attend the meeting, and
failure to do so, for other than documented emergencies, may be considered forfeiture of the right to
present further information regarding the appeal.
• The student making the appeal may be provided an opportunity to address the committee in person.
The student may be accompanied by one person (family member, friend, etc.) as an observer. The
committee may prohibit from attending or remove any person who disrupts the proceedings of the
committee.
• The Appeal Committee is an academic hearing, not a legal hearing. Therefore, legal counsel is not
allowed at the meeting.
• Audio recording of the academic hearing is not permitted. Minutes of the meeting are confidential.
• Following appropriate review and deliberation, the committee will report to the President or his/her
delegate with its recommendation following its review of the appeal. The President or his/her delegate
will render a written decision on the appeal within thirty calendar days from receipt of the appeal. The
decision will be final.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY POLICY

I. Purpose or Scope
The unauthorized distribution of copyrighted material, including unauthorized peer-to-peer file sharing, may subject
students and individuals to civil and criminal liabilities. Almost all of the music, movies, television shows, software,
games and images found on the Internet are protected by federal copyright law. The owner of the copyright in these
works has the right to control their distribution, modification, reproduction, public display and public performance.
It is therefore generally illegal to use file sharing networks to download and share copyrighted works without the
copyright owner’s permission unless “fair use” or another exemption under copyright law applies.
Fair use under the federal Copyright Act allows the use without permission of copyrighted material for the purpose
of criticism, comment, news reporting or teaching under certain limited circumstances. There is no blanket
exception from liability for students or employees of educational university, however, and whether the use of
copyrighted material without permission falls with “fair use” or one of the other exceptions in the Act depends on a
very detailed, case-by-case analysis of various factors. Students should be aware that sharing music, videos,
software and other copyrighted materials is very likely not to be considered a “fair use” and therefore may be a
violation of the law. A violation of The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale’ policy for use of its information technology
system can result in termination of network access for the student and/or other disciplinary action including removal
of the student from The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale.
Summary of Civil and Criminal Penalties for Violation of Federal Copyright Laws
Copyright infringement is the act of exercising, without permission or legal authority, one or more of the exclusive
rights granted to the copyright owner under section 106 of the Copyright Act (Title 17 of the United States Code).
These rights include the right to reproduce or distribute a copyrighted work. In the file-sharing context, downloading
or uploading substantial parts of a copyrighted work without authority constitutes an infringement. Penalties for
copyright infringement include civil and criminal penalties. In general, anyone found liable for civil copyright
infringement may be ordered to pay either actual damages or “statutory” damages affixed at not less than $750 and
not more than $30,000 per work infringed. For “willful” infringement, a court may award up to $150,000 per work
infringed. A court can, in its discretion, also assess costs and attorneys’ fees. For details, see Title 17, United States
Code, Sections 504, 505. Willful copyright infringement can also result in criminal penalties, including imprisonment
of up to five years and fines of up to $250,000 per offense. For more information, please see the website of the U.S.
Copyright Office at www.copyright.gov.
The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale’ policies in regard to copyright infringement via the Internet prohibit the illegal
downloading or unauthorized distribution of copyrighted materials using The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale’
information technology system. The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale’ policies prohibit use of The Art Institute of Fort
Lauderdale’ computer network to engage in illegal copying or distribution of copyrighted works such as by
unauthorized peer-to-peer file sharing (i.e., the sharing of copyrighted works, typically in digital or electronic files)
without permission.
As a creative community of teachers, artists and scholars, The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale is committed to
encouraging the creation of new works, new ideas, and new forms of creative and scholarly expression. This Policy
on Intellectual Property is provided to protect the interests of those who create as well as the interests of The Art
Institute of Fort Lauderdale itself, which supports this creative and scholarly work.
This document expresses The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale’s policy regarding ownership and usage rights with
respect to Intellectual Property (as hereinafter defined). It covers all those who are a part of The Art Institute of Fort
Lauderdale – faculty, staff, students, visiting artists, visiting scholars, or other participants enrolled, employed or
affiliated with The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale, and this Policy governs in all circumstances, unless The Art
Institute of Fort Lauderdale has modified it through a written agreement connected to a sponsored or commissioned
work or as part of work under a grant or contract. Should there be any conflict between the provisions of this Policy
and the terms of a separate written agreement between The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale and any party, the
terms of that separate written agreement will govern. This Policy is not intended to limit “fair use” as defined by
U.S. laws.
II. Definitions (if applicable)

The following terms are used throughout the Policy and are defined as follows:
A. Copyright - Copyright is the intangible property right granted for a limited period of time by federal
statute (Title 17 of the U.S. Code) for an original work of authorship fixed in any tangible form of
expression. Copyright provides the owner with five exclusive rights, including the exclusive right to
reproduce the work, to prepare derivative works based on the work, to distribute copies of the work
to the public by sale or other transfer of ownership (or by rental, lease, license or lending), to display
the work publicly and to perform the work publicly (if relevant).
B. Commissioned Work - A Commissioned Work is defined as a Work (as defined in paragraph K) that is
produced or created pursuant to a written agreement with the Institution and for Institution purposes
by (a) individuals not under the employ of the Institution or (b) Institutional Employees (as defined in
paragraph D) acting outside the scope of their regular Institution employment, as determined by their
existing Institution employment arrangement or contract.
C. Independent Academic Effort or Creative Activity - Independent Academic Effort or Creative Activity is
defined as the inquiry, investigation, research, or creative activity that is carried out by faculty, staff
and Students of the Institution working on their own, that advances knowledge or the development of
the arts, sciences, humanities, or technology where the specific direction, methodology, and content
of the pursuit is determined by the faculty, staff member(s), or Student(s) without the direct
assignment, supervision, or involvement of the Institution.
D. Institutional Employee - An Institutional Employee is a full-time or part-time faculty member, visiting
faculty, adjunct faculty, artist, scholar, or fellow (as defined in the Faculty Handbook), or a full-time or
part-time staff member (as defined in the Staff Handbook), or Student, who is employed by the
Institution or who is working under an Institution contract, either expressed or implied.
E. Intellectual Property - Means: (i) trademarks, service marks, brand names, trade dress, assumed names,
trade names, slogans, URLs, domain names, logos and other indications of source, sponsorship or
affiliation, together with all associated goodwill (whether the foregoing are registered, unregistered or
the subject of a pending application for registration); (ii) inventions, developments, improvements,
discoveries, know how, concepts and ideas, whether patentable or not, in any jurisdiction; (iii) patents,
patent applications and patent disclosures; (iv) trade secrets and proprietary or confidential
information; (v) writings and other works of authorship, whether subject to copyright protection or
not, in any jurisdiction, including but not limited to literary works (such as books, scholarly articles,
journal articles and other articles, theses, research, course syllabi, curricula, exams, instructional and
evaluation materials for classes, courses, labs or seminars, study guides, student rosters and
attendance forms, grade reports, assessment of student work and projects, course or program
proposals, software, data and databases, lecture and presentation materials); musical works (including
any accompanying words); dramatic works (including any accompanying music); pantomimes and
choreographic works; pictorial, graphic, and sculpture works (including graphic designs; illustrations,
photographs, paintings, sculptures and other works of art); motion pictures and other audiovisual
works (including films, audio and video recordings and multimedia projects); sound recordings;
architectural works; and compilations; and (vi) copyrights, copyright registrations and applications for
registration of copyrights in any jurisdiction.
F. Patent - A United States patent is a grant which gives the owner of the patent the right to exclude all
others from making, using, or selling the claimed invention in the United States for a set period of time.
Similar rights are granted in other countries, but the discussion of Patents in this Policy will focus
specifically on United States patent rights.
G. Sponsored Work - Sponsored Work is a Work (as defined in paragraph K) that is produced or created
under an agreement between the Institution and a sponsor which provides the Institution with
ownership and/or usage rights to the Work and Intellectual Property produced under the agreement.
Sponsored works do not include works created through independent academic effort or creative
activity, even when based on the findings of the sponsored project, so long as an agreement does not
state otherwise.
H. Student - A Student is a regularly registered, full- or part-time, undergraduate or graduate at the
Institution, including students attending the Institution as “special status students”: e.g., as participants
in Professional Institute for Educators (PIE), Continuing Education (CE), the Pre-College or Saturday
programs, or in exchange programs or through special grants or fellowships.
I. Substantial Institutional Resources - Any substantial use of Institution equipment, facilities, time,
personnel, or funds, and use of Institution resources that are not “commonly provided”, is considered
a use of “Substantial Institutional Resources.” This use does not include resources commonly provided
to Institution faculty and staff, such as offices, library facilities, basic artistic facilities, and everyday
telephone, computer, and computer network support. However, substantial time spent in the use of
these latter resources may constitute the use of “Substantial Institutional Resources.” Resources not
considered “commonly provided” include specially procured equipment or space, additional staffing or
personnel, utilization beyond normal work hours of Institution personnel, and monetary expenditures
that require a budget. Faculty may use the basic artistic facilities unless use infringes on student use of
those facilities for coursework.
J. Trademark and Service Mark - A trademark or service mark is any word, phrase, name, symbol, logo,
slogan, device, or any combination thereof that is used in trade to identify and distinguish one party’s
goods or services from those of others.
K. Work - The term “Work” as used in this Policy shall be defined to include all of the items identified in
Sections (i), (ii), (iv) and (v) of the definition of Intellectual Property in paragraph E.
L. Work Made for Hire - A “Work Made for Hire” is defined as a Work (as defined in paragraph K) prepared
by an employee within the scope of his or her employment.
Consistent with the Copyright Act of 1976, as amended, a Work Made for Hire under this Policy also
includes a work specially ordered or commissioned for use as a contribution to a collective work, as a
part of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, as a translation, as a supplementary work, as a
compilation, as an instructional text, as a test, as answer material for a test, or as an atlas, if the parties
expressly agree in a written instrument signed by them that the work shall be considered a work made
for hire.
Examples of works made for hire include software programs created within the scope of an employee’s
duties by a staff programmer, a newspaper article written by a staff journalist for the newspaper that
employs him/her, and a musical arrangement or ditty written for a music company by a salaried
arranger on its staff.
III. Policy Provisions

A. Faculty, Staff and Student Works
1. General Rule.
Subject to the exceptions noted in this Policy, as a general rule, The Art Institute of Fort
Lauderdale does not claim ownership of Intellectual Property developed through Independent
Academic Effort or Creative Activity and that is intended to disseminate the results of
academic research and scholarship, and/or to exhibit forms of artistic expression on the part
of faculty, staff, and Students.
2. Exceptions to the General Rule. Exceptions to the general rule set forth in III.A.1 above include
Intellectual Property developed by faculty, staff, students and Institutional Employees under any of the
following circumstances:
a. The Intellectual Property is developed as a Sponsored Work.
b. The Intellectual Property is developed as a Commissioned Work.
c. The Intellectual Property is developed using Substantial Institutional Resources.
d. The Intellectual Property is developed by the creator within the scope of his or her
employment with The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale and constitutes a Work Made for Hire.
e. The Intellectual Property is developed by a creator who is assigned, directed or funded by The
Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale to create the Intellectual Property.
f. The Intellectual Property is developed under a grant, program or agreement which provides
The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale with ownership rights, in whole or in part, to the
Intellectual Property.
Under the circumstances described in Section III.A.2(a) through (f) above, the Intellectual
Property shall be owned by The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale (or by The Art Institute of Fort
Lauderdale and any other party as specified in any written grant, program or agreement).
The creator of any Intellectual Property that is or might be owned by The Art Institute of Fort
Lauderdale under this Policy is required to make reasonable prompt written disclosure of the
Work to an officer designated by The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale’s President, and to
execute any document deemed necessary by The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale to perfect
legal rights in The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale and enable The Art Institute of Fort
Lauderdale to file applications for registration when desired.
3. Ownership Rights in Specific Types of Works.

For purposes of clarification and without limiting the general rule and exceptions set forth in Sections
III.A.1 and 2 above, ownership rights in the following types of Works are allocated as set forth below:
a. Curricular materials including course outlines, curricula, lesson plans, course handouts,
PowerPoint and other presentation materials (in all forms and media), course content and
syllabi are deemed to be Works Made for Hire and therefore all Intellectual Property
associated therewith is owned by The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale. Likewise, student
rosters, attendance forms, interim grade reports, and assessments of student projects,
including all Intellectual Property associated therewith, belong solely to The Art Institute of
Fort Lauderdale.
b. Unless developed under the circumstances set forth in Section III.A.2 (a) through (f), or a
written agreement provides otherwise, scholarly articles and papers written for publication in
journals, presentations and scholarly papers prepared for seminars and conferences, and
personal lecture or teaching notes are typically not considered to be owned by The Art
Institute of Fort Lauderdale as Works Made for Hire or otherwise.
c. If any Intellectual Property to be owned by The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale under Section
III.A.2 (a) through (f) above is developed jointly with a non-Institution party, the parties
respective ownership and usage rights in the resulting Intellectual Property shall be set forth
in a written agreement.
d. Where Intellectual Property is to be developed using Substantial Institutional Resources,

authorized representatives of The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale will develop a written
agreement with the user of those resources, which must be executed by the parties prior to
use of the resources, to identify the nature and terms of the use, including possible
reimbursements or other systems of compensation back to The Art Institute of Fort
Lauderdale.
e. Unless a Work is developed under the circumstances set forth in Section III.A.2 (a) through (f),
or a written agreement provides otherwise, all Intellectual Property created by faculty during
sabbatical are owned by the faculty.
f. Unless the Work is developed under the circumstances set forth in Section III.A.2 (a) through
(f), or a written agreement provides otherwise, Intellectual Property created by a Student
working on his or her own, or developed in the context of a course, is owned by the Student
and The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale will not use the Student’s Work without the Student’s
permission to do so.
g. Students working on a project governed by an existing written agreement to which The Art
Institute of Fort Lauderdale is a party are bound by all terms of that agreement.
h. Students hired to carry out specific tasks that contribute to Intellectual Property of The Art
Institute of Fort Lauderdale retain no rights of ownership in whole or in part to that Intellectual
Property or to the Student’s contribution to that work.
i. Students who wish to work collaboratively with Institutional Employees on projects which
involve the creation of Works and Intellectual Property are required to sign and deliver an
acceptable written agreement to The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale outlining their rights
before commencing work on such projects. Either party has the right to initiate such
agreement.
j. The rights of The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale to a perpetual, worldwide license (exclusive
or non-exclusive, as The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale deems necessary), to use and
reproduce copyrighted materials for educational, research, and promotional purposes must
be included in any agreement with a non- Institution sponsor.
B. Independent Contractor Works.

As a general rule, The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale will own Intellectual Property created by an
independent contractor if a written agreement signed by the parties so provides, or The Art
Institute of Fort Lauderdale has specially ordered or commissioned the work and such work is
designated as a Work Made for Hire in a signed written agreement between the parties. If The Art
Institute of Fort Lauderdale does not own the Intellectual Property created by an independent
contractor, it shall have a right or license to use any Work produced by the independent contractor
in the course of performance of the contract, in accordance with the parties’ agreement.
IV. Institution’s Usage Rights

To the extent that faculty, staff or Institutional Employees retain ownership of Work and Intellectual Property
according to this Policy, The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale shall have a permanent, non-exclusive, worldwide,
royalty free right and license to make educational use of such Work and Intellectual Property, including the right to
use, reproduce, distribute, display, perform and modify (i.e. create derivative works) such Work and Intellectual
Property in all forms and media now known or hereafter existing in connection with its curriculum, courses of
instruction and educational programs, and any related accreditation or promotion of The Art Institute of Fort
Lauderdale. Where practicable, The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale will use best efforts to cite the creator of the
Work if The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale exercises such usage rights.
V. Institution’s Marks
Intellectual Property comprised of or associated with The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale’s Trademarks and Service
Marks, including but not limited to its name, logos, slogans, insignia, and other symbols of identity (collectively the
“Marks”) belongs exclusively to The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale and/or its affiliates. This Policy is designed to
protect the reputation of The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale and its affiliates, and to prevent the illegal or
unapproved use of The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale’s Marks.
No Institution Mark may be used without the prior, written authorization of the appropriate authorities of The Art
Institute of Fort Lauderdale. However, faculty, staff, and Students may identify their status or professional affiliation
with The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale as appropriate, but any use of The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale’s Marks
in this regard must avoid any confusing, misleading or false impression of affiliation with, or sponsorship or
endorsement by, The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale. No products or services may be marked, offered, sold,
promoted or distributed with or under The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale’s Marks without The Art Institute of Fort
Lauderdale’s prior written permission and compliance with the licensing policies of The Art Institute of Fort
Lauderdale. All requests for use of Institution Marks must be submitted in writing to an officer designated by the
President. The designated Institution officer retains information concerning what marks, names, logos, symbols,
insignias, and related words, phrases, and images currently comprise The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale’s Marks.
VI. Substantial Use of Institution Resources

Although “Substantial Institutional Resources” is defined (see Section II. Terminology), it is acknowledged that
such resources and their use may change over time, with changes in technology, physical infrastructure of The
Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale, modes of employment, etc. Therefore, this Policy allows the Academic Policy
Advisory Committee to review the definition of “substantial use” from time to time and implement any changes
or clarification to the definitions which The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale deems necessary in order to establish
an appropriate standard.
VII. Review Scheme

Questions concerning this Intellectual Property Policy should be addressed to the Dean of Academic Affairs.
VIII. Reservation of Rights

The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale reserves the right at any time in its sole discretion to modify and/or make
changes to the Policy as advisable or appropriate. The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale agrees, however, that it will
endeavor to notify the entire Institution community through both print and electronic means of its intention to make
modifications and/or changes to the Policy at least 30 working days prior to their enactment.
IX. Effective Date

This Policy supersedes any preexisting Intellectual Property policy of The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale and will
remain in effect until modified or revoked by The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale. This Policy will be binding on all
parties who create Intellectual Property after the effective date, and this Policy and other agreements that represent
modifications to this Policy shall remain binding on such creators even after their relationship with The Art Institute
of Fort Lauderdale changes or terminates.
X. Governing Law
This Policy shall be governed by and interpreted under applicable federal laws pertaining to intellectual property
and applicable state law, without regard to choice of law provisions.
Crime Awareness Report

The College publishes an annual security report that contains information concerning policies and programs
relating to campus security, crimes and emergencies, the prevention of crimes and sexual offenses, drug and
alcohol use, campus law enforcement and access to campus facilities. The annual security report also includes
statistics concerning the occurrence of specified types of crimes on campus, at certain off-campus locations, and
on the public property surrounding the campus. The annual security report is published each year by October 1
and contains statistics for the three most recent calendar years. The annual security report is provided to all
current students and employees. A copy of the most recent annual security report may be obtained from the
Student Services office during regular business hours. Copies of the Crime Report are available on the College
website at https://content.dcedh.org/assets/pdf/AI/Student-Consumer-Information/Crime-Reports/crime-report-
fort_lauderdale.pdf.
The College reports to the campus community concerning the occurrence of any crime includable in the annual
security report is reported to campus security or local police and that is considered to be a threat to students or
employees.
The College reminds all students that they are ultimately responsible for their own actions regarding their safety
and welfare.
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA)

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, as amended ("FERPA") sets out requirements designed to
afford students certain rights with respect to their education records. In addition, it puts limits on what information
The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale may disclose to third parties without receiving prior written consent from the
student.
I. Procedure to Inspect Education Records

Students have the right under FERPA to inspect and review their education records. A student who wishes to inspect
and review his/her records should submit a written request to the Registrar. The request should identify as precisely
as possible the records the student wishes to inspect. If the requested records are subject to inspection and review
by the student, arrangements for access will be made within a reasonable period of time but in no case more than
45 days after the request was made, and the student will be notified of the time and place where the records may
be inspected. The school may require the presence of a school official during the inspection and review of a student's
records.
Certain limitations exist on a student's right to inspect and review their own education records. Those limitations
include, for example, the following: (i) financial information submitted by parents; (ii) confidential letters and
recommendations placed in their files prior to January 1, 1975; (iii) confidential letters and recommendations placed
in their files after January 1, 1975 to which the student has waived his or her right to inspect and review and that
are related to the student's admission, application for employment or job placement, or receipt of honors. In
addition, the term "education record" does not include certain types of records such as, by way of example, records
of instructional, supervisory, administrative, and certain educational personnel that are in the sole possession of the
maker thereof, and are not accessible or revealed to any other individual except a substitute.
When a record contains personally identifiable information about more than one student, the student may inspect
and review only the information that relates to him/her personally.
II. Disclosure of Educational Records

The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale generally will not permit disclosure of personally identifiable information from
the records of a student without prior written consent of the student. Personally identifiable information is disclosed
(some items are mandatory, some discretionary) from the records of a student without that student's prior written
consent to the following individuals or institutions or in the following circumstances:
• To The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale officials who have been determined by the school to have legitimate
educational interests in the records. A school official is
• a person employed by the school or its corporate parent in an administrative, supervisory, academic or
research, or support staff position. This includes, but is not limited to human resources and accounting staff
for purposes of the tuition reimbursement plan; or
• a person employed by or under contract to the school to perform specific tasks, such as an auditor,
consultant, or attorney, a person on the Board of Trustees, or a student serving on an official committee or
assisting another school official.
Any school official who needs information about a student in the course of performing instructional, supervisory,
advisory, or administrative duties for The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale has a legitimate educational interest.
• To certain officials of the United States Department of Education, the Comptroller General of the United
States, the Attorney General of the United States, and state and local educational authorities in connection
with state or federally supported educational programs.
• In connection with the student's request for, or receipt of, financial aid necessary to determine the
eligibility, amounts or conditions of financial aid, or to enforce the terms and conditions of the aid.
• To organizations conducting certain studies for or on behalf of the school.
• To accrediting commissions or state licensing or regulatory bodies to carry out their functions.
• To parents of a dependent student, as defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code.
• To comply with a judicial order or lawfully issued subpoena.
• To appropriate parties in health or safety emergencies.
• To officials of another school in which a student seeks or intends to enroll.
• To an alleged victim of a crime of violence or a nonforcible sexual offense, the final results of the disciplinary
proceedings conducted by the school against the alleged perpetrator of that crime or offense with respect
to that crime or offense.
• To persons in addition to the victim of a crime of violence or nonforcible sexual offense, the final results of
the disciplinary proceedings described in paragraph 10 above but only if the school has determined that a
student is the perpetrator of a crime of violence or nonforcible sexual offense, and with respect to the
allegation made against him or her, the student has committed a violation of the institution’s rules or
policies. (The school, in such instances, may only disclose the name of the perpetrator not the name of any
other student, including a victim or witness without the prior written consent of the other student(s)).
• To a parent regarding the student’s violation of any federal, state, or local law or of any rules or policy of
the school governing the use or possession of alcohol or a controlled substance if the school determines
that the student has committed a disciplinary violation with respect to that use or possession, and the
student is under 21 at the time of the disclosure to the parent.
• Directory information (see Section IV below).
• Student Recruiting Information as requested by the U.S. Military. Student recruiting information includes
ONLY: name, address, telephone listing, age or date of birth, class level, academic major, place of birth,
degrees received and most recent educational institution attended. It does not include and The Art Institute
of Fort Lauderdale will not provide: social security numbers, race, ethnicity, nationality, GPA, grades, low
performing student lists, religious affiliation, students with loans in default, veteran’s status, students no
longer enrolled. Students who opt out of the directory also opt out of student recruiting information.
III. Record of Requests for Disclosure

Except with respect to those requests made by the student themselves, those disclosures made with the
written consent of the student, or to requests by or disclosures to The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale officials with
legitimate educational interests and disclosures of directory information (or other exceptions described in the
applicable regulations), The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale will maintain a record indicating the parties who have
requested or obtained personally identifiable information from a student's education records and the legitimate
interests those parties had in requesting or obtaining the information. This record may be inspected by the student.
IV. Directory Information

The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale designates the following information as directory information. (Directory
information is personally identifiable information which may be disclosed without the student's consent):
1. Student's name
2. Address: Local, email and website
3. Telephone number (local)
4. Date and place of birth
5. Program of study
6. Participation in officially recognized activities
7. Dates of attendance
8. Degrees and certificates awarded
9. Most recent previously attended school
10. Photograph of the student, if available
11. Enrollment status (i.e., enrolled, continuing, future enrolled student, reentry, leave of absence, etc.)
12. Student honors and awards received.
13. The height and weight of athletic team members
Notice of these categories and of the right of an individual in attendance at The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale to
request that his/her directory information be kept confidential will be given to the student annually. Students may
request nondisclosure of student directory information by specifying nondisclosure, in writing, to the Office of the
Registrar, The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale, 1799 SE 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316. Failure to request
nondisclosure of directory information will result in routine disclosure of one or more of the above designated
categories of personally identifiable directory information.
V. Correction of Educational Records

Students have the right under FERPA to ask to have records corrected which they believe are inaccurate, misleading,
or in violation of their privacy rights. The following are the procedures for the correction of records:
• A student must ask the Registrar to amend a record. As part of the request, the student should identify the
part of the record they want to have changed and specify why they believe it to be inaccurate, misleading,
or in violation of his/her privacy rights.
• The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale may either amend the record or decide not to amend the record. If it
decides not to amend the record, it will notify the student of its decision and advise the student of the right
to a hearing to challenge the information believed to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the
student's privacy rights.
• Upon request, The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale will arrange for a hearing and notify the student
reasonably in advance of the date, place, and time of the hearing. The hearing will be conducted by an
individual who does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing. That individual may be an
official of The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale. The student shall be afforded a forum for the opportunity to
present evidence relevant to the issues raised in the original request to amend the student's education
records. The student may be assisted by other people, including an attorney.
• The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale will prepare a written decision based solely on the evidence presented
at the hearing. The decision will include a summary of the evidence, and the reasons for the decision.
• If, as a result of the hearing, The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale decides that the information is inaccurate,
misleading, or otherwise in violation of the privacy rights of the student, it will (a) amend the record
accordingly; and (b) inform the student of the amendment in writing.
• If, as a result of the hearing, The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale decides that the information in the education
record is not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the privacy rights of the student, it shall
inform the student of the right to place a statement in the record commenting on the contested information
in the record or stating why he or she disagrees with the decision of the school.
• If a statement is placed in the education records of a student under paragraph 6 above, The Art Institute of
Fort Lauderdale will: (a) maintain the statement with the contested part of the record for as long as the
record is maintained; and (b) disclose the statement whenever it discloses the portion of the record to which
the statement relates.
VI. Student Right to File Complaint

A student has the right to file a complaint with the United States Department of Education concerning alleged failures
by The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale to comply with the requirements of FERPA. The name and address of the
governmental office that administers FERPA is:
Family Policy Compliance Office

United States Department of Education
400 Maryland Avenue, S.W.
Washington, DC 20202-4605
Jury Waiver And Agreement to Binding, Individual Arbitration

Student and The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale irrevocably waive our rights to a trial by jury and agree instead that
any and all disputes, no matter how described, pleaded or styled, between me and The Art Institute of Fort
Lauderdale (including its parent and past and present affiliates, employees, agents, and lenders) or related to any
aspect of my relationship with or any act or omission by The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale (“Claim”) shall be
resolved by individual binding arbitration, conducted by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under its
Commercial Arbitration Rules and applicable Supplementary Procedures for Consumer-Related Disputes (“AAA
Rules”) and in accordance with the terms of this Jury Waiver and Agreement to Binding, Individual Arbitration
(“Arbitration Agreement”). Student can obtain a copy of the AAA Rules at www.adr.org or by calling 1-800-778-
7879. This Arbitration Agreement, however, does not modify Student’s right, if any, to file a grievance with any state
educational licensing agency or accrediting body.
1. Student is strongly encouraged to first attempt to resolve the Claim by using the General Student
Complaint Procedure outlined in the Catalog.
2. Neither party shall file or maintain any lawsuit in court against the other, and any suit filed in violation
of this Arbitration Agreement shall be dismissed by the court in favor of arbitration conducted pursuant
to this Arbitration Agreement. The parties agree that the moving party shall be entitled to an award of
costs and fees of compelling arbitration.
3. The arbitration shall take place before a single, neutral arbitrator in the federal judicial district in which
Student resides, unless the parties agree otherwise.
4. Student will be responsible for paying a portion of the AAA filing fee at the time his/her Claim is filed
in an amount equal to $200 or the applicable filing fee of the court of general jurisdiction in the
district/circuit near me, whichever fee is less. The parties shall bear the expense of their own attorneys,
experts and witnesses, unless the applicable law provides, and the arbitrator determines, otherwise.
5. Student agrees not to combine or consolidate any Claims with those of other students, such as in a
class or mass action, or to have any Claims be arbitrated or litigated jointly or consolidated with any
other person’s claims. Further, the parties agree that the arbitrator shall have no authority to join or
consolidate claims by more than one person. I understand that I may opt out of this single-case
provision by delivering via certified mail return receipt a written statement to that effect to the Vice
President and Senior Counsel of The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale /DCEH at 1400 Penn Avenue,
Pittsburgh, PA 15222 within 30 days of my first execution of an Enrollment Agreement.
6. The Federal Arbitration Act (FAA), including all its substantive and procedural provisions, and related
federal decisional law shall govern this Arbitration Agreement to the fullest extent possible. All
determinations as to the scope, enforceability, validity and effect of this Arbitration Agreement shall
be made by the arbitrator, and not by a court. However, any issue concerning the validity of paragraph
5 above must be decided by a court, and an arbitrator does not have authority to consider the validity
of paragraph 5. If for any reason, paragraph 5 is found to be unenforceable, any putative class or mass
action may only be heard in court on a non-jury basis and may not be arbitrated under this Agreement.
7. The arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedy that directly benefits the parties to this
Arbitration Agreement (provided the remedy would be available from a court under the law where the
Arbitration Agreement was executed) but not the power to award relief for the benefit of anyone not
a party to this Arbitration Agreement.
8. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.
9. Notwithstanding any provision in the Catalog or Enrollment Agreement, this Arbitration Agreement
shall not be modified except by written agreement signed by both parties. Any or all of the provisions
set forth in this Arbitration Agreement may also be waived by the party against whom the Claim is
asserted, but such waiver shall be in writing, physically signed (not merely electronically signed) by the
party waiving, and specifically identify the provision or provisions being waived. Any such waiver shall
not waive or affect any other portion of the Arbitration Agreement.
10. This Arbitration Agreement shall survive the termination of Student’s relationship with The Art Institute
of Fort Lauderdale.
11. If any part(s) of this Arbitration Agreement are found to be invalid or unenforceable, then such specific
part(s) shall be of no force and effect and shall be severed, but the remainder of the Arbitration
Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.
STUDENT UNDERSTANDS AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT S/HE IS WAIVING HIS/HER RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL, TO ENGAGE
IN DISCOVERY (EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THE AAA RULES), AND TO LITIGATE THE DISPUTE OR CLAIM IN ANY COURT.
FURTHER, STUDENT UNDERSTANDS AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT S/HE WILL NOT HAVE THE RIGHT TO PARTICIPATE
AS A REPRESENTATIVE OR MEMBER OF ANY CLASS ACTION AGAINST THE ART INSTITUTE OF FORT LAUDERDALE.
General Student Complaint Procedure

If you have a complaint or problem, you are encouraged to follow the Student Complaint Procedure.
You should discuss complaints with the individual(s) within the appropriate department. Initial discussion should be
with the person most knowledgeable of the issues involved or with immediate decision-making responsibility.
If you feel that the complaint has not been fully addressed, a written account should be submitted to the Director
of Student Services if related to non-academic issues or to the Dean of Academic Affairs for academic issues. The
written account should indicate your name, phone number, and ID# and discuss the steps you have taken to remedy
the situation.
The appropriate The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale staff member or department will be notified of the complaint.
A follow-up meeting with you and the Director of Student Services and/or the Dean of Academic Affairs will be held
within ten school days of the date of the written complaint in an effort to resolve the issue.
If you are not satisfied with the results, you may file an appeal with the President's Office. The appeal should be in
writing and contain your name and phone number. You should summarize the steps you have taken to remedy the
situation and indicate why the results are not satisfactory. You will hear the results of the appeal within ten class
days from the date the appeal is received.
If you follow this complaint procedure and still feel dissatisfied with the results you may send a written copy of the
complaint to:
Florida Commission for Independent Education

325 W. Gaines St., Suite 1414
Tallahassee, FL 32399-0400
www.fldoe.org.cie
By fax at (850) 245-3238
or you may contact:
ACICS
750 First Street N.E., Suite 980
Washington DC 20002-4223
202.336.678
Please refer to the school’s Jury Waiver Agreement to Binding, Individual Arbitration Policy for additional information
regarding disputes or claims.
The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale Policies to Comply with the Higher Education Opportunity Act of
2008
The unauthorized distribution of copyrighted material, including unauthorized peer-to-peer file sharing, may subject
students and individuals to civil and criminal liabilities. Almost all of the music, movies, television shows, software,
games and images found on the Internet are protected by federal copyright law. The owner of the copyright in these
works has the right to control their distribution, modification, reproduction, public display and public performance.
It is generally illegal therefore to use file sharing networks to download and share copyrighted works without the
copyright owner’s permission unless “fair use” or another exemption under copyright law applies.
Fair use under the federal Copyright Act allows the use without permission of copyrighted material for the purpose
of criticism, comment, news reporting or teaching under certain limited circumstances. There is no blanket
exception from liability for students or employees of educational institutions, however, and whether the use of
copyrighted material without permission falls within “fair use” or one of the other exceptions in the Act depends on
a very detailed, case-by-case analysis of various factors. Students should be aware that sharing music, videos,
software and other copyrighted materials is very likely not to be considered a ‘fair use” and therefore may be a
violation of the law.
A violation of the institution’s policy for use of its information technology system can result in termination of network
access for the student and/or other disciplinary action including removal of the student from the institution.
Moreover, there are severe civil and criminal penalties for copyright infringement under federal law. A copyright
owner is entitled to recover actual damages and profits resulting from an infringement, but also may recover
statutory damages ranging from $750 to $30,000 per work for a non-willful infringement and up to $150,000 for a
willful infringement, even if there is no proof of actual damages, in addition to court costs and reasonable attorneys’
fees. The government also can file criminal charges that can result in fines and imprisonment.
The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale’s policies in regard to copyright infringement via the Internet prohibit the illegal
downloading or unauthorized distribution of copyrighted materials using the institution’s information technology
system. The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale’s policies prohibit use of The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale computer
network to engage in illegal copying or distribution of copyrighted works such as by unauthorized peer-to-peer file
sharing (i.e., the sharing of copyrighted works, typically in digital or electronic files, without permission.
Sexual Misconduct & Relationship Violence Policy; Procedures for Handling Sexual Misconduct and
Relationship Violence Complaints
The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale values civility, dignity, diversity, education, honesty, and safety and is
firmly committed to maintaining a campus environment free from all forms of sex discrimination, sexual
harassment, and sexual assault. Sexual Misconduct and Relationship Violence, defined more specifically
below, are inconsistent with these values, violate institutional policy, and will not be tolerated at The Art
Institute of Fort Lauderdale and are expressly prohibited. Similarly, retaliation for having brought forward a
concern or allegation or for participating in an investigation of a report of Sexual Misconduct or Relationship
Violence is also expressly prohibited and is grounds for disciplinary action.
This Policy provides information regarding how an individual – whether a student, faculty member, or staff
member – can make a report of Sexual Misconduct or Relationship Violence impacting a student and how The
Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale will proceed once it is made aware of any such report.
For faculty and staff members who believe they are the victim of sexual misconduct, please follow our No
Harassment policy in the Employee Handbook.
I. Preliminary Issues & Important Definitions
This Policy prohibits “Sexual Misconduct” and “Relationship Violence,” broad categories encompassing the
conduct defined below. Sexual Misconduct and Relationship Violence can be committed by anyone, including
third parties, and can occur between people of the same sex or different sexes and regardless of one’s
biological sex or transgendered sex. This policy applies to Sexual Misconduct and Relationship Violence that
is committed against a student when that Sexual Misconduct or Relationship Violence occurs: (i) on campus;
(ii) off-campus if in connection with a School-sponsored program or activity or in student housing; or (iii) off-
campus, including at internship/externship/practicum sites, if allegedly perpetrated by a fellow student,
faculty member, staff member, or third party when the victim/reporting student reasonably believes that the
off-campus conduct has created a hostile educational environment.
A. What is “Sexual Misconduct”?
Sexual Misconduct includes:
• Sexual Assault: Having or attempting to have sexual intercourse, cunnilingus, or fellatio without
Consent (as defined below). Sexual intercourse is defined as anal or vaginal penetration by a penis,
tongue, finger, or inanimate object.
• Non-Consensual Sexual Contact: Any intentional sexual touching with any body part or object by any
person upon any person without Consent.
• Sexual Exploitation: An act attempted or committed through the abuse or exploitation of another
person’s sexuality. Examples include, but are not limited to, prostituting another student; inducing a
student into sexual intercourse, sexual contact, or other sexual activity by implicit or explicit threat of
exposure of personal information or academic consequences; non-consensual video or audio-taping
of sexual activity; allowing others to observe a personal consensual sexual act without the knowledge
or Consent of all involved parties; and knowingly transmitting or exposing another person to a
sexually transmitted infection without the person’s knowledge.
• Indecent Exposure: the exposure of the private or intimate parts of the body in a lewd manner in
public or in private premises when the accused may be readily observed.
• Sexual Harassment: unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other physical or
verbal conduct of a sexual nature when it meets any of the following: (a) Submission to such conduct
is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of an individual’s academic status; or (b)
Submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as the basis for academic
decisions affecting such individual; or (c) Such conduct has the purpose or effect of unreasonably
interfering with an individual’s work or academic performance or creating an intimidating, hostile, or
offensive environment for working, learning, or living on campus.
B. What is “Relationship Violence”?
Relationship Violence includes:
• Domestic Violence: Violence, including but not limited to sexual or physical abuse or the threat of
such abuse, committed by a current or former spouse or intimate partner or any other person from
whom the student is protected under federal or applicable state law.
• Dating Violence: Violence, including but not limited to sexual or physical abuse or the threat of such
abuse, committed by a person who is or has been in a social relationship of a romantic or intimate
nature with the alleged victim. The existence of such a relationship is generally determined based
on a consideration of the length and type of relationship and the frequency of interaction.
• Stalking: A course of conduct directed at a specific person that would cause a reasonable person to
fear for their own safety or the safety of others or suffer substantial emotional distress. A course of
conduct means two or more acts in which a person directly, indirectly or through third parties, by
any action, method, device or means, follows, monitors, observes, surveils, threatens, or
communicates to or about a person or interferes with a person’s property.
The following also constitute violations of this Policy:
• Complicity: Assisting, facilitating, or encouraging the commission of a violation of this Policy.
• Retaliation: Acts or attempted acts for the purpose of interfering with any report, investigation, or
proceeding under this Policy, or as retribution or revenge against anyone who has reported Sexual
Misconduct or Relationship Violence or who has participated (or is expected to participate) in any
manner in an investigation, or proceeding under this Policy. Prohibited retaliatory acts include, but
are not limited to, intimidation, threats, coercion, or discrimination. To be clear, retaliation against a
Complainant for reporting an incident or against any witness who participates in an investigation is
strictly prohibited.
C. Who are “Complainants” and “Respondents”?

The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale is not a court of law. We also do not engage in victim-blaming or rushes to
judgment. Therefore, without judgment, we refer to anyone who reports that s/he has experienced Sexual
Misconduct as a “Complainant” and to anyone who reportedly has engaged in Sexual Misconduct as a
“Respondent.”
D. Defining Consent
In many cases of Sexual Misconduct, the central issue is consent or the ability to give consent. Consent is a
voluntary agreement to engage in sexual activity. Consent to engage in sexual activity must exist from
beginning to end of each instance of sexual activity. Past Consent does not imply future Consent, and Consent
to engage in one form of sexual activity does not imply Consent to engage in a different form of sexual activity.
Consent is demonstrated through mutually understandable words and/or actions that clearly indicate a
willingness to engage in a specific sexual activity. Consent must be knowing and voluntary. To give Consent,
a person must be awake, of legal age, and have the capacity to reasonably understand the nature of her/his
actions. Individuals who are physically or mentally incapacitated cannot give Consent.
Silence, without actions evidencing permission, does not demonstrate Consent. Where force, threats, or
coercion is alleged, the absence of resistance does not demonstrate Consent. Force, threats, or coercion
invalidates Consent. The responsibility of obtaining Consent rests with the person initiating sexual activity.
Use of alcohol or drugs does not diminish one’s responsibility to obtain Consent or negate one’s intent.
Consent to engage in sexual activity may be withdrawn by either person at any time. Once withdrawal of
Consent has been clearly expressed, the sexual activity must cease.
Incapacitation is the inability, temporarily or permanently, to give Consent, because the individual is mentally
and/or physically helpless due to drug or alcohol consumption, either voluntarily or involuntarily, due to an
intellectual or other disability that prevents the student from having the capacity to give Consent, or the
individual is unconscious, asleep or otherwise unaware that the sexual activity is occurring. In addition, an
individual is incapacitated if he or she demonstrates that they are unaware of where they are, how they got
there, or why or how they became engaged in a sexual interaction. Where alcohol is involved, incapacitation
is a state beyond drunkenness or intoxication. Some indicators that an individual is incapacitated may
include, but are not limited to, vomiting, unresponsiveness, inability to communicate coherently, inability to
dress/undress without assistance, inability to walk without assistance, slurred speech, loss of coordination,
lack of awareness of circumstances or surroundings, or inability to perform other physical or cognitive tasks
without assistance.
E. Title IX Coordinator & Deputy Coordinators
The Title IX Coordinator for The Art Institutes schools is: Diane Rouda, Associate Vice President of Student
Regulatory Affairs. The Title IX Coordinator is responsible for, among other things, coordinating the campus’s
efforts to comply with and carry out the campus’s responsibilities under Title IX of the Education
Amendments of 1972, including compliance with this policy. The Title IX Coordinator will help to coordinate
any investigations under this Policy.
In addition, the School has other individuals who serve as Deputy Title IX Coordinators to help oversee
investigations and determination proceedings under this Policy.
II. Reporting & Confidentiality
We encourage victims of Sexual Misconduct & Relationship Violence to talk to somebody about what
happened – so they can get the support they need, and so the School can respond appropriately.
Different employees on campus have different abilities to maintain confidentiality:
• CONFIDENTIAL REPORTING: Some individuals are required to maintain near complete

confidentiality. These include professional counselors such as those provided by Talk One2One
counselling services. These individuals can provide resources and generally talk to a victim without
revealing any personally identifying information about an incident to the School. A victim can seek
assistance and support from these individuals without triggering a School investigation.
• NON-CONFIDENTIAL REPORTING. Other than professional counsellors defined above, most other
employees and contractors are required to report all the details of an incident to the Title IX
coordinator. A report to these employees (called “responsible employees”) constitutes a report to the
School and generally obligates the School to investigate the incident and take appropriate steps to
address the situation. The following campus employees (or categories of employees) are examples of
responsible employees: the Title IX Coordinator, all Deputy Title IX Coordinators, President, Director
of Student Services, other Student Services staff, Housing staff, Academic Advisors, the Security Team
(including contract security personnel), all full-time and adjunct Faculty, Human Resources, and
Employee Relations.
The School will seek to protect the privacy and confidentiality of the individuals involved in any report of
alleged Sexual Misconduct or Relationship Violence to the extent possible and allowed by law. The Title IX
Coordinator will evaluate any request for confidentiality in the context of the School’s responsibility to
provide a safe and nondiscriminatory environment to all members of its community.
The School will complete any publicly available record-keeping, including Clery Act reporting and disclosure,
without the inclusion of identifying information about the alleged victim. It will also maintain as confidential
any interim measures or remedies provided to the alleged victim to the extent that maintaining
confidentiality will not impair its ability to provide the interim measures or remedies.
In addition to internal reporting, the School strongly encourages anyone who believes they have experienced
a sexual assault (or any other crime) to make a report to local law enforcement. Collection and preservation
of evidence relating to the reported sexual assault is essential for law enforcement investigations, so prompt
reporting of the incident to law enforcement is especially critical. Designated staff will, upon request, assist
an individual in making a report to law enforcement as necessary and appropriate.
Although we strongly encourage complainants to report to local law enforcement, such a report is not a
prerequisite to the School’s review and investigation of any complaint covered by this Policy. The School will
honor a Complainant’s request not to report the matter to local law enforcement UNLESS we have a
reasonable basis to believe that the safety and security of the campus community is at risk. In this event, the
School will endeavor to notify a Complainant or Reporter of the institution’s intent to report the matter to law
enforcement in advance of any such report.
The School does not limit the time frame for reporting under this Policy, although a delay in reporting may
impact the School’s ability to take certain actions.
Other Code of Conduct Violations: The School encourages students who have been the victim of Sexual
Misconduct or Relationship Violence to come forward. Students should not be discouraged from reporting
such incidents because they fear discipline for their own violations of the Student Code of Conduct, such as
use of alcohol in School housing. Therefore, the School has discretion not to pursue other violations of the
Student Code of Conduct that occurred in the context of the reported incident of Sexual Misconduct or
Relationship Violence.
III. Response Procedure
Students are encouraged to report any incident of Sexual Misconduct or Relationship Violence to the Title IX
Coordinator, Deputy Title IX Coordinator, the Director of Student Services, or the Campus President. If a
report is made verbally, the School will request a written statement by the student.
Upon receipt of a report, the School will generally proceed as described below.
A. Investigation Commencement
The School will provide a timely and thorough investigation. Barring exigent circumstances, cases of Sexual
Misconduct and Relationship Violence will generally be resolved within a 60-day period once the incident has
been reported. An extension of time may be necessary if witnesses are unavailable or uncooperative or due
to other extenuating circumstances beyond the control of the investigator.
B. Initial Response
Once the School is put on notice of possible Sexual Misconduct and Relationship Violence, the Complainant
will be offered appropriate confidential support, accommodations, and other resources and will be notified of
applicable policies and procedures. Accommodations include the ability to move to different housing, to
change work schedules, to alter academic schedules, to withdraw from/retake a class without penalty, and to
access academic support. The Respondent also will be offered appropriate resources and notified of
applicable policies and procedures.
C. Interim Intervention
Pending a final determination, the Title IX Coordinator and/or Student Services staff will take appropriate
interim measures. The University will take steps to prevent the recurrence of harassment and to correct its
discriminatory effects on the Complainant and others, if appropriate. These measures may include, but are
not limited to, the imposition of a no-contact order and/or employment, transportation, residence, and
academic modifications, and/or transfer or removal from an internship/externship/practicum site. Student
Services staff may limit a student or organization’s access to certain School facilities or activities pending
resolution of the matter. The School may impose an Interim Suspension on the Respondent pending the
resolution of an alleged violation when the School determines, in its sole discretion, that it is necessary in
order to protect the safety and well-being of members of the campus community.
D. Decision to Proceed to Investigation
If the Complainant is willing to participate in the review and investigation process, the School will proceed as
described below in Section III (E).
If the Complainant requests a confidential investigation, the School will seek to protect the privacy and
confidentiality of the Complainant to the extent possible and allowed by law. The Title IX Coordinator will
evaluate any request for confidentiality in the context of the School’s responsibility to provide a safe and
nondiscriminatory environment to all members of its community.
If a confidential investigation is requested and agreed to, the School will investigate without revealing the
name of the Complainant in any interview or email and will not ask questions that inadvertently or
reasonably could reveal the identity of the Complainant.
If the Complainant asks that the report of sexual misconduct not be pursued, the School will consider the
interests of the Complainant, the campus community, law enforcement, and/or other appropriate interests
under the circumstances. The School, in consultation with the Title IX Coordinator, will make a final decision
on whether and to what extent it will conduct an investigation, and notify the Complainant promptly.
In the event that a campus-wide alert related to the incident is deemed necessary, the campus shall generally
attempt to notify the Complainant of the alert and its content before it is circulated. If the campus is unable to
contact the Complainant in a timely fashion, or otherwise deems it necessary, the message may be sent
without his/her review.
E. Investigation Procedure
Investigators do not function as advocates for either Complainants or Respondents. Investigators can,
however, identify advocacy and support resources for either Complainants or Respondents.
The Respondent will receive written notice of the report and the nature of the alleged misconduct. He/She
will be advised in writing of the investigation process and opportunity to provide any relevant evidence.
The Investigation will generally be conducted by the Director of Student Services for the campus (or any
other individual appointed by the Title IX Coordinator) if the Respondent is a student or third party. If the
Respondent is a faculty or staff member, Employee Relations will also participate in the investigation.
The investigator will separately interview both Complainant and Respondent. Both parties will be able to
provide evidence and suggest other witnesses to be interviewed. The investigator will interview other
relevant witnesses and review any other available relevant evidence. Both the Complainant and Respondent
can have another individual present during their own respective interviews. If the Complainant or
Respondent elects, they may have an attorney present during their own interview, but said attorney may not
advocate during the interview.
F. Determinations
1. For cases where the Respondent is a student.
The investigator will present all evidence to the Title IX Coordinator (or his/her designated Deputy Title IX
Coordinator). In all cases, the Title IX Coordinator or the designated Deputy Title IX Coordinator will be
appropriately trained regarding handling and considering sexual misconduct and relationship violence cases.
The Title IX Coordinator will weigh the evidence presented and decide whether additional evidence is
necessary for consideration. Ultimately, the Title IX Coordinator will make a determination of whether a
violation of the Sexual Misconduct & Relationship Violence Policy or any other policy has occurred. .
The School reserves the right to convene a Determination Panel to review the evidence and make the
determination in appropriate circumstances.
2. For cases where the Respondent is a Faculty or Staff Member.
The investigator will present all evidence to the Ethics Committee of DCEH. The Ethics Committee will be
appropriately trained regarding handling and adjudicating sexual misconduct and relationship violence cases.
The Ethics Committee will weigh the evidence presented and make a determination whether a violation of the
Sexual Misconduct & Relationship Violence Policy or any other policy has occurred.
3. For cases where the Respondent is a Third Party
The investigator will present all evidence to the Title IX Coordinator (or his/her designated Deputy Title IX
Coordinator). In all cases, the Title IX Coordinator or the designated Deputy Title IX Coordinator will be
appropriately trained regarding handling and considering sexual misconduct and relationship violence cases.
The Title IX Coordinator will weigh the evidence presented and decide whether additional evidence is
necessary for consideration. Ultimately, the Title IX Coordinator will make a determination of whether a
violation of the Sexual Misconduct & Relationship Violence Policy or any other policy has occurred.
If the Title IX Coordinator determines that this Policy has been violated by a third party at an associated off-
campus location, such as an internship or practicum site, the Title IX Coordinator will review the terms of any
contract or Affiliation Agreement and determine what appropriate action should be taken pursuant to the
written agreement.
G. Standard of Proof
In all cases under the Sexual Misconduct policy, the Title IX Coordinator (or designee) or the Ethics
Committee will determine if a violation of policy has occurred by the preponderance of evidence standard.
Thus, they will determine whether it is more likely than not that a violation has occurred.
H. Potential Sanctions
If a violation of policy has been found, the Title IX Coordinator or the Ethics Committee will impose
appropriate sanctions, including but not limited to coaching, training, probation, suspension, or expulsion in
the case of students or coaching, training, written warning, demotion, or termination in the case of
employees, and termination of any relationship/contract/Affiliation Agreement in the case of a third party.
I. Outcome Notifications
Both the Complainant and Respondent will be notified in writing of the outcome of the investigation and of
the sanctions imposed, if any.
If the Respondent is a third party, the notice of outcome will include a finding of fact and a justification for the
decision based on appropriate legal standards.
J. Appeals
If the Complainant or Respondent is a student, he or she may appeal the outcome determination by written
appeal to the Campus President within 15 business days of notification of the outcome. An appeal may be
made based only on one or more of the following reasons:
1. New and significant evidence appeared that could not have been discovered by a properly
diligent charged student or complainant before or during the original investigation and that
could have changed the outcome.
2. The Finding is Arbitrary and Capricious: Reading all evidence in the favor of the non-appealing
party, the finding was not supported by reasonable grounds or adequate consideration of the
circumstances. In deciding appeals, the Campus President is allowed to make all logical
inferences in benefit of the non-appealing party.
3. Disproportionate Sanctions: The sanctions were disproportionate to the findings.
The appeal shall consist of a written statement requesting review of the conduct decision or sanction and
explaining in detail the basis for the appeal. The Campus President, or designated representative, will notify
the non-appealing party of the request for an appeal. Within five business days of receipt of the notice, the
non-appealing party may submit a written statement to be included in the case file. The appeal may proceed
without the non-appealing party’s written statement if it is not submitted within the designated time limit.
The Campus President will endeavor to make a determination of the appeal within 15 business days of receipt.
The President’s decision is final.
Student Grievance Procedure for Internal Complaints of Discrimination and Harassment

Students who believe they have been subjected to discrimination or harassment (other than sexual harassment) in
violation of the Non-Discrimination Policy should follow the procedure outlined below. (Please note that students
who believe they have been subjected to sexual harassment should follow the reporting process in the Sexual
Misconduct and Relationship Violence Policy.) This complaint procedure is intended to provide a fair, prompt and
reliable determination about whether The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale Non-Discrimination Policy has been
violated.
• Complainants are encouraged to file a complaint as soon as possible after an alleged incident of
discrimination has occurred. Any student who chooses to file a discrimination complaint should
do so either with the Director of Student Services, 1799 SE 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316,
954-308-2231 or with the Campus President, 1799 SE 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316, 954-
308-210. Online students should file complaints with studentcomplaints@aii.edu. The complaint
should be presented in writing and it should describe the alleged incident(s) and any corrective
action sought. The complaint should be signed by the complainant.
• The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale will investigate the allegations. Both the accuser and the
accused are entitled to have others present during a disciplinary proceeding. Both will be informed
of the outcome of any campus disciplinary proceeding. For this purpose, the outcome of a
disciplinary proceeding means only The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale’s final determination with
respect to the alleged offense and any sanction that is imposed against the accused. Both the
complainant and the accused will have the opportunity to meet and discuss the allegations with
the investigator and may offer any witnesses in support of their position to the investigator during
the course of the investigation. A student may be accompanied during investigation meetings and
discussions by one person (family member, friend, etc.) who can act as an observer, provide
emotional support, and/or assist the student in understanding and cooperating in the
investigation. The observer may not be an attorney, unless otherwise required by local law. The
investigator may prohibit from attending or remove any person who disrupts the investigation in
the investigator’s sole discretion.
• The student who made the complaint and the accused shall be informed promptly in writing when
the investigation is completed, no later than 45 calendar days from the date the complaint was
filed. The student who made the complaint shall be informed if there were findings made that the
policy was or was not violated and of actions taken to resolve the complaint, if any, that are directly
related to him/her, such as an order that the accused not contact the student who made the
complaint. In accordance with institutional policies protecting individuals’ privacy, the student who
made the complaint may generally be notified that the matter has been referred for disciplinary
action, but shall not be informed of the details of the recommended disciplinary action without
the consent of the accused.
• The decision of the Investigator may be appealed by petitioning the President’s Office of The Art
Institute of Fort Lauderdale. The written appeal must be made within 20 calendar days of receipt
of the determination letter. The Campus President, or his or her designee, will render a written
decision on the appeal within 30 calendar days from receipt of the appeal. The President's decision
shall be final.
• The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale will not retaliate against persons bringing forward allegations
of harassment or discrimination.
• Matters involving general student complaints will be addressed according to the Student
Complaint Procedures, a copy of which can be found in the Student Handbook or Academic
Catalog.
• For more information about your rights under the federal laws prohibiting discrimination, please
contact the Office for Civil Rights at the U.S. Department of Education.
FACULTY LISTING
Full Time Faculty Members
Institutions Awarding Area of Teaching
Name Academic Credential Held
the Credential Specialization
Balzano, Frank MFA (Art) Florida Atlantic University Graphic Design
Ph.D. (Computing Nova Southeastern Web Design and
Ben-Ezzer, Russ
Technology in Education) University Interactive Media
MBA (Business
Colda, Kerry University of Oregon Fashion Merchandising
Administration)
MS (Hospitality Florida International
Espinel, Carlos B. Culinary Arts
Management) University
MS (Hotel & Food Services Florida International
Espinel, Malka Culinary Arts
Management) University
Evers, Valan MA (Computer Imaging) Antioch University Photography
Miami International Digital Film Making &
Farley, Kyle MFA (Film)
University of Art & Design Video Production
Glenn, Elizabeth MA (Architecture) Tulane University Design
Florida International
Marshall, Joseph MS (Hospitality) University Florida Culinary Arts
International University
Miami International
Merle, Jan MFA (Interior Design) Interior Design
University of Art & Design
All-Russian Research
Milman, Andrey Ph.D. (Textile and Apparel) Fashion Design
Institute
Nir, Karen MFA (Computer Arts) Florida Atlantic University Media Arts & Animation
State University of New Gen. Ed, Humanities &
Reuter, Monika Ph.D. (Sociology)
York at Albany Communications
Miami International
Tatakis, Chrisa MFA (Visual Arts) Fashion Design
MFA (Graphic Design &
Thompson, Jody Antioch University Graphic Design
Photography)
Miami International
Wortham, Robert MFA (Visual Arts) Industrial Design
Part Time Faculty Members

Institutions Awarding Area of Teaching
Name Academic Credential Held
the Credential Specialization
Paris American Academy,
Ecole de Beaux Arts of
Alcena, Juanita MFA (Fashion Design) Fashion Design
Architecture Interieure, de
Mode et de Langues
MLA (Landscape Florida International
Alonso, Maria Interior Design
Architecture) University
Computer Aided
The Art Institute of Fort
Alonso, Ray BS (Industrial Design) Modeling
Lauderdale
Game and Toy Design
Miami I International
Borrero, Juan MA (Computer Animation) Media Arts
Higher Institute of Fine Drawing and Anatomy
Boudev, Roumen MFA (Painting)
Arts Drawing & Perspective
California State University
BS (Computer Science)
Bradshaw, Mark Post graduate work in Game Production I
Math
Computer Graphics
Carrico, Cynthia MS (Education) Keiser University Communications
MFA (Fine Arts
Cote, Veronique University of Buffalo Photography
(Photography))
Miami International
Crary, Michael MFA (Graphic Design) Graphic Design
Rowan
MA (School
D’Alessandro, Donald University/University of Culinary Arts
Administration)
New Haven
Donato, Robert MBA (Business) Culinary Arts
University
Humanities &
Doyle, Nancy MA (English Literature) University of Miami
Communications
MFA (Special Effects
Embid, Jorge Digital Media Arts College Media Arts
Animation)
Nova Southeastern
Ericson, Helena MA (Mathematics) Math & Science
University
Fernandez, Marcia MBA (Finance) Babson College Advertising
Fernandez, Cecilia MFA (Creative Writing) General Education
University
Nova Southeastern
Gaines, Georgia MS (Math) Math & Science
University
Vermont College of Humanities &
Gillam, Paula MFA (Visual Art)
Norwich University Communications
MFA (Design & Media Miami International
Gomez, Karina Fashion
Management) University of Art & Design
Culinary Institute of
Gordon, Dustin BS (Professional Studies) Culinary Arts
America
European University -
MBA (Masters Lisbon Portugal
Guzman-Galan, Marcela International University Iberoamericana Culinary Arts
Management) - Mexico City
Le Cordon Bleu
BS (Web Design & The Art Institute of Fort
Hernandez, Stephanie Design
Interactive Media) Lauderdale
Miami International
Hunt, Jonathan MFA (Graphic Design) Illustration
MA (Industrial Design Vitebsk Technological
Ivanova, Irina Fashion Design
Textiles and Fibers) Institute of Light Industry
Miami International
Kane, Paul MFA (Graphic Design/Art) Graphic Design
MBComm (Concentration
Jones International Humanities &
Kerrigan, Lori in Leadership and
University Communications
Influence)
MBA (Mass Communication Digital Film Making &
Kilayko, Chris Lynn University
and Media) Video Production
Kimbert, John (MA Journalism) University of Miami General Education
Larson, Andrea MS (Biochemistry) University of Hannover Gen. Ed, Math & Science
Medley, RaAzikiwe MFA (Media Design) Full Sail University Graphic Design
MA (Design & Media Miami International
Mendez, Frankie Media Arts
Management) University of Art & Design
Patel, Larissa MFA (Fine Arts) Pratt Institute Media Arts
Humanities &
Peacock, Vuslat MA (History) Miami University, OH
Communications
MBA (Business Florida International Fashion Merchandising
Pitter, Michelle
Administration/Marketing) University Graphic Design
Web Design and
Ramey, Gary MFA (Art) Art Institute of Chicago
Interactive Media
MS (Marriage and Family Nova Southeastern
Reynolds, Helen General Education
Therapy) University
Nova Southeastern
Rogers, Mark MS (Marine Biology) General Education
University
Rutenis, Raymond BA (Culinary Management) Le Cordon Bleu Culinary Arts
MA (Motion Picture
Digital Film Making &
Salini, Tas Production, University of Miami
Video Production
Communication)
Hungarian University of
Schumy, Kolos MA (Visual Arts-Painting) Media Arts
Fine Arts
Sheffield, Donald MBA (Business) Argosy University Photography
Short, Rose MS (Computer Science) City College of New York General Education
Doctorate (Teaching and
Stern, Alicia Argosy University Culinary Arts
Learning)
Sukphisit, Peck BS (Environmental Design) Texas A&M Interior Design
Tahmosh, Anthony BS (Marketing) Babson College Culinary Arts
MFA (Fine Arts, with Virginia Commonwealth
Tejada-Herrera, Elena Art Foundations
concentration in painting) University
MS (Instructional Design
Thornhill, Cheresse Full Sail University Industrial Design
and Technology)
Toth, Michael BS (Industrial Design) Pratt Institute Design
Digital Film Making &
Miami International Video Production,
Voicu, Marius MFA (Film)
University of Art & Design Web Design & Interactive
Media
Wood, Brian MA (Industrial Design) Antioch University Industrial Design
TUITION AND FEES
Current tuition is charged at $489 per credit hour
Program
Credit Instructional Tuition per Lab Digital Starting Approx. Tuition &
Program of Study Length
Hours Weeks Credit Hour Fee1 Textbook2 Kit Fee3 Fees / Program4
(Qtrs)
Associate of Science (AS)
Baking & Pastry 90 6 66 $489 $1,800 $1,150 $645 $47,605
Culinary Arts 90 6 66 $489 $1,800 $1,250 $645 $47,705
Fashion Design 90 6 66 $489 $0 $1,500 $576 $46,086
Graphic Design 90 6 66 $489 $0 $1,500 $420 $45,930
Interior Design 90 6 66 $489 $0 $1,500 $610 $46,120
Photography 90 6 66 $489 $0 $1,500 $176 $45,686
Video Production 90 6 66 $489 $0 $1,500 $372 $45,882
Web Design & Interactive
90 6 66 $489 $0 $1,500 $420 $45,930
Media
Bachelor of Science (BS)
Advertising 180 12 132 $489 $0 $3,000 $420 $91,440
Culinary Management 180 12 132 $489 $1,800 $2,750 $645 $93,215
Digital Filmmaking & Video
180 12 132 $489 $0 $3,000 $372 $91,392
Production
Fashion Design 180 12 132 $489 $0 $3,000 $576 $91,596
Fashion Merchandising 180 12 132 $489 $0 $3,000 $518 $91,538
Game Art & Design 180 12 132 $489 $0 $3,000 $420 $91,440
Graphic Design 180 12 132 $489 $0 $3,000 $420 $91,440
Illustration* 180 12 132 $489 $0 $3,000 $402 $91,422
Industrial Design 180 12 132 $489 $0 $2,900 $626 $91,546
Instructional Technology &
180 12 132 $489 $0 $2,750 $180 $90,950
Design
Interior Design 180 12 132 $489 $0 $3,000 $610 $91,630
Marketing & Entertainment
180 12 132 $489 $0 $2,450 $0 $90,470
Management
Media Arts & Animation 180 12 132 $489 $0 $3,000 $420 $91,440
Photography 180 12 132 $489 $0 $3,000 $176 $91,196
Professional Writing for
180 12 132 $489 $0 $2,700 $0 $90,720
Creative Arts
Software Development for
180 12 132 $489 $0 $2,500 $180 $90,700
Creative Technologies
Visual Effects & Motion
180 12 132 $489 $0 $3,000 $420 $91,440
Graphics
180 12 132 $489 $0 $3,000 $420 $91,440
Media
Diploma (D)
Baking & Pastry 54 5 55 $489 $1,200 $600 $645 $28,851
Culinary Arts 54 5 55 $489 $1,200 $650 $645 $29,901
Fashion Retailing 48 4 44 $489 $0 $800 $0 $24,272
Web Design &
48 4 44 $489 $0 $800 $0 $24,272
Development
48 4 44 $489 $0 $800 $0 $24,272
Communications
The table above is calculated at full load, which is an average of 15 credit hours per quarter. The calculation would
be based on 12 credit hours per quarter if a student were to take the minimum allowable credits required to still be
considered a full time student.
Please visit our Student Consumer Information page to find the average time to completion for continuously enrolled
students for each credential level offered. This data is available at the average credit load, fulltime or at full load.
Changing programs, beginning programs at the midterm start date, taking remedial courses, taking time off from
coursework, registering for fewer hours or unsuccessful attempts at course completion will increase the total length
of the program and overall cost of education from what is disclosed. Transfer credits awarded toward your program
will likely decrease the overall length and cost of education.
1
Lab fees above represent the total for the program and are charged per course or quarter. Lab fees are
treated as tuition for refund purposes.
2
Not all courses include a Digital Textbook. Courses that include a Digital Textbook will be noted in the
registration material and the Digital Textbook will be charged in addition to tuition unless the student
chooses to opt out. Students that do not opt out will not need to purchase textbooks for courses using a
Digital Textbook. Students that do opt out will be responsible for purchasing the required textbook. If a
course does not use a Digital Textbook, the student is responsible for purchasing the required textbook. The
Digital Textbook charge is $50 per course for most courses; however, some courses may have more than
one Digital Textbook and carry a Digital Textbook charge of $75 per course.
3
The starting kit is optional and consists of basic equipment and materials needed for beginning each
program. A list of the components of the starting kit is provided to each enrolled student. These materials
may be purchased at the school or at most supply stores. Kit prices do not include applicable sales tax and
are subject to change.
4
Approximate tuition and fees is based on the current credit hour rate. Total cost will increase with each
per credit hour tuition increase.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Holidays Observed (Dates Subject to Change)

Friday, November 10, 2017 - Veterans' Day
Thursday, November 23, 2017 - Thanksgiving Day
Friday, November 24, 2017 – Day after Thanksgiving
Friday, December 22, 2017 - December Holiday
Monday, December 25, 2017 - Christmas Day
Fall 2017 Quarter

Fall 2017 Classes Start Monday, October 2, 2017 Week 1
Add/Drop Period October 2 – 9, 2017 Week 1-2
Midterm Exams October 30 – November 3, 2017 Week 5
Early Registration Winter 2018 Qtr. Thursday, November 9, 2017 Week 6
Fall 2017 Mid-quarter Classes Start Thursday, November 9, 2017 Week 6
Registration Winter 2018 Qtr. ALL STUDENTS Monday, November 13, 2017 Week 7
Course Withdraw Deadline On Ground Friday, December 1, 2017 Week 9
Graduate Clearance Tuesday, December 12, 2017 Week 11
Portfolio Review Thursday, December 14, 2017 Week 11
Last Day of Classes Saturday, December 16, 2017 Week 11
Winter 2018 Quarter

Winter 2018 Classes Start Monday, January 8, 2018 Week 1
Add/Drop Period January 8 - 15, 2018 Week 1-2
Midterm Exams February 5-9, 2018 Week 5
Early Registration Spring 2018 Qtr. Thursday, February 15, 2018 Week 6
Winter 2018 Mid-quarter Classes Start Thursday, February 15, 2018 Week 6
Registration Spring 2018 Qtr. ALL STUDENTS Monday, February 19, 2018 Week 7
Course Withdraw Deadline On Ground Friday, March 9, 2018 Week 9
Graduate Clearance Tuesday, March 20, 2018 Week 11
Portfolio Review Thursday, March 22, 2018 Week 11
Last Day of Classes Saturday, March 24, 2018 Week 11
Spring 2018 Quarter

Spring 2018 Classes Start Monday, April 2, 2018 Week 1
Add/Drop Period April 2-9, 2018 Week 1-2
Midterm Exams April 30-May 4, 2018 Week 5
Early Registration Summer 2018 Qtr. Thursday, May 10, 2018 Week 6
Spring 2018 Mid-quarter Classes Start Thursday, May 10, 2018 Week 6
Registration Summer 2018 Qtr. ALL STUDENTS Monday, May 14, 2018 Week 7
Course Withdraw Deadline On Ground Friday, June 1, 2018 Week 9
Graduate Clearance Tuesday, June 12, 2018 Week 11
Portfolio Review & Graduation Ceremony Thursday, June 14, 2018 Week 11
Last Day of Classes Saturday, June 16, 2018 Week 11
Summer 2018 Quarter
Summer 2018 Classes Start Monday, July 9, 2018 Week 1
Add/Drop Period July 9-16, 2018 Week 1-2
Midterm Exams August 6-10, 2018 Week 5
Early Registration Fall 2018 Qtr. Thursday, August 16, 2018 Week 6
Summer 2018 Mid-quarter Classes Start Thursday, August 16, 2018 Week 6
Registration Fall 2018 Qtr. ALL STUDENTS Monday, August 20, 2018 Week 7
Course Withdraw Deadline On Ground Friday, September 7, 2018 Week 9
Graduate Clearance Tuesday, September 18, 2018 Week 11
Portfolio Review Thursday, September 20, 2018 Week 11
Last Day of Classes Saturday, September 22, 2018 Week 11
Fall 2018 Quarter

Fall 2018 Classes Start Monday, October 1, 2018 Week 1
Add/Drop Period October 1 – 8, 2018 Week 1-2
Course Withdraw Deadline On Ground Friday, November 30, 2018 Week 9
Winter 2019 Quarter

Winter 2019 Classes Start Monday, January 7, 2019 Week 1
Add/Drop Period January 7-14, 2019 Week 1-2
Midterm Exams February 4-8, 2019 Week 5
Early Registration Spring 2019 Qtr. Thursday, February 14, 2019 Week 6
Winter 2019 Mid-quarter Classes Start Thursday, February 14, 2019 Week 6
Registration Spring 2019 Qtr. ALL STUDENTS Monday, February 18, 2019 Week 7
Course Withdraw Deadline On Ground Friday, March 8, 2019 Week 9
Graduate Clearance Tuesday, March 19, 2019 Week 11
Portfolio Review Thursday, March 21, 2019 Week 11
Last Day of Classes Saturday, March 23, 2019 Week 11
Spring 2019 Quarter

Spring 2019 Classes Start Monday, April 1, 2019 Week 1
Add/Drop Period April 1-8, 2019 Week 1-2
Midterm Exams April 29-May 3, 2019 Week 5
Early Registration Summer 2019 Qtr. Thursday, May 9, 2019 Week 6
Spring 2019 Mid-quarter Classes Start Thursday, May 9, 2019 Week 6
Registration Summer 2019 Qtr. ALL STUDENTS Monday, May 13, 2019 Week 7
Course Withdraw Deadline On Ground Friday, May 31, 2019 Week 9
Graduate Clearance Tuesday, June 11, 2019 Week 11
Portfolio Review & Graduation Ceremony Thursday, June 13, 2019 Week 11
Last Day of Classes Saturday, June 15, 2019 Week 11
Summer 2019 Quarter
Summer 2019 Classes Start Monday, July 8, 2019 Week 1
Add/Drop Period July 8-15, 2019 Week 1-2
Midterm Exams August 5-9, 2019 Week 5
Early Registration Fall 2019 Qtr. Thursday, August 15, 2019 Week 6
Summer 2019 Mid-quarter Classes Start Thursday, August 15, 2019 Week 6
Registration Fall 2019 Qtr. ALL STUDENTS Monday, August 19, 2019 Week 7
Course Withdraw Deadline On Ground Friday, September 6, 2019 Week 9
Graduate Clearance Tuesday, September 17, 2019 Week 11
Portfolio Review Thursday, September 19, 2019 Week 11
Last Day of Classes Saturday, September 21, 2019 Week 11
Fall 2019 Quarter

Fall 2019 Classes Start Monday, September 30, 2019 Week 1
Add/Drop Period September 30-October 7, 2019 Week 1-2
Course Withdraw Deadline On Ground Friday, November 29, 2019 Week 9

Catalog

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Catalog

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

2017 - 2018 Catalog

1799 SE 17th Street artinstitutes.edu/fort-lauderdale

Publication Date: May 21, 2018

Published May 21, 2018

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 2 of 167

ABOUT THE CATALOG ....................................................................................................................................................4

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 3 of 167

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 4 of 167

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 5 of 167

49 YEARS OF CREATIVE EDUCATION

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 6 of 167

Why Fort Lauderdale?

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 7 of 167

Conserve your gas… there are many convenient resources on campus:

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 8 of 167

Institutional Accrediting, Affiliation, and Licensing

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 9 of 167

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 10 of 167

Dream Center Education Holdings, LLC Board of Managers

Brent Richardson – Co-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Jerome Gomez, Program Coordinator – Design

John Kane, Program Chair - Culinary Arts

Joshua Kanies, Program Chair – Media Arts M.F.A., San

Debbie Rose-Myers, M.F.A., Program Chair – Design

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 11 of 167

CRITERIA FOR ADMISSION

The Art Institute High School Graduation Validation Policy

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 12 of 167

Admission Committee Literacy Review Essay Policy

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 13 of 167

Appeals Process (Rewrite)

DIGITAL BOOKSHELF AND DIGITAL TEXTBOOKS

Hardware Specifications eCollege and VitalSource System and Hardware Specifications

Preferred Requirements Preferred Hardware Specifications

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 14 of 167

Minimum Requirements Minimum Hardware Specifications

Minimum Software Specifications

Recommendation regarding “Netbooks”

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 15 of 167

Program Entry Requirements

Addition to Game Art & Design Requirement:

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 16 of 167

CGPA Exception 1 - Successful College Performance

CGPA Exception 2 - Changing Program of Study to Illustration at The Art Institute

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 17 of 167

INTERNATIONAL STUDENT ADMISSIONS POLICY

ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS FOR STUDENTS REQUIRING FORM I-20 SPONSORSHIP

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 18 of 167

English Language Proficiency Policy

A student is deemed proficient in the English language if he or she:

Minimum Acceptable Proof of English Language Proficiency Standard

1. Successful completion of a minimum of two semesters or quarters of post-secondary course work at a

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 19 of 167

STUDENT RIGHT-TO-KNOW ACT

READMISSIONS PROCEDURES & RE-ESTABLISHMENT OF FINANCIAL AID

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 20 of 167

COURSE ATTENDANCE (GROUND)

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 21 of 167

Appeal Process – Withdrawn from Course (Ground)

CONSECUTIVE DAYS ABSENCE GRADING POLICY (GROUND)

APPEAL PROCESS – CONSECUTIVE DAYS ABSENT (GROUND)

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 22 of 167

1799 S.E. 17th Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-3013 Page 23 of 167